Introduction

Thank you for selecting the Mitsubishi numerical control unit. This instruction manual describes the handling and
caution points for using this AC servo/spindle.Incorrect handling may lead to unforeseen accidents, so always read
this instruction manual thoroughly to ensure correct usage.
In order to confirm if all function specifications described in this manual are applicable, refer to the specifications for
each CNC.

Notes on Reading This Manual

(1) Since the description of this specification manual deals with NC in general, for the specifications of individual
machine tools, refer to the manuals issued by the respective machine manufacturers. The "restrictions" and
"available functions" described in the manuals issued by the machine manufacturers have precedence to
those in this manual.
(2) This manual describes as many special operations as possible, but it should be kept in mind that items not
mentioned in this manual cannot be performed.
 Precautions for Safety

Please read this manual and auxiliary documents before starting installation, operation, maintenance or inspection
to ensure correct usage. Thoroughly understand the device, safety information and precautions before starting
operation.
The safety precautions in this instruction manual are ranked as "WARNING" and "CAUTION".

DANGER
When there is a potential risk of fatal or serious injuries if handling is mistaken.

WARNING
When a dangerous situation, or fatal or serious injuries may occur if handling is mistaken.

CAUTION
When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken leading to medium or minor injuries, or physical
damage.

Note that some items described as " CAUTION" may lead to major results depending on the situation. In any
case, important information that must be observed is described.
 The signs indicating prohibited and mandatory matters are explained below.

Indicates a prohibited matter. For example, "Fire Prohibited" is indicated as .

Indicates a mandatory matter. For example, grounding is indicated as .

The meaning of each pictorial sign is as follows.

CAUTION CAUTION rotated CAUTION HOT Danger Electric shock Danger explosive
object risk

Prohibited Disassembly is KEEP FIRE AWAY General instruction Earth ground

prohibited

After reading this specifications and instructions manual, store it where the user can access it easily for reference.

The numeric control unit is configured of the control unit, operation board, servo drive unit, spindle drive unit, power
supply, servo motor and spindle motor, etc.
In this section "Precautions for safety", the following items are generically called the "motor".
• Servo motor
• Linear servo motor
• Spindle motor
• Direct-drive motor
In this section "Precautions for safety", the following items are generically called the "unit".
• Servo drive unit
• Spindle drive unit
• Power supply unit
• Scale interface unit
• Magnetic pole detection unit

POINT
Important matters that should be understood for operation of this machine are indicated as a POINT in this
manual.
 WARNING
1. Electric shock prevention
Do not open the front cover while the power is ON or during operation. Failure to observe this could lead to
electric shocks.
Do not operate the unit with the front cover removed. The high voltage terminals and charged sections will
be exposed, and can cause electric shocks.
Do not remove the front cover and connector even when the power is OFF unless carrying out wiring work
or periodic inspections. The inside of the units is charged, and can cause electric shocks.
Since the high voltage is supplied to the main circuit connector while the power is ON or during operation,
do not touch the main circuit connector with an adjustment screwdriver or the pen tip. Failure to observe
this could lead to electric shocks.
Wait at least 15 minutes after turning the power OFF, confirm that the CHARGE lamp has gone out, and
check the voltage between P and N terminals with a tester, etc., before starting wiring, maintenance or
inspections. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Ground the unit and motor. For the motor, ground it via the drive unit.
Wiring, maintenance and inspection work must be done by a qualified technician.
Wire the servo drive unit and servo motor after installation. Failure to observe this could lead to electric
shocks.
Do not touch the switches with wet hands. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Do not damage, apply forcible stress, place heavy items on the cables or get them caught. Failure to
observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Always insulate the power terminal connection section. Failure to observe this could lead to electric
shocks.
After assembling the built-in IPM spindle motor, if the rotor is rotated by hand etc., voltage occurs between
the terminals of lead. Take care not to get electric shocks.
 WARNING
2. Injury prevention
When handling a motor, perform operations in safe clothing.
In the system where the optical communication with CNC is executed, do not see directly the light
generated from CN1A/CN1B connector of drive unit or the end of cable. When the light gets into eye, you
may feel something is wrong for eye.
(The light source of optical communication corresponds to class1 defined in JISC6802 or IEC60825-1.)
The linear servo motor, direct-drive motor and built-in IPM spindle motor uses permanent magnets in the
rotor, so observe the following precautions.
(1)Handling
• The linear servo motor, direct-drive motor and built-in IPM spindle motor could adversely affect medical
electronics such as pacemakers, etc., therefore, do not approach the rotor.
• Do not place magnetic materials as iron.
• When a magnetic material as iron is placed, take safety measure not to pinch fingers or hands due to the
magnetic attraction force.
• Remove metal items such as watch, piercing jewelry, necklace, etc.
• Do not place portable items that could malfunction or fail due to the influence of the magnetic force.
• When the rotor is not securely fixed to the machine or device, do not leave it unattended but store it in the
package properly.
• When installing the motor to the machine, take it out from the package one by one, and then install it.
• It is highly dangerous to lay out the motor or magnetic plates together on the table or pallet, therefore never
do so.
(2)Transportation and storage
• Correctly store the rotor in the package to transport and store.
• During transportation and storage, draw people's attention by applying a notice saying "Strong magnet-
Handle with care" to the package or storage shelf.
• Do not use a damaged package.
(3)Installation
• Take special care not to pinch fingers, etc., when installing (and unpacking) the linear servo motor.
 CAUTION
1. Fire prevention
Install the units, motors and regenerative resistor on non-combustible material. Direct installation on
combustible material or near combustible materials could lead to fires.
Always install a circuit protector and contactor on the servo drive unit power input as explained in this
manual. Refer to this manual and select the correct circuit protector and contactor. An incorrect selection
could result in fire.
Shut off the power on the unit side if a fault occurs in the units. Fires could be caused if a large current
continues to flow.
When using a regenerative resistor, provide a sequence that shuts off the power with the regenerative
resistor's error signal. The regenerative resistor could abnormally overheat and cause a fire due to a fault
in the regenerative transistor, etc.
The battery unit could heat up, ignite or rupture if submerged in water, or if the poles are incorrectly wired.
Cut off the main circuit power with the contactor when an alarm or emergency stop occurs.

2. Injury prevention
Do not apply a voltage other than that specified in this manual, on each terminal. Failure to observe this
item could lead to ruptures or damage, etc.
Do not mistake the terminal connections. Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures or damage,
etc.
Do not mistake the polarity (+,- ). Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures or damage, etc.
Do not touch the radiation fin on unit back face, regenerative resistor or motor, etc., or place parts (cables,
etc.) while the power is turned ON or immediately after turning the power OFF. These parts may reach high
temperatures, and can cause burns or part damage.
Structure the cooling fan on the unit back face, etc., etc so that it cannot be touched after installation.
Touching the cooling fan during operation could lead to injuries.
Take care not to suck hair, clothes, etc. into the cooling fan.
 CAUTION
3. Various precautions
Observe the following precautions. Incorrect handling of the unit could lead to faults, injuries and electric shocks, etc.

(1) Transportation and installation

Correctly transport the product according to its weight.
Use the motor's hanging bolts only when transporting the motor. Do not transport the machine when the
motor is installed on the machine.
Do not stack the products above the tolerable number.
Follow this manual and install the unit or motor in a place where the weight can be borne.
Do not get on top of or place heavy objects on the unit.

Do not hold the cables, axis or encoder when transporting the motor.

Do not hold the connected wires or cables when transporting the units.
Do not hold the front cover when transporting the unit. The unit could drop.
Always observe the installation directions of the units or motors.
Secure the specified distance between the units and control panel, or between the servo drive unit and
other devices.
Do not install or run a unit or motor that is damaged or missing parts.
Do not block the intake or exhaust ports of the motor provided with a cooling fan.
Do not let foreign objects enter the units or motors. In particular, if conductive objects such as screws or
metal chips, etc., or combustible materials such as oil enter, rupture or breakage could occur.
Provide adequate protection using a material such as connector for conduit to prevent screws, metallic
detritus, water and other conductive matter or oil and other combustible matter from entering the motor
through the power line lead-out port.
The units, motors and encoders are precision devices, so do not drop them or apply strong impacts to
them.
 CAUTION
Store and use the units under the following environment conditions.

Environment Unit Servo motor Spindle motor

Operation: 0 to +55°C Operation: 0 to +40°C Operation: 0 to +40°C
Ambient (with no freezing), (with no freezing), (with no freezing),
temperature Storage / Transportation: -15°C to +70°C Storage: -15°C to +70°C (Note 2) Storage: -20°C to +65°C
(with no freezing) (with no freezing) (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less Operation: 80%RH or less Operation: 90%RH or less
Ambient (with no dew condensation) (with no dew condensation), (with no dew condensation)
humidity Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less Storage: 90%RH or less Storage: 90%RH or less
(with no dew condensation) (with no dew condensation) (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: Operation/Storage:
1000 meters or less above sea level, 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: Transportation:
13000 meters or less above sea level 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration/impact According to each unit or motor specification
(Note 1) For details, confirm each unit or motor specifications in addition.
(Note 2) -15°C to +55°C for linear servo motor.
When disinfectants or insecticides must be used to treat wood packaging materials, always use methods
other than fumigation (for example, apply heat treatment at the minimum wood core temperature of 56 °C
for a minimum duration of 30 minutes (ISPM No. 15 (2009))).
If products such as units are directly fumigated or packed with fumigated wooden materials, halogen
substances (including fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine) contained in fumes may contribute to the
erosion of the capacitors.
When exporting the products, make sure to comply with the laws and regulations of each country.
Do not use the products in conjunction with any components that contain halogenated flame retardants
(bromine, etc). Failure to observe this may cause the erosion of the capacitors.
Securely fix the servo motor to the machine. Insufficient fixing could lead to the servo motor slipping off
during operation.
Always install the servo motor with reduction gear in the designated direction. Failure to do so could lead
to oil leaks.
Structure the rotary sections of the motor so that it can never be touched during operation. Install a cover,
etc., on the shaft.
When installing a coupling to a servo motor shaft end, do not apply an impact by hammering, etc. The
encoder could be damaged.
Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable load onto the servo motor shaft. The shaft could break.
Store the motor in the package box.
When inserting the shaft into the built-in IPM spindle motor, do not heat the rotor higher than 130°C. The
magnet could be demagnetized, and the specifications characteristics will not be ensured.
Always use a nonmagnetic tool (explosion-proof beryllium copper alloy safety tool: NGK Insulators, etc.)
when installing the built-in IPM spindle motor, direct-drive motor and linear servo motor.
Always provide a mechanical stopper on the end of the linear servo motor's travel path.
If the unit has been stored for a long time, always check the operation before starting actual operation.
Please contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer.
Install the heavy peripheral devices to the lower part in the panel and securely fix it not to be moved due to
vibration.
 CAUTION
(2) Wiring
Correctly and securely perform the wiring. Failure to do so could lead to abnormal operation of the motor.
Do not install a condensing capacitor, surge absorber or radio noise filter on the output side of the drive
unit.
Correctly connect the output side of the drive unit (terminals U, V, W). Failure to do so could lead to
abnormal operation of the motor.
When using a power regenerative power supply unit, always install an AC reactor for each power supply
unit.
In the main circuit power supply side of the unit, always install an appropriate circuit protector or contactor
for each unit. Circuit protector or contactor cannot be shared by several units.
Always connect the motor to the drive unit's output terminals (U, V, W).
Do not directly connect a commercial power supply to the servo motor. Failure to observe this could result
in a fault.
When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode as a noise measure parallel to the
load.
When using a capacitance load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor as a noise measure
serial to the load.
Do not reverse the direction of a diode which Servo drive unit Servo drive unit

connect to a DC relay for the control output COM COM

(24VDC) (24VDC)
signals such as contractor and motor brake
output, etc. to suppress a surge. Connecting it
backwards could cause the drive unit to Control output
signal
RA Control output
signal
RA

malfunction so that signals are not output, and

emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable.
Do not connect/disconnect the cables connected between the units while the power is ON.
Securely tighten the cable connector fixing screw or fixing mechanism. An insecure fixing could cause the
cable to fall off while the power is ON.
When using a shielded cable instructed in the instruction manual, always ground the cable with a cable
clamp, etc. (Refer to "EMC Installation Guidelines")
Always separate the signals wires from the drive wire and power line.
Use wires and cables that have a wire diameter, heat resistance and flexibility that conforms to the system.

(3) Trial operation and adjustment

Check and adjust each program and parameter before starting operation. Failure to do so could lead to
unforeseen operation of the machine.
Do not make remarkable adjustments and changes of parameter as the operation could become unstable.
The usable motor and unit combination is predetermined. Always check the combinations and parameters
before starting trial operation.
The direct-drive motor and linear servo motor do not have a stopping device such as magnetic brakes.
Install a stopping device on the machine side.
When using the linear servo motor for an unbalance axis, adjust the unbalance weight to 0 by installing an
air cylinder, etc. on the machine side. The unbalance weight disables the initial magnetic pole adjustment.
 CAUTION
(4) Usage methods
In abnormal state, install an external emergency stop circuit so that the operation can be stopped and
power shut off immediately.
Turn the power OFF immediately if smoke, abnormal noise or odors are generated from the unit or motor.
Do not disassemble or repair this product.
Never make modifications.
When an alarm occurs, the machine will start suddenly if an alarm reset (RST) is carried out while an
operation start signal (ST) is being input. Always confirm that the operation signal is OFF before carrying
out an alarm reset. Failure to do so could lead to accidents or injuries.
Reduce magnetic damage by installing a noise filter. The electronic devices used near the unit could be
affected by magnetic noise. Install a line noise filter, etc., if there is a risk of magnetic noise.
Use the unit, motor and regenerative resistor with the designated combination. Failure to do so could lead
to fires or trouble.
The brake (magnetic brake) of the servo motor are for holding, and must not be used for normal braking.
There may be cases when holding is not possible due to the magnetic brake's life, the machine
construction (when ball screw and servo motor are coupled via a timing belt, etc.) or the magnetic brake's
failure. Install a stop device to ensure safety on the machine side.
After changing the programs/parameters or after maintenance and inspection, always test the operation
before starting actual operation.
Do not enter the movable range of the machine during automatic operation. Never place body parts near or
touch the spindle during rotation.
Follow the power supply specification conditions given in each specification for the power (input voltage,
input frequency, tolerable sudden power failure time, etc.).
Set all bits to "0" if they are indicated as not used or empty in the explanation on the bits.
Do not use the dynamic brakes except during the emergency stop. Continued use of the dynamic brakes
could result in brake damage.
If a circuit protector for the main circuit power supply is shared by several units, the circuit protector may
not activate when a short-circuit fault occurs in a small capacity unit. This is dangerous, so never share the
circuit protector.
Mitsubishi spindle motor is dedicated to machine tools. Do not use for other purposes.

(5) Troubleshooting
If a hazardous situation is predicted during power failure or product trouble, use a servo motor with
magnetic brakes or install an external brake mechanism.
Use a double circuit configuration that allows the Shut off with NC brake
Shut off with the servo motor control PLC output.
operation circuit for the magnetic brakes to be operated brake control output.
even by the external emergency stop signal. EMG
Servo motor
Always turn the main circuit power of the motor OFF MBR
when an alarm occurs.
If an alarm occurs, remove the cause, and secure the  Magnetic
brake
24VDC

safety before resetting the alarm.

 CAUTION
(6) Maintenance, inspection and part replacement
Always backup the programs and parameters before starting maintenance or inspections.
The capacity of the electrolytic capacitor will drop over time due to self-discharging, etc. To prevent
secondary disasters due to failures, replacing this part every five years when used under a normal
environment is recommended. Contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer for
repairs or part replacement.
Do not perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) during inspections.
If the battery low warning is issued, immediately replace the battery. Replace the batteries while applying
the drive unit's control power.
Do not short circuit, charge, overheat, incinerate or disassemble the battery.
For after-purchase servicing of the built-in motor, only the servicing parts for MITSUBISHI encoder can be
supplied. For the motor body, prepare the spare parts at the machine manufacturers.
For maintenance, part replacement, and services in case of failures in the built-in motor (including the
encoder), take necessary actions at the machine manufacturers. For drive unit, Mitsubishi can offer the
after-purchase servicing as with the general drive unit.

(7) Disposal
Take the batteries and backlights for LCD, etc., off from the controller, drive unit and motor, and dispose of
them as general industrial wastes.
Do not disassemble the unit or motor.
Dispose of the battery according to local laws.
Always return the secondary side (magnet side) of the linear servo motor to the Service Center or Service
Station.
When incinerating optical communication cable, hydrogen fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas which is
corrosive and harmful may be generated. For disposal of optical communication cable, request for
specialized industrial waste disposal services that has incineration facility for disposing hydrogen fluoride
gas or hydrogen chloride gas.

(8) Transportation
The unit and motor are precision parts and must be handled carefully.
According to a United Nations Advisory, the battery unit and battery must be transported according to the
rules set forth by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), International Air Transportation
Association (IATA), International Maritime Organization (IMO), and United States Department of
Transportation (DOT), etc.

(9) General precautions

The drawings given in this manual show the covers and safety partitions, etc., removed to provide a clearer
explanation. Always return the covers or partitions to their respective places before starting operation, and
always follow the instructions given in this manual.
 Treatment of waste

The following two laws will apply when disposing of this product. Considerations must be made to each law.
The following laws are in effect in Japan. Thus, when using this product overseas, the local laws will have a
priority. If necessary, indicate or notify these laws to the final user of the product.

(1) Requirements for "Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources"

(a) Recycle as much of this product as possible when finished with use.
(b) When recycling, often parts are sorted into steel scraps and electric parts, etc., and sold to scrap
contractors. Mitsubishi recommends sorting the product and selling the members to appropriate
contractors.

(2) Requirements for "Law for Treatment of Waste and Cleaning"

(a) Mitsubishi recommends recycling and selling the product when no longer needed according to item
(1) above. The user should make an effort to reduce waste in this manner.
(b) When disposing a product that cannot be resold, it shall be treated as a waste product.
(c) The treatment of industrial waste must be commissioned to a licensed industrial waste treatment
contractor, and appropriate measures, including a manifest control, must be taken.
(d) Batteries correspond to "primary batteries", and must be disposed of according to local disposal
laws.
 Disposal

(Note) This symbol mark is for EU countries only.

This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for end-
users and Annex II.

Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and
components which can be recycled and/or reused.
This symbol means that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of
separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, this chemical symbol means that the
battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as
follows:
Hg: mercury (0,0005%), Cd: cadmium (0,002%), Pb: lead (0,004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators.
Please, dispose of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/
recycling centre.

Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!

 Trademarks

MELDAS, MELSEC, EZSocket, EZMotion, iQ Platform, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT and CC-Link
IE are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in Japan and/or other
countries.

Other company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the
respective companies.
 本製品の取扱いについて

( 日本語 /Japanese)
本製品は工業用 ( クラス A) 電磁環境適合機器です。販売者あるいは使用者はこの点に注意し、住商業環境以外で
の使用をお願いいたします。

Handling of our product

(English)
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the
user may be required to take adequate measures.

본 제품의 취급에 대해서

( 한국어 /Korean)
이 기기는 업무용 (A 급 ) 전자파적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며 가정외의 지역에
서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다 .
 WARRANTY
Please confirm the following product warranty details before using MITSUBISHI CNC.

1. Warranty Period and Coverage

Should any fault or defect (hereafter called "failure") for which we are liable occur in this product during the warranty period,
we shall provide repair services at no cost through the distributor from which the product was purchased or through a
Mitsubishi Electric service provider. Note, however that this shall not apply if the customer was informed prior to purchase of
the product that the product is not covered under warranty. Also note that we are not responsible for any on-site readjustment
and/or trial run that may be required after a defective unit is replaced.

[Warranty Term]
The term of warranty for this product shall be twenty-four (24) months from the date of delivery of product to the end user,
provided the product purchased from us in Japan is installed in Japan (but in no event longer than thirty (30) months,
Including the distribution time after shipment from Mitsubishi Electric or its distributor).
Note that, for the case where the product purchased from us in or outside Japan is exported and installed in any country
other than where it was purchased; please refer to "2. Service in overseas countries" as will be explained.

[Limitations]
(1) The customer is requested to conduct an initial failure diagnosis by him/herself, as a general rule. It can also be carried
out by us or our service provider upon the customer’s request and the actual cost will be charged.
(2) This warranty applies only when the conditions, method, environment, etc., of use are in compliance with the terms and
conditions and instructions that are set forth in the instruction manual, user’s manual, and the caution label affixed to the
product, etc.
(3) Even during the term of warranty, repair costs shall be charged to the customer in the following cases:
(a) a failure caused by improper storage or handling, carelessness or negligence, etc., or a failure caused by the
customer’s hardware or software problem
(b) a failure caused by any alteration, etc., to the product made by the customer without Mitsubishi Electric’s approval
(c) a failure which may be regarded as avoidable, if the customer’s equipment in which this product is incorporated is
equipped with a safety device required by applicable laws or has any function or structure considered to be
indispensable in the light of common sense in the industry
(d) a failure which may be regarded as avoidable if consumable parts designated in the instruction manual, etc. are duly
maintained and replaced
(e) any replacement of consumable parts (including a battery, relay and fuse)
(f) a failure caused by external factors such as inevitable accidents, including without limitation fire and abnormal
fluctuation of voltage, and acts of God, including without limitation earthquake, lightning, and natural disasters
(g) a failure which is unforeseeable under technologies available at the time of shipment of this product from our company
(h) any other failures which we are not responsible for or which the customer acknowledges we are not responsible for

2. Service in Overseas Countries

If the customer installs the product purchased from us in his/her machine or equipment, and export it to any country other
than where he/she bought it, the customer may sign a paid warranty contract with our local FA center.
This falls under the case where the product purchased from us in or outside Japan is exported and installed in any country
other than where it was purchased.
For details please contact the distributor from which the customer purchased the product.

3. Exclusion of Loss in Opportunity and Secondary Loss from Warranty Liability

Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation to:
(1) Damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi.
(2) Loss in opportunity, lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products.
(3) Special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, and compensation
for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products.
(4) Replacement by the user, maintenance of on-site equipment, start-up test run and other tasks.

4. Changes in Product Specifications

Specifications shown in our catalogs, manuals or technical documents are subject to change without notice.

5. Product Application
(1) For the use of this product, its applications should be those that may not result in a serious damage even if any failure or
malfunction occurs in the product, and a backup or fail-safe function should operate on an external system to the product
when any failure or malfunction occurs.
(2) Mitsubishi CNC is designed and manufactured solely for applications to machine tools to be used for industrial purposes.
Do not use this product in any applications other than those specified above, especially those which are substantially
influential on the public interest or which are expected to have significant influence on human lives or properties.
 Contents

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Servo/Spindle Drive System Configuration .............................................................................................................. 2
1.1.1 System Configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 2
1.2 Explanation of Type ................................................................................................................................................. 3
1.2.1 Servo Motor Type ............................................................................................................................................. 3
1.2.2 Servo Drive Unit Type ...................................................................................................................................... 5
1.2.3 Spindle Motor Type .......................................................................................................................................... 8
1.2.4 Tool Spindle Motor Type ................................................................................................................................ 10
1.2.5 Spindle Drive Unit Type.................................................................................................................................. 12
1.2.6 Power Supply Unit Type ................................................................................................................................. 13
1.2.7 AC Reactor Type ............................................................................................................................................ 14
2 Specifications............................................................................................................................................ 15
2.1 Servo Motor............................................................................................................................................................ 16
2.1.1 Specifications List........................................................................................................................................... 16
2.1.2 Torque Characteristics ................................................................................................................................... 26
2.2 Spindle Motor ......................................................................................................................................................... 34
2.2.1 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................. 34
2.2.2 Output Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 51
2.3 Tool Spindle Motor ................................................................................................................................................. 60
2.3.1 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................. 60
2.3.2 Output Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 64
2.4 Drive Unit ............................................................................................................................................................... 66
2.4.1 Installation Environment Conditions ............................................................................................................... 66
2.4.2 Servo Drive Unit ............................................................................................................................................. 67
2.4.3 Spindle Drive Unit........................................................................................................................................... 70
2.4.4 Power Supply Unit ......................................................................................................................................... 72
2.4.5 Unit Outline Dimension Drawing .................................................................................................................... 73
2.4.6 AC Reactor ..................................................................................................................................................... 74
2.4.7 Explanation of Each Part ................................................................................................................................ 77
3 Function Specifications............................................................................................................................ 87
Function Specifications List........................................................................................................................................... 88
3.1 Base Control Functions.......................................................................................................................................... 91
3.1.1 Full Closed Loop Control ................................................................................................................................ 91
3.1.2 Position Command Synchronous Control ...................................................................................................... 92
3.1.3 Speed Command Synchronous Control ......................................................................................................... 92
3.1.4 Distance-coded Reference Position Control .................................................................................................. 93
3.1.5 Spindle's Continuous Position Loop Control .................................................................................................. 93
3.1.6 Coil Changeover Control ................................................................................................................................ 93
3.1.7 Gear Changeover Control .............................................................................................................................. 93
3.1.8 Orientation Control ......................................................................................................................................... 93
3.1.9 Indexing Control ............................................................................................................................................. 93
3.1.10 Synchronous Tapping Control ...................................................................................................................... 94
3.1.11 Spindle Synchronous Control....................................................................................................................... 94
3.1.12 Spindle/C Axis Control ................................................................................................................................. 94
3.1.13 Proximity Switch Orientation Control ............................................................................................................ 94
3.1.14 Power Regeneration Control ........................................................................................................................ 94
3.1.15 Resistor Regeneration Control ..................................................................................................................... 94
3.2 Servo/Spindle Control Functions............................................................................................................................ 95
3.2.1 Torque Limit Function..................................................................................................................................... 95
3.2.2 Variable Speed Loop Gain Control................................................................................................................. 95
3.2.3 Gain Changeover for Synchronous Tapping Control ..................................................................................... 95
3.2.4 Speed Loop PID Changeover Control ............................................................................................................ 96
3.2.5 Disturbance Torque Observer ........................................................................................................................ 96
3.2.6 Smooth High Gain Control (SHG Control)...................................................................................................... 96
3.2.7 High-speed Synchronous Tapping Control (OMR-DD Control)...................................................................... 96
3.2.8 Dual Feedback Control................................................................................................................................... 97
3.2.9 HAS Control ................................................................................................................................................... 97
3.2.10 OMR-FF Control........................................................................................................................................... 98
3.2.11 Control Loop Gain Changeover.................................................................................................................... 98
3.2.12 Spindle Output Stabilizing Control................................................................................................................ 98
3.2.13 High-response Spindle Acceleration/Deceleration Function ........................................................................ 98
 3.3 Compensation Control Function ............................................................................................................................ 99
3.3.1 Jitter Compensation ....................................................................................................................................... 99
3.3.2 Notch Filter..................................................................................................................................................... 99
3.3.3 Adaptive Tracking-type Notch Filter ............................................................................................................... 99
3.3.4 Overshooting Compensation........................................................................................................................ 100
3.3.5 Machine End Compensation Control ........................................................................................................... 100
3.3.6 Lost Motion Compensation Type 2 .............................................................................................................. 101
3.3.7 Lost Motion Compensation Type 3 .............................................................................................................. 101
3.3.8 Lost Motion Compensation Type 4 .............................................................................................................. 102
3.3.9 Spindle Motor Temperature Compensation Function .................................................................................. 102
3.4 Protection Function.............................................................................................................................................. 103
3.4.1 Deceleration Control at Emergency Stop..................................................................................................... 103
3.4.2 Vertical Axis Drop Prevention/Pull-up Control.............................................................................................. 103
3.4.3 Earth Fault Detection ................................................................................................................................... 103
3.4.4 Collision Detection Function......................................................................................................................... 104
3.4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) Function .......................................................................................................... 104
3.4.6 Fan Stop Detection ...................................................................................................................................... 104
3.4.7 Open-phase Detection ................................................................................................................................. 104
3.4.8 Contactor Weld Detection ............................................................................................................................ 104
3.4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) Function .................................................................................................................. 105
3.4.10 Deceleration and Stop Function at Power Failure...................................................................................... 106
3.4.11 Retraction Function at Power Failure......................................................................................................... 106
3.5 Sequence Functions ............................................................................................................................................ 107
3.5.1 Contactor Control Function .......................................................................................................................... 107
3.5.2 Motor Brake Control Function ...................................................................................................................... 107
3.5.3 External Emergency Stop Function.............................................................................................................. 107
3.5.4 Specified Speed Output ............................................................................................................................... 107
3.5.5 Quick READY ON Sequence ....................................................................................................................... 107
3.6 Diagnosis Function .............................................................................................................................................. 108
3.6.1 Monitor Output Function............................................................................................................................... 108
3.6.2 Machine Resonance Frequency Display Function....................................................................................... 109
3.6.3 Machine Inertia Display Function ................................................................................................................. 109
3.6.4 Motor Temperature Display Function........................................................................................................... 109
3.6.5 Load Monitor Output Function...................................................................................................................... 109
3.6.6 Open Loop Control Function ........................................................................................................................ 109
3.6.7 Power Supply Diagnosis Display Function................................................................................................... 109
4 Characteristics ........................................................................................................................................ 111
4.1 Servo Motor ......................................................................................................................................................... 112
4.1.1 Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 112
4.1.2 Quakeproof Level......................................................................................................................................... 112
4.1.3 Shaft Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 113
4.1.4 Machine Accuracy........................................................................................................................................ 114
4.1.5 Oil / Water Standards................................................................................................................................... 114
4.1.6 Installation of Servo Motor ........................................................................................................................... 115
4.1.7 Overload Protection Characteristics............................................................................................................. 115
4.1.8 Magnetic Brake ............................................................................................................................................ 123
4.1.9 Dynamic Brake Characteristics ................................................................................................................... 128
4.2 Spindle Motor....................................................................................................................................................... 131
4.2.1 Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 131
4.2.2 Shaft Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 131
4.2.3 Machine Accuracy........................................................................................................................................ 132
4.2.4 Installation of Spindle Motor......................................................................................................................... 132
4.3 Tool Spindle Motor............................................................................................................................................... 133
4.3.1 Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 133
4.3.2 Shaft Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 133
4.3.3 Tool Spindle Temperature Characteristics................................................................................................... 134
4.3.4 Installation of Tool Spindle Motor................................................................................................................. 134
4.4 Drive Unit ............................................................................................................................................................. 135
4.4.1 Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 135
4.4.2 Heating Value............................................................................................................................................... 136
4.4.3 Drive Unit Arrangement................................................................................................................................ 137
5 Dedicated Options .................................................................................................................................. 139
5.1 Servo Options ...................................................................................................................................................... 140
5.1.1 Dynamic Brake Unit (MDS-D-DBU) ............................................................................................................. 145
 5.1.2 Battery Option (ER6V-C119B, A6BAT, MDS-BTBOX-36)............................................................................ 147
5.1.3 Ball Screw Side Encoder (OSA105ET2A, OSA166ET2NA)......................................................................... 158
5.1.4 Machine Side Encoder ................................................................................................................................. 160
5.1.5 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBA Series) ................................................................................................ 165
5.2 Spindle Options.................................................................................................................................................... 169
5.2.1 Spindle Side ABZ Pulse Output Encoder (OSE-1024 Series)...................................................................... 170
5.2.2 Spindle Side PLG Serial Output Encoder (TS5690, MU1606 Series) .......................................................... 172
5.2.3 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBE Series) ................................................................................................ 176
5.2.4 Spindle Side Accuracy Serial Output Encoder (ERM280, MPCI Series) (Other Manufacturer's Product) ... 180
5.2.5 Machine Side Encoder ................................................................................................................................. 180
5.3 Encoder Interface Unit ......................................................................................................................................... 181
5.3.1 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder MDS-B-HR ............................................................... 181
5.3.2 Serial Signal Division Unit MDS-B-SD.......................................................................................................... 184
5.3.3 Pulse Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder IBV Series (Other Manufacturer's Product) .............. 186
5.3.4 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder EIB192M (Other Manufacturer's Product) ................ 187
5.3.5 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder EIB392M (Other Manufacturer's Product) ................ 188
5.3.6 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder ADB-20J Series (Other Manufacturer's Product) ..... 189
5.4 Drive Unit Option.................................................................................................................................................. 190
5.4.1 Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022) ................................................................................ 190
5.4.2 DC Connection Bar ...................................................................................................................................... 193
5.4.3 Side Protection Cover .................................................................................................................................. 194
5.4.4 Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-PFU) ......................................................................................................... 196
5.4.5 Regenerative Resistors for Power Backup Unit (R-UNIT-6,7)...................................................................... 200
5.4.6 Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU) .............................................................................. 202
5.5 Cables and Connectors........................................................................................................................................ 204
5.5.1 Cable Connection Diagram .......................................................................................................................... 204
5.5.2 List of Cables and Connectors ..................................................................................................................... 206
5.5.3 Optical Communication Cable Specifications............................................................................................... 216
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices .................................................................................................... 219
6.1 Selection of Wire .................................................................................................................................................. 220
6.1.1 Example of Wires by Unit ............................................................................................................................. 220
6.2 Selection of Circuit Protector and Contactor ........................................................................................................ 227
6.2.1 Selection of Circuit Protector ........................................................................................................................ 227
6.2.2 Selection of Contactor .................................................................................................................................. 228
6.3 Selection of Earth Leakage Breaker .................................................................................................................... 229
6.4 Branch-circuit Protection (for Control Power Supply)........................................................................................... 230
6.4.1 Circuit Protector............................................................................................................................................ 230
6.4.2 Fuse Protection ............................................................................................................................................ 230
6.5 Noise Filter ........................................................................................................................................................... 231
6.6 Surge Absorber .................................................................................................................................................... 232
6.7 Relay .................................................................................................................................................................... 233
6.8 Selection of Link Connection................................................................................................................................ 235
6.8.1 Connection of L11 and L21 Link................................................................................................................... 235
6.8.2 Connection of L+ and L- Link ....................................................................................................................... 235
7 Selection .................................................................................................................................................. 239
7.1 Selection of the Servo Motor................................................................................................................................ 240
7.1.1 Outline .......................................................................................................................................................... 240
7.1.2 Selection of Servo Motor Capacity ............................................................................................................... 241
7.1.3 Motor Shaft Conversion Load Torque .......................................................................................................... 248
7.1.4 Expressions for Load Inertia Calculation ...................................................................................................... 249
7.2 Selection of the Spindle Motor ............................................................................................................................. 250
7.3 Selection of the Power Supply Unit...................................................................................................................... 251
7.3.1 Calculation of Spindle Output ....................................................................................................................... 251
7.3.2 Calculation of Servo Motor Output ............................................................................................................... 253
7.3.3 Selection of the Power Supply Unit .............................................................................................................. 254
7.3.4 Required Capacity of Power Supply............................................................................................................. 256
7.3.5 Example for Power Supply Unit and Power Supply Facility Capacity .......................................................... 257
7.3.6 Selection of Regenerative Resistor for Power Backup Unit (R-UNIT-6,7) and
Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU) .............................................................................. 259
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications ................................................................................... 261
Appendix 1.1 Selection of Cable ................................................................................................................................ 262
Appendix 1.1.1 Cable Wire and Assembly ............................................................................................................ 262
Appendix 1.2 Cable Connection Diagram .................................................................................................................. 265
Appendix 1.2.1 Battery Cable................................................................................................................................ 265
 Appendix 1.2.2 Power Supply Communication Cable and Connector .................................................................. 266
Appendix 1.2.3 Optical Communication Repeater Unit Cable .............................................................................. 267
Appendix 1.2.4 STO Cable ................................................................................................................................... 267
Appendix 1.2.5 Servo / Tool Spindle Encoder Cable ............................................................................................ 268
Appendix 1.2.6 Brake Cable and Connector......................................................................................................... 273
Appendix 1.2.7 Spindle Encoder Cable ................................................................................................................ 274
Appendix 1.2.8 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder Cable ............................................................................................ 276
Appendix 1.3 Main Circuit Cable Connection Diagram.............................................................................................. 277
Appendix 1.4 Connector Outline Dimension Drawings.............................................................................................. 278
Appendix 1.4.1 Connector for Drive Unit............................................................................................................... 278
Appendix 1.4.2 Connector for Servo and Tool Spindle ......................................................................................... 283
Appendix 1.4.3 Connector for Spindle .................................................................................................................. 286
Appendix 1.4.4 Power Backup Unit Connector ..................................................................................................... 288
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries ........................................................................................ 289
Appendix 2.1 Restriction for Packing......................................................................................................................... 290
Appendix 2.1.1 Target Products............................................................................................................................ 290
Appendix 2.1.2 Handling by User.......................................................................................................................... 291
Appendix 2.1.3 Reference..................................................................................................................................... 291
Appendix 2.2 Products Information Data Sheet (ER Battery).................................................................................... 292
Appendix 2.3 Forbiddance of Transporting Lithium Battery by Passenger Aircraft Provided in the Code of
Federal Regulation .............................................................................................................................. 294
Appendix 2.4 California Code of Regulation "Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials" ..................... 294
Appendix 2.5 Restriction Related to EU Battery Directive ......................................................................................... 295
Appendix 2.5.1 Important Notes............................................................................................................................ 295
Appendix 2.5.2 Information for End-user .............................................................................................................. 295
Appendix 3 EC Declaration of Conformity............................................................................................... 297
Appendix 3.1 EC Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................................. 298
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard .............................................. 299
Appendix 4.1 Operation Surrounding Air Ambient Temperature ............................................................................... 300
Appendix 4.2 Notes for AC Servo/Spindle System.................................................................................................... 300
Appendix 4.2.1 Warning........................................................................................................................................ 300
Appendix 4.2.2 Installation .................................................................................................................................... 300
Appendix 4.2.3 Short-circuit Ratings (SCCR) ....................................................................................................... 300
Appendix 4.2.4 Over-temperature Protection for Motor ........................................................................................ 300
Appendix 4.2.5 Peripheral Devices ....................................................................................................................... 301
Appendix 4.2.6 Field Wiring Reference Table for Input and Output (Power Wiring)............................................. 303
Appendix 4.2.7 Motor Over Load Protection ........................................................................................................ 309
Appendix 4.2.8 Flange of Servo Motor.................................................................................................................. 310
Appendix 4.2.9 Spindle Drive/Motor Combinations............................................................................................... 310
Appendix 4.2.10 Servo Drive/Motor Combinations ............................................................................................... 312
Appendix 4.3 AC Servo/Spindle System Connection ................................................................................................ 313
Appendix 4.3.1 MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2-Vx/SP Series............................................................................. 313
Appendix 4.3.2 MDS-D/DH-CV, D/D2-Vx/SPx, DH/DH2-Vx/SPx, DM/DM2-V3 Series
with MDS-D/DH-PFU .................................................................................................................. 314
Appendix 4.3.3 MDS-D2/DH2-CV, D/D2-Vx/SPx, DH/DH2-Vx/SPx, DM/DM2-V3 Series
with MDS-D/DH-PFU .................................................................................................................. 314
Appendix 4.3.4 MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3/MDS-DJ Series ............................................................................................ 315
Appendix 4.3.5 MDS-DM, DM2-SPV Series ......................................................................................................... 316
 Outline for MDS-D2/DH2 Series 2.6.1 Power Supply Input Connection
2.6.2 Connecting the Grounding Cable
Instruction Manual (IB-1501127-C) 2.7 Wiring of the Motor Brake
2.7.1 Wiring of the Motor Magnetic Brake
2.7.2 Dynamic Brake Unit Wiring
1 Installation
2.8 Peripheral Control Wiring
1.1 Installation of Servo Motor
2.8.1 Input/Output Circuit Wiring
1.1.1 Environmental Conditions
2.8.2 Specified Speed Output
1.1.2 Quakeproof Level
2.8.3 Spindle Coil Changeover
1.1.3 Cautions for Mounting Load (Prevention of Impact
2.8.4 Proximity Switch Orientation
on Shaft)
1.1.4 Installation Direction 3 Safety Function
1.1.5 Shaft Characteristics 3.1 Safety Function
1.1.6 Machine Accuracy 3.1.1 Harmonized Standard
1.1.7 Coupling with the Load 3.1.2 Outline of Safety Function
1.1.8 Oil / Water Standards 3.2 Emergency Stop Observation
1.1.9 Installation of Servo Motor 3.3 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) Function
1.1.10 Cable Stress 3.4 STO (Safe Torque Off) Function
1.2 Installation of Spindle Motor
4 Setup
1.2.1 Environmental Conditions
4.1 Initial Setup
1.2.2 Balancing the Spindle Motor (Unit)
4.1.1 Setting the Rotary Switch
1.2.3 Shaft Characteristics
4.1.2 Setting DIP Switch
1.2.4 Machine Accuracy
4.1.3 Transition of LED Display After Power Is Turned
1.2.5 Coupling with the Fittings
ON
1.2.6 Ambient Environment
4.2 Setting the Initial Parameters for the Servo Drive Unit
1.2.7 Installation of Spindle Motor
4.2.1 Setting of Servo Specification Parameters
1.2.8 Connection
4.2.2 Setting of Machine Side Encoder
1.2.9 Installation of the Terminal Box Cover
4.2.3 Setting of Distance-coded Reference Scale
1.2.10 Cable Stress
4.2.4 Setting of Speed Command Synchronous Control
1.3 Installation of Tool Spindle Motor
4.2.5 List of Standard Parameters for Each Servo Motor
1.3.1 Environmental Conditions
4.2.6 Servo Parameters
1.3.2 Shaft Characteristics
4.3 Setting the Initial Parameters for the Spindle Drive Unit
1.3.3 Installation of Tool Spindle Motor
4.3.1 Setting of Parameters Related to the Spindle
1.4 Installation of the Drive Unit
4.3.2 List of Standard Parameters for Each Spindle Mo-
1.4.1 Environmental Conditions
tor
1.4.2 Installation Direction and Clearance
4.3.3 Spindle Specification Parameters
1.4.3 Prevention of Entering of Foreign Matter
4.3.4 Spindle Parameters
1.4.4 Panel Installation Hole Work Drawings (Panel Cut
Drawings) 5 Servo Adjustment
1.4.5 Heating Value 5.1 Servo Adjustment Procedure
1.4.6 Heat Radiation Countermeasures 5.2 Gain Adjustment
1.5 Installation of the Machine End Encoder 5.2.1 Current Loop Gain
1.5.1 Spindle Side ABZ Pulse Output Encoder (OSE- 5.2.2 Speed Loop Gain
1024 Series) 5.2.3 Position Loop Gain
1.5.2 Spindle Side PLG Serial Output Encoder 5.2.4 OMR-FF Function
(TS5690, MU1606 Series) 5.3 Characteristics Improvement
1.5.3 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBA405W, 5.3.1 Optimal Adjustment of Cycle Time
MBE405W Series) 5.3.2 Vibration Suppression Measures
1.6 Noise Measures 5.3.3 Improving the Cutting Surface Precision
2 Wiring and Connection 5.3.4 Improvement of Characteristics during Accelera-
tion/Deceleration
2.1 Part System Connection Diagram
5.3.5 Improvement of Protrusion at Quadrant Change-
2.2 Main Circuit Terminal Block/Control Circuit Connector
over
2.2.1 Names and Applications of Main Circuit Terminal
5.3.6 Improvement of Overshooting
Block Signals and Control Circuit Connectors
5.3.7 Improvement of the Interpolation Control Path
2.2.2 Connector Pin Assignment
5.4 Adjustment during Full Closed Loop Control
2.3 NC and Drive Unit Connection
5.4.1 Outline
2.4 Connecting with Optical Communication Repeater Unit
5.4.2 Speed Loop Delay Compensation
2.5 Motor and Encoder Connection
5.4.3 Dual Feedback Control
2.5.1 Connection of the Servo Motor
5.5 Settings for Emergency Stop
2.5.2 Connection of the Full-closed Loop System
5.5.1 Deceleration Control
2.5.3 Connection of the Speed Command Synchroniza-
5.5.2 Vertical Axis Drop Prevention Control
tion Control System
5.5.3 Vertical Axis Pull-up Control
2.5.4 Connection of the Spindle Motor
5.6 Protective Functions
2.5.5 Connection of Tool Spindle Motor
5.6.1 Overload Detection
2.6 Connection of Power Supply
5.6.2 Excessive Error Detection
 5.6.3 Collision Detection Function 9.2.2 Setup of Retraction Function at Power Failure
5.7 Servo Control Signal System
5.7.1 Servo Control Input (NC to Servo) 9.3 Explanation of Each Part of Power Backup System
5.7.2 Servo Control Output (Servo to NC) 9.3.1 How to Set Rotary Switch and Dip Switches
9.3.2 Transition of LED Display After Power Is Turned
6 Spindle Adjustment
ON
6.1 Adjustment Procedures for Each Control
9.4 Troubleshooting for Power Backup System
6.1.1 Basic Adjustments
9.4.1 LED Display When Alarm or Warning Occurs
6.1.2 Gain Adjustment
9.4.2 List of Power Backup Function Alarms
6.1.3 Adjusting the Acceleration/Deceleration Opera-
9.4.3 List of Power Backup Function Warnings
tion
9.4.4 Troubleshooting for Each Alarm No.
6.1.4 Orientation Adjustment
9.4.5 Troubleshooting for Each Warning No.
6.1.5 Synchronous Tapping Adjustment
9.4.6 Trouble Shooting at Power ON
6.1.6 High-speed Synchronous Tapping
6.1.7 Spindle C Axis Adjustment (For Lathe System) Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Assembly
6.1.8 Spindle Synchronization Adjustment (For Lathe Appendix 1.1 CMV1-xPxxS-xx Plug Connector
System) Appendix 1.2 1747464-1 Plug Connector
6.1.9 Deceleration Coil Changeover Valid Function by Appendix 1.2.1 Applicable Products
Emergency Stop Appendix 1.2.2 Applicable Cable
6.1.10 High-response Acceleration/Deceleration Func- Appendix 1.2.3 Related Documents
tion Appendix 1.2.4 Assembly Procedure
6.1.11 Spindle Cutting Withstand Level Improvement
Appendix 2 D/A Output Specifications for Drive Unit
6.1.12 Spindle Motor Temperature Compensation
Appendix 2.1 D/A Output Specifications
Function
Appendix 2.2 Output Data Settings
6.2 Settings for Emergency Stop
Appendix 2.2.1 Servo Drive Unit Settings
6.2.1 Deceleration Control
Appendix 2.2.2 Spindle Drive Unit Settings
6.3 Spindle Control Signal
Appendix 2.3 Setting the Output Magnification
6.3.1 Spindle Control Input (NC to Spindle)
Appendix 2.3.1 Servo Drive Unit Settings
6.3.2 Spindle Control Output (Spindle to NC)
Appendix 2.3.2 Spindle Drive Unit Settings
7 Troubleshooting
Appendix 3 Compliance to EC Directives
7.1 Points of Caution and Confirmation
Appendix 3.1 Compliance to EC Directives
7.1.1 LED Display When Alarm or Warning Occurs
Appendix 3.1.1 European EC Directives
7.2 Protective Functions List of Units
Appendix 3.1.2 Cautions for EC Directive Compliance
7.2.1 List of Alarms
7.2.2 List of Warnings Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
7.3 Troubleshooting Appendix 4.1 Introduction
7.3.1 Troubleshooting at Power ON Appendix 4.2 EMC Instructions
7.3.2 Troubleshooting for Each Alarm No. Appendix 4.3 EMC Measures
7.3.3 Troubleshooting for Each Warning No. Appendix 4.4 Measures for Panel Structure
7.3.4 Parameter Numbers during Initial Parameter Er- Appendix 4.4.1 Measures for Control Panel Unit
ror Appendix 4.4.2 Measures for Door
7.3.5 Troubleshooting the Spindle System When There Appendix 4.4.3 Measures for Operation Board Panel
Is No Alarm or Warning Appendix 4.4.4 Shielding of the Power Supply Input
8 Maintenance Section
Appendix 4.5 Measures for Various Cables
8.1 Periodic Inspections
Appendix 4.5.1 Measures for Wiring in Panel
8.1.1 Inspections
Appendix 4.5.2 Measures for Shield Treatment
8.1.2 Cleaning of Spindle Motor
Appendix 4.5.3 Servo/Spindle Motor Power Cable
8.2 Service Parts
Appendix 4.5.4 Servo/Spindle Motor Encoder Cable
8.3 Adding and Replacing Units and Parts
Appendix 4.6 EMC Countermeasure Parts
8.3.1 Replacing the Drive Unit
Appendix 4.6.1 Shield Clamp Fitting
8.3.2 Replacing the Unit Fan
Appendix 4.6.2 Ferrite Core
8.3.3 Replacing the Battery
Appendix 4.6.3 Power Line Filter
8.3.4 Replacing the Fuse
Appendix 4.6.4 Surge Absorber
9 Power Backup System
Appendix 5 Higher Harmonic Suppression Measure
9.1 Deceleration and Stop Function at Power Failure
Guidelines
9.1.1 Specifications of Stop Method for Deceleration
and Stop Function at Power Failure System Appendix 5.1 Higher Harmonic Suppression Measure
9.1.2 Wiring of Deceleration and Stop Function at Pow- Guidelines
er Failure Appendix 5.1.1 Calculating the Equivalent Capacity of
9.1.3 Setup of Deceleration and Stop Function at Pow- the Higher Harmonic Generator
er Failure
9.2 Retraction function at power failure
9.2.1 Wiring of Retraction Function at Power Failure
 1
Introduction

1 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.1 Servo/Spindle Drive System Configuration

1.1.1 System Configuration

MDS-D2 Series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply
2-axis Spindle Power supply MDS-DH2 Series:
1-axis Built in cell battery
servo drive unit drive unit unit for servo drive unit 3-phase 400VAC power supply
servo drive unit or
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV) option battery
Battery cable < Built in cell battery >
From NC
Power supply
communication Cell battery built in drive unit
cable (ER6V-C119B)
Circuit protector
Optical (Note) Prepared
communication Optical CN4
cable communication by user.
CN2 cable
CN2 CN24
CN20
CN2L For external <Option battery>
CN3L emergency
Brake stop Battery case AC reactor
CN2M
connector
(MDS-BTCASE+A6BAT)
CN3 CN3M
CN3 CN23 (D/DH-AL)
Battery unit
(MDS-BTBOX-36)
L+
L-
Contactor
(Note) Prepared
Circuit protector or by user.
protection fuse
(Note) Prepared by user.

Power Power
connector To 2nd connector
axis servo
Contactor control output
To 3rd
axis servo

To brake control Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)

Spindle encoder cable

< Motor side PLG cable >

Spindle encoder cable

< Spindle side encoder cable >

Power cable (Only connector is supplied.) Spindle motor

Brake cable (Only connector is supplied.)

Servo encoder cable Spindle side encoder
< Motor side encoder cable >

Brake connector
Power connector

Servomotor

Servo encoder cable ABZ SIN wave signal output

<MDS-B-HR unit cable >
Servo encoder cable
Encoder conversion unit < Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR >
(MDS-B-HR) (Note) Prepared by user.
Mitsubishi serial signal output

Servo encoder cable

< Linear scale cable> (Note) Prepared by user.

Servo encoder cable Linear scale

Ball screw side encoder
< Ball screw side encoder cable > (for full closed loop control)
(Note) Prepared by user.

IB-1501124-D 2
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2 Explanation of Type

1.2.1 Servo Motor Type

Motor type
Rated output
Rated rotation speed
Serial No. Date of manufacture
•109:September, 2010
•13Y:November, 2013
(X:October,Y:November,Z:December)
Motor rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

< HF Series >

HF (1) (2) (3) - (4)

(1 ) R a te d o u tp u t · Ma xim u m ro ta tio n s p e e d (3 ) S h a ft e n d s tru ctu re (4 ) En co d e r

Ma xim u m Fla n g e s ize
S ym b o l R a te d o u tp u t S ym b o l Sh a ft e n d s tru ctu re S ym b o l Typ e D e te ctio n m e th o d R e s o lu tio n
ro ta tio n s p e e d (m m )
75 0 .7 5 kW 5000 r/m in 9 0 S Q. S Stra ig h t A4 8 OS A1 8 -1 0 0 2 6 0 ,0 0 0 p /re v
105 1 .0 kW 5000 r/m in 9 0 SQ. T Ta p e r A5 1 OS A1 0 5 S5 A Ab s o lu te p o s itio n 1 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 p /re v
54 0 .5 kW 4000 r/m in 1 3 0 SQ. (N o te ) "Ta p e r" is a va ila b le fo r th e A7 4 N OSA1 6 6 S 5 N A 1 6 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 p /re v
104 1 .0 kW 4000 r/m in 1 3 0 SQ. m o to r w h o s e fla n g e s ize is
154 1 .5 kW 4000 r/m in 1 3 0 SQ. 9 0 S Q. m m o r 1 3 0 SQ. m m .
224 2 .2 kW 4000 r/m in 1 3 0 SQ.
204 2 .0 kW 4000 r/m in 1 7 6 SQ. (2 ) Ma g n e tic b ra ke
354 3 .5 kW 4000 r/m in 1 7 6 SQ. S ym b o l Ma g n e tic b ra ke
123 1 .2 kW 3000 r/m in 130 SQ. None None
223 2 .2 kW 3000 r/m in 130 SQ. B W ith m a g n e tic b ra ke s
303 3 .0 kW 3000 r/m in 176 SQ.
453 4 .5 kW 3500 r/m in 176 SQ.
703 7 .0 kW 3000 r/m in 176 SQ.
903 9 .0 kW 3000 r/m in 204 SQ.
142 1 .4 kW 2 0 0 0 r/m in 1 3 0 SQ.
302 3 .0 kW 2 0 0 0 r/m in 1 7 6 SQ.

< HP Series >

HP (1) (2) (3) - (4)

(1) R ated output · Maxim um rotation s peed (3) Shaft end s tructure (4) Encoder
Maxim um Flange s ize
Sym bol R ated output Sym bol Shaft end s tructure Sym bol Type D etection m ethod R es olution
rotation s peed (m m )
54 0.5 kW 4000 r/m in 130 SQ. S Straight A48 OSA18-100 260,000 p/rev
104 1.0 kW 4000 r/m in 130 SQ. T Taper A51 OSA105S5A Abs olute pos ition 1,000,000 p/rev
154 1.5 kW 4000 r/m in 130 SQ. (N ote) "Taper" is available for the A74N OSA166S5N A 16,000,000 p/rev
224 2.2 kW 4000 r/m in 130 SQ. m otor w hos e flange s ize is
204 2.0 kW 4000 r/m in 180 SQ. 130 SQ. m m .
354 3.5 kW 4000 r/m in 180 SQ.
454 4.5 kW 4000 r/m in 180 SQ. (2) Magnetic brake
704 7.0 kW 4000 r/m in 180 SQ. Sym bol Magnetic brake
903 9.0 kW 3000 r/m in 220 SQ. N one N one
1103 11.0 kW 3000 r/m in 220 SQ. B With m agnetic brake

< HF-KP Series >

HF-KP (1) (2) JW04-S6

(1) Rated output · Maxim um rotation speed (2) Magnetic brake

Maxim um
Sym bol Rated output Flange size (m m ) Sym bol Magnetic brake
rotation speed
23 0.2 kW 6000 r/m in 60 SQ. None None
43 0.4 kW 6000 r/m in 60 SQ. B With m agnetic brake
73 0.75 kW 6000 r/m in 80 SQ.

3 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

(2) 400V series

< HF-H Series>

H F-H (1) (2) (3) - (4)

(1) R a ted ou tpu t · Maxim um rotation s pe ed (3 ) Sh aft en d s tru cture (4) Encod er
Maxim um Flan ge s ize
Sym b ol R a ted ou tpu t Sym b ol Shaft e nd s tru cture Sym bo l Typ e D ete ction m e th od R es olu tio n
rota tio n s pe ed (m m )
75 0.7 5kW 50 00r/m in 9 0 SQ. S Straight A4 8 OSA18-1 00 2 60,000 p/rev
105 1.0 kW 50 00r/m in 90 SQ. T Tap er A5 1 OSA10 5S5 A Abs olu te pos ition 1 ,0 00,000 p/rev
54 0.5 kW 40 00r/m in 13 0 SQ. (N o te) "Ta per" is availab le for th e A74N OSA1 66S5 N A 16 ,00 0,000 p/rev
104 1.0 kW 40 00r/m in 13 0 SQ. m oto r w h os e flang e s ize is
154 1.5 kW 40 00r/m in 13 0 SQ. 90 SQ. m m or 130 SQ. m m .
204 2.0 kW 40 00r/m in 17 6 SQ.
354 3.5 kW 40 00r/m in 17 6 SQ. (2 ) Ma gne tic b rakes
453 4.5 kW 35 00r/m in 17 6 SQ. Sym b ol Mag ne tic bra ke s
703 7.0 kW 30 00r/m in 17 6 SQ. N o ne N on e
903 9.0 kW 30 00r/m in 20 4 SQ. B With m agn etic brakes

< HP-H Series >

HP-H (1) (2) (3) - (4)

(1) R ated ou tp ut · Ma xim u m rotation s pee d (3 ) Sha ft end s tru cture (4) Encod er
Ma xim u m Fla ng e s ize
Sym b ol R ated ou tp ut Sym bo l Sh aft en d s tructu re Sym bol Typ e D e te ction m ethod R es olution
rota tion s p ee d (m m )
54 0.5 kW 40 00 r/m in 13 0 SQ. S Straight A48 OSA18 -10 0 2 60 ,00 0 p/rev
1 04 1.0 kW 40 00 r/m in 13 0 SQ. T Ta pe r A51 OSA1 05 S5A Abs olu te p os itio n 1 ,0 00 ,00 0 p/rev
1 54 1.5 kW 40 00 r/m in 13 0 SQ. (N o te ) "Tap er" is ava ila ble for the A74 N OSA1 66 S5N A 16 ,0 00 ,00 0 p/rev
2 24 2.2 kW 40 00 r/m in 13 0 SQ. m o to r w ho s e flan ge s ize is
2 04 2.0 kW 40 00 r/m in 18 0 SQ. 13 0 SQ.m m .
3 54 3.5 kW 40 00 r/m in 18 0 SQ.
4 54 4.5 kW 40 00 r/m in 18 0 SQ. (2 ) Ma gn etic bra kes
7 04 7.0 kW 40 00 r/m in 18 0 SQ. Sym b ol Ma gn etic bra kes
9 03 9.0 kW 30 00 r/m in 22 0 SQ. N o ne N on e
11 03 11 .0 kW 30 00 r/m in 22 0 SQ. B With m a gn etic bra ke s

< HC-H Series >

HC-H (1) S-S10- (2)

(1) Rated output · Maxim um rotation s peed Com patible (2) Encoder
Maxim um Flange s ize with DH2 Series
Sym bol Rated output Sym bol Type Detection m ethod Res olution
rotation s peed (m m )
1502 15.0kW 2500r/m in 280 SQ. A48 OSA18-100 260,000 p/rev
A51 OSA105S5A Abs olute pos ition 1,000,000 p/rev
A74N OSA166S5NA 16,000,000 p/rev

IB-1501124-D 4
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.2 Servo Drive Unit Type

Output

Type
Applicable standard
Input/output conditions

Software No.
Manual No.
Date of manufacture
Serial No. (Year-Month)

Rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

< MDS-D2 Series >
(a) 1-axis servo drive unit

MDS-D2- (1)

(1) Unit Type Compatible HF□ HP□ HF-KP□

MDS-D2- motor type 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354 123 223 303 453 703 903 142 302 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103 23 43 73
Stall torque
Unit
Unit nominal (N･m) 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 7.0 12.0 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8 11.0 20.0 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0 0.64 1.3 2.4
width maximum current

V1-20 20A ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V1-40 40A ● ● ● ● ● ●
60mm
V1-80 80A ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V1-160 160A ● ● ● ●
V1-160W 90mm 160A ● ●
V1-320 120mm 320A ● ●
V1-320W 150mm 320A ●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.

CAUTION
The dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU) is required for the MDS-D2-V1-320W.

(b) 2-axis servo drive unit

MDS-D2- (1)

(1) Unit Type Compatible HF□ HP□ HF-KP□

MDS-D2- motor type 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354 123 223 303 453 703 903 142 302 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103 23 43 73
Unit Stall torque
Unit nominal (N･ m)
2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 7.0 12.0 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8 11.0 20.0 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0 0.64 1.3 2.4
width maximum
current Axis
V2-2020 20+20A LM ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
L ● ● ● ● ● ●
V2-4020 40+20A
M ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V2-4040 60mm 40+40A LM ● ● ● ● ● ●
L ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V2-8040 80+40A
M ● ● ● ● ● ●
V2-8080 80+80A LM ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
L ● ● ● ●
V2-16080 160+80A
90mm M ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V2-160160 160+160A LM ● ● ● ●
V2-160160W 120mm 160+160A LM ● ● ● ● ● ●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.

5 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

(c) 3-axis servo drive unit

MDS-D2- (1)

(1) Unit Type Compatible HF□ HF-KP□

MDS-D2- motor type 75 105 54 104 154 123 223 142 302 23 43 73
Unit Stall torque
Unit nominal (N･m) 12 20
2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 7.0 7.0 11.0 0.64 1.3 5.1
width maximum (10.0) (15.6)
current Axis
L ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
V3-202020 20+20+20A M ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
S ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60mm
L ● ● ● ● □ ● ● ● ●
V3-404040 40+40+40A M ● ● ● ● □ ● ○ ● ○
S ● ● ● ● □ ● ○ ● ○
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
○ Indicates the motor that can be combine with the drive unit although the stall torque is limited.
□ Indicates the motor that can be combine with the drive unit although the stall torque and maximum torque are limited.
(Note) The values in the parentheses are specifications when connecting with the M/S-axis of the MDS-D2-V3-404040.

IB-1501124-D 6
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >
(a) 1-axis servo drive unit

M DS-DH2- (1)

(1) Unit type Com patible HF-H □ HP-H □ HC -H □

MDS-DH2- m otor type 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103 1502S-S10
Stall torq ue
Unit w idth Unit nominal (N･m) 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 13.7 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0 146.0
maximum current

V1-10 10A ● ●
V1-20 20A ● ● ● ●
60m m
V1-40 40A ● ● ● ● ●
V1-80 80A ● ● ● ●
V1-80W 90m m 80A ● ●
V1-160 120m m 160A ● ●
V1-160W 150m m 160A ●
240m m
V1-200 200A ●
(Note)
● Indicates the com patible m otor for each s ervo drive unit.
(Note) DC connection bar is required. Always ins tall a large capacity drive unit (MDS-DH2-V1-200) in the left s ide of power s upply unit, and connect with DC connection

CAUTION
The dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU) is required for the MDS-DH2-V1-160W and MDS-DH2-V1-200.

(b) 2-axis servo drive unit

M D S -D H 2 - (1)

( 1 ) Un it ty p e Co mp a tib le HF- H □ HP- H □

MDS - DH2 - mo to r ty p e 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Un it S ta ll to r q u e
Un it n o min a l ( N ･ m) 2 .0 3 .0 2 .9 5 .9 9 .0 1 3 .7 2 2 .5 3 7 .2 4 9 .0 5 8 .8 3 .0 5 .9 9 .0 1 2 .0 1 3 .7 2 2 .5 3 1 .9 4 9 .0 7 0 .0 1 1 0 .0
w id th ma x imu m
c urrent A x is
V 2-1010 1 0 +1 0 A LM ● ●
L ● ● ● ●
V 2-2010 2 0 +1 0 A
M ● ●
V 2-2020 6 0 mm 2 0 +2 0 A LM ● ● ● ●
L ● ● ● ● ●
V 2-4020 4 0 +2 0 A
M ● ● ● ●
V 2-4040 4 0 +4 0 A LM ● ● ● ● ●
L ● ● ● ●
V 2-8040 8 0 +4 0 A
9 0 mm M ● ● ● ● ●
V 2-8080 8 0 +8 0 A LM ● ● ● ●
V 2-8080W 1 2 0 mm 8 0 +8 0 A LM ● ● ● ● ● ●
● In d ic a te s th e c o mp a tib le mo to r f o r e a c h s e r v o d r iv e u n it.

7 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.3 Spindle Motor Type

Motor type

Continuous rated output

Short time rated output

Frame No.
Serial No.
Date of manufacture
(Year-Month)

Rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

< SJ-D Series >

SJ-D (1) (2) / (3) - (4) (5) - (6)

(1) Motor s eries (4) Specification code (6) Option (Note)

Sym bol Motor series Indicates a specification Sym bol Option
None Norm al code (01 to 99). None Standard
G High-output A With leg
specifications (3) Maxim um rotation speed C Shaft with key
J Com pact & lightweight Indicates the hundreds place J Oil seal
specifications and higher order digits. S Hollow shaft
L Low-inertia X Reversed cooling air
specifications (Note) If m ore than one option is included,
(2) Short time (or %ED) rated output the sym bols are in alphabetical order.
Sym bol Short-tim e rated output
3.7 3.7kW
0.75 0.75kW (5) Encoder
1.5 1.5kW Sym bol Type
5.5 5.5kW None Type 1
7.5 7.5kW T Type 2
11 11kW
15 15kW

(Note) This explains the m odel nam e system of spindle m otors, but does not m ean all the com binations are available.

< SJ-V/VL Series >

SJ- (1) (2) (3) (4) - (5) (6) T

For MD S-D2/DM2 m otor

(4) Short tim e rated output
(1) Motor s eries (3) Shaft configuration (For norm al s pecification (6) Special s pecification
Short tim e
Sym bol Motor s eries Sym bol Axis configuration Sym bol Sym bol Special s pecification
rated output
V Medium -inertia s eries None Standard 0.75 0.75 kW None Standard
VL Low-inertia s eries 1.5 1.5 kW Z High-s peed bearing
(2) Coil changeover 2.2 2.2 kW FZ High-s peed bearing front-lock
Sym bol Coil changeover 3.7 3.7 kW
None Unavailable 5.5 5.5 kW
K Available 7.5 7.5 kW (5) Specification code
11 11 kW The SJ-V/VL Series is indicated
15 15 kW with a s pecification code (01 to 99).
18.5 18.5 kW
22 22 kW
26 26 kW
30 30 kW
37 37 kW
45 45 kW
55 55 kW

(Note) This explains the m odel nam e s ys tem of s pindle m otors , but does not m ean all the com binations are available.

IB-1501124-D 8
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

(2) 400V series

< SJ-V Series >

SJ- 4 - (1) (2) (3) (4) - (5) (6) T

(1 ) Mo to r s e rie s (3 ) Sh a ft co n fig u ra tio n (4 ) Sh o rt tim e ra te d o u tp u t (6 ) Sp e cia l s p e cifica tio n

S ym b o l Mo to r s e rie s Sym b o l Axis co n fig u ra tio n (Fo r n o rm a l s p e cifica tio n ) Sym b o l S p e cia l s p e cifica tio n
V Me d iu m -in e rtia s e rie s N one S ta n d a rd Sym b o l Sh o rt tim e ra te d o u tp u t None Sta n d a rd
2 .2 2 .2 kW Z H ig h -s p e e d b e a rin g
3 .7 3 .7 kW
(2 ) C o il ch a n g e o ve r 5 .5 5 .5 kW (5 ) Sp e cifica tio n co d e
Sym b o l C o il ch a n g e o ve r 7 .5 7 .5 kW Th e SJ-4 -V Se rie s is in d ica te d w ith
N one U n a va ila b le 11 1 1 kW a s p e cifica tio n co d e (0 1 to 9 9 ).
15 1 5 kW
1 8 .5 1 8 .5 kW
22 2 2 kW
26 2 6 kW
45 4 5 kW
55 5 5 kW

(N o te ) Th is e xp la in s th e m o d e l n a m e s ys te m o f s p in d le m o to rs , b u t d o e s n o t m e a n a ll th e co m b in a tio n s a re a va ila b le .

9 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.4 Tool Spindle Motor Type

Motor type
Rated output
Rated rotation speed
Serial No. Date of manufacture
•109:September, 2010
•13Y:November, 2013
(X:October,Y:November,Z:December)

Motor rating nameplate

Rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

<HF-KP Series>

HF-KP (1) J (2) W09

(1) Rated output and maximum rotation speed (2) Option

Maximum
Symbol Rated output Flange size (mm) Symbol Option
rotation speed
46 0.4 kW 6000 r/min 60 SQ. None Without keyway
56 0.5 kW 6000 r/min 60 SQ. K With keyway (with key)
96 0.9 kW 6000 r/min 80 SQ.

<HF-SP Series>

HF-SP (1) J (2) W09

(1) Rated output and maximum rotation speed (2) Option

Maximum
Symbol Rated output Flange size (mm) Symbol Option
rotation speed
226 2.2kW 6000 r/min 130 SQ. None Without keyw ay
406 4.0kW 6000 r/min 130 SQ. K With keyw ay (w ithout key)

<HF Series>

HF (1) (2) - (3)

(1) Rated output · Maximum rotation speed (2) Shaft end structure (3) Encoder
Maximum rotation
Symbol Rated output Flange size ( mm) Symbol Shaft end structure Symbol Type Resolution
speed
75 0.75 kW 4000 r/min 90 SQ. S Straight A48 OSA18-100 260,000 p/rev
105 1.0 kW 4000 r/min 90 SQ.
54 0.5 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. (Note) Encoder A51 and A74N can not be
104 1.0 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. used with the tool spindle motor.
154 1.5 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ.
224 2.2 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ.
204 2.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
354 3.5 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
453 4.5 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
703 7.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
903 9.0 kW 3000 r/min 204 SQ.

IB-1501124-D 10
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

< Combination with spindle drive unit >

(a) 1-axis spindle drive unit
Unit Type Compatible HF□ HF-KP□ HF-SP□
MDS-D2- motor type 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354 453 703 903 46 56 96 226 406
Rated torque
Unit
(N･m) 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 7.0 6.4 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.6 0.64 0.8 1.43 3.5 6.37
w idth Rated output

SP-20 20 A ● ● ● ● ●
SP-40 60mm 40 A ● ●
SP-80 80 A ● ● ● ●
SP-160 90mm 160 A ● ● ● ●
SP-200 120mm 200 A
SP-240 240 A
150mm
SP-320 320 A ●
SP-400 240mm 400 A
SP-640 300mm 640 A
● Indicates the compatible motor for each spindle drive unit.

(b) 2-axis spindle drive unit

Unit Type Compatible HF□ HF-KP□ HF-SP□
MDS-D2- motor type 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354 453 703 46 56 96 226 406
Unit Rated Rated torque
(N･m) 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 7.0 6.4 11.1 14.3 22.3 0.6 0.8 1.4 3.5 6.4
w idth output Axis

SP2-2020 20+20A LM ● ● ● ● ●
L ● ●
SP2-4020 60mm 40+20A
M ● ● ● ● ●
SP2-4040S 40+40A LM ● ●
SP2-4040 40+40A LM ● ●
L ● ● ● ●
SP2-8040 80+40A
90mm M ● ●
L ● ● ● ●
SP2-16080S 160+80A
M ● ● ● ●
SP2-8080 80+80A LM ● ● ● ●
120mm L ● ● ● ●
SP2-16080 160+80A
M ● ● ● ●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each spindle drive unit.

11 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.5 Spindle Drive Unit Type

Output

Type

Applicable standard Input/output conditions

Software No. Manual No.

Date of manufacture
Serial No. (Year-Month)

Rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

< MDS-D2 Series >
(a) 1-axis spindle drive unit

MDS-D2- (1)

(1) Capacity
Symbol Nominal maximum current Unit width
SP-20 20 A
SP-40 40 A 60mm
SP-80 80 A
SP-160 160 A 90mm
SP-200 200 A 120mm
SP-240 240 A
150mm
SP-320 320 A (Note) DC connection bar is required. Always install a large capacity
SP-400 400 A 240mm (Note) drive unit (MDS-D2-SP-400,640) in the left side of power supply
SP-640 640 A 300mm (Note) and connect with DC connection bar.

(b) 2-axis spindle drive unit

MDS-D2- (1)

(1) Capacity
Symbol Nominal maximum current Unit width
SP2-2020 20+20 A
SP2-4020 40+20 A 60m m
SP2-4040S 40+40 A
SP2-4040 40+40 A
SP2-8040 80+40 A 90m m
SP2-16080S 160+80 A
SP2-8080 80+80 A
120m m
SP2-16080 160+80 A

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

M DS-DH2- (1)

(1) C apacity
Sym bol N om inal m axim um current U nit w idth
SP-20 20A
60m m
SP-40 40A
SP-80 80A 90m m
SP-100 100A 120m m
SP-160 160A 150m m
SP-200 200A (N ote) D C connection bar is required. Alw ays ins tall a large capacity
240m m (N ote)
SP-320 320A drive unit (MD S-D H 2-SP-200,320,480) in the left s ide of pow er s upply unit
SP-480 480A 300m m (N ote) and connect w ith D C connection bar.

IB-1501124-D 12
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.6 Power Supply Unit Type

Output

Type

Applicable standard
Input/output conditions

Software No. Manual No.

Date of manufacture
Serial No. (Year-Month)

Rating nameplate

(1) 200V series

< MDS-D2 Series >

MDS-D2- (1)

Power supply unit Compatible Compatible

contactor circuit protector
(1) Type 30-minute Continuous Compatible AC reactor
Unit width (Mitsubishi) (Mitsubishi)
MDS-D2- rated output rated output
(Note 1) (Note 1)
CV-37 3.7kW 2.2kW S-T12-AC200V NF63-CW3P-20A
60mm D-AL-7.5K
CV-75 7.5kW 5.5kW NF63-CW3P-40A
S-T35-AC200V
CV-110 11.0kW 7.5kW D-AL-11K NF63-CW3P-50A
90mm
CV-185 18.5kW 15.0kW D-AL-18.5K S-T65-AC200V NF125-CW3P-100A
CV-300 30.0kW 26.0kW D-AL-30K S-T80-AC200V NF250-CW3P-125A
150mm
CV-370 37.0kW 30.0kW D-AL-37K NF250-CW3P-175A
(Note 2) S-N150-AC200V
CV-450 45.0kW 37.0kW D-AL-45K NF250-CW3P-200A
CV-550 55.0kW 45.0kW 300mm (Note 2) D-AL-55K S-N180-AC200V NF250-CW3P-225A

(Note 1) This is an optional part, and must be prepared by the user.

(Note 2) When connecting with a large capacity drive unit, DC connection bar is required.
Always install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of power supply unit, and connect with DC connection bar.

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

MDS-DH2- (1)

Power s upply unit Com patible Com patible

contactor circuit protector
(1) Type 30-m inute Continuous Com patible AC reactor
Unit width (Mits ubis hi) (Mits ubis hi)
MDS-DH2- rated output rated output
(Note 1) (Note 1)
CV-37 3.7kW 2.2kW NF63-CW3P-10A
DH-AL-7.5K S-T12-AC400V
CV-75 7.5kW 5.5kW NF63-CW3P-20A
90m m
CV-110 11.0kW 7.5kW DH-AL-11K S-T21-AC400V NF63-CW3P-30A
CV-185 18.5kW 15.0kW DH-AL-18.5K S-T35-AC400V NF63-CW3P-40A
CV-300 30.0kW 26.0kW DH-AL-30K S-T50-AC400V NF125-CW3P-75A
150m m
CV-370 37.0kW 30.0kW DH-AL-37K NF125-CW3P-100A
(Note 2) S-T65-AC400V
CV-450 45.0kW 37.0kW DH-AL-45K NF125-CW3P-100A
CV-550 55.0kW 45.0kW 300m m DH-AL-55K S-T80-AC400V NF250-CW3P-125A
CV-750 75.0kW 55.0kW (Note 2) DH-AL-75K S-N150-AC400V NF250-CW3P-200A
(Note 1) This is an optional part, and m us t be prepared by the us er.
(Note 2) When connecting with a large capacity drive unit, DC connection bar is required.
Always ins tall a large capacity drive unit in the left s ide of power s upply unit, and connect with DC connection bar.

13 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
1 Introduction

1.2.7 AC Reactor Type

Type D-AL-18.5K
Nameplate

Top surface of AC reactor

(1) 200V series

< MDS-D2 Series >

D-AL- (1)

AC reactor
(1) Type Compatible power supply unit
Capacity
D-AL-
MDS-D2-CV-37
7.5K 7.5kW
MDS-D2-CV-75
11K 11.0kW MDS-D2-CV-110
18.5K 18.5kW MDS-D2-CV-185
30K 30.0kW MDS-D2-CV-300
37K 37.0kW MDS-D2-CV-370
45K 45.0kW MDS-D2-CV-450
55K 55.0kW MDS-D2-CV-550

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

DH-AL- (1)

AC reactor
(1) Type C om patible pow er s upply unit
C apacity
D H -AL-
MD S-D H 2-C V-37
7.5K 7.5kW
MD S-D H 2-C V-75
11K 11.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-110
18.5K 18.5kW MD S-D H 2-C V-185
30K 30.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-300
37K 37.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-370
45K 45.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-450
55K 55.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-550
75K 75.0kW MD S-D H 2-C V-750

IB-1501124-D 14
 2
Specifications

15 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.1 Servo Motor

2.1.1 Specifications List
(1) 200V series
< HF Series >

HF Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HF □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF75 HF105 HF54 HF104 HF154 HF224 HF204 HF354
MDS-D2-V1- 20 20 40 40 80 - 80 80 160
4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 16080 (L)
Compatible 2020 2020
MDS-D2-V2- 4040 4040 8080 - 8080 8080 160160
servo drive unit 4020 (M) 4020 (M)
8040 (M) 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 160160W
type
202020 202020
MDS-D2-V3- 404040 404040 - 404040 - - -
404040 404040
Rated output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5
Rated current [A] 3.1 3.7 2.0 3.9 5.6 5.6 8.6 6.8 12
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 4.8 7.0 6.4 11.1
characteristics
Stall current [A] 3.2 4.6 3.2 6.6 11 8.5 15 15 22
Stall torque [N•m] 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0 7.0 12.0 13.7 22.5
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.5 2.0 1.1 2.0 2.8 2.8 4.1 3.7 6.4
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 5000 4000
Maximum current [A] 14.0 15.5 16.8 29.0 52.0 29.0 57.0 57.0 116.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 8.0 11.0 13.0 23.3 42.0 23.7 46.5 47.0 90.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 12.3 11.2 4.1 8.4 12.7 12.7 20.7 10.6 16.5
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 17.8 23.7 38.3 75.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0 20.0 25.9 48.0 84.7
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Y:29.4m/s2(3G)
Flange size [mm] 90 SQ. 90 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 126.5 162.5 118.5 140.5 162.5 184.5 143.5 183.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ80 Φ80 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ114.3 Φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ14 Φ14 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ35 Φ35
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 2.5/3.9 4.3/5.7 4.8/6.7 6.5/8.5 8.3/10.3 10.0/12.0 12.0/18.0 19.0/25.0
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 16
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

HF Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HF □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF123 HF223 HF303 HF453 HF703 HF903 HF142 HF302
MDS-D2-V1- 20 40 80 160 160W 320 20 40
4020 (L) 8040 (L) 16080 (L) 4020 (L)
Compatible 2020 2020
MDS-D2-V2- 4040 8080 160160 160160W - 4040
servo drive unit 4020 (M) 4020 (M)
8040 (M) 16080 (M) 160160W 8040 (M)
type
202020 202020
MDS-D2-V3- 404040 - - - - 404040
404040 404040
2.2 3.0
Rated output [kW] 1.2 3.0 4.5 7.0 9.0 1.4
(2.1) (2.2)
9.0 11
Rated current [A] 5.2 11 19 34 30 5.2
(8.5) (8.5)
Continuous 10.5 14.3
Rated torque [N•m] 5.7 14.3 14.3 22.3 28.6 6.7
characteristics (10.0) (10.6)
11 11
Stall current [A] 6.4 16 28 37 56 6.4
(8.5) (8.5)
12.0 20.0
Stall torque [N•m] 7.0 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8 11.0
(10.0) (15.6)
4.1 5.5
Power facility capacity [kVA] 2.3 5.5 8.1 12.5 16.1 2.7
(3.9) (4.1)
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 2000 3000 2000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 3000 3500 3000 2000
Maximum current [A] 15.5 29.0 48.0 104.2 108.4 204.0 15.5 29.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 17.0 32.0 64.0 122.0 152.0 208.0 26.5 50.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 27.3 46.5 27.3 18.3 32.2 42.1 25.2 27.3
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 11.9 23.7 75.0 112.0 154.0 196.0 17.8 75.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 14.1 25.9 84.7 121.7 163.7 205.7 20.0 84.7
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Environment Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X:
24.5m/s2
X,Y: X,Y:
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) (2.5G)
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) 9.8m/s2 24.5m/s2
Y:29.4m/s2(3G) Y:
(1G) (2.5G)
29.4m/s2
(3G)
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 204 SQ. 130 SQ. 176 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 140.5 184.5 183.5 223.5 263.5 330 162.5 183.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ110 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ180 Φ110 Φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ24 Φ24 Φ35 Φ35 Φ35 Φ42 Φ24 Φ35
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 6.5/8.5 10.0/12.0 19.0/25.0 25.0/31.0 32.0/38.0 43.0/49.0 8.3/11.0 19.0/25.0
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 4) The values in the parentheses are specifications when connecting with the M/S-axis of the MDS-D2-V3-404040.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

17 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP Series >

HP Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HP □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP54 HP104 HP154 HP224 HP204
MDS-D2-V1- 40 40 80 80 80
Compatible
4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
servo drive unit
MDS-D2-V2- 4040 4040 8080 8080 8080
type
8040 (M) 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
Rated output [kW] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0
Rated current [A] 1.8 3.6 5.1 6.9 7.4
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 6.4
characteristics
Stall current [A] 4.4 7.8 9.6 14.0 14.6
Stall torque [N•m] 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.1 2.0 2.8 4.1 3.7
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000
Maximum current [A] 16.8 25.6 52.0 57.0 57.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 11.0 19.2 36.5 46.0 43.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 5.5 13.0 19.0 20.0 14.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 4.6 7.7 12.0 20.0 29.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 5.1 8.2 12.5 20.5 34.5
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Y:29.4m/s2 (3G)
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 180 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 133.5 152.5 171.5 204.5 172.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ35
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 6.0/7.3 7.0/8.5 8.0/9.5 12.0/13.9 14.0/15.9
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 18
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP Series >

HP Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HP □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP354 HP454 HP704 HP903 HP1103
MDS-D2-V1- 160 160 160W 320 320W
Compatible
16080 (L) 16080 (L)
servo drive unit
MDS-D2-V2- 160160 160160 160160W - -
type
160160W 160160W
Rated output [kW] 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Rated current [A] 14.5 12.8 17.2 21.6 24.6
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.7 35.0
characteristics
Stall current [A] 29.0 29.6 40.2 54.0 79.0
Stall torque [N•m] 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 6.4 8.1 12.5 16.1 19.6
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum current [A] 116.0 116.0 116.0 172.0 212.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 66.0 95.0 120.0 170.0 260.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 33.0 36.0 59.0 52.0 48.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 37.0 55.0 82.0 163.0 255.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 42.5 60.5 87.5 187.0 279.0
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/s2(3G) X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
Flange size [mm] 180 SQ. 180 SQ. 180 SQ. 220 SQ. 220 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 195.5 225.5 305.5 346.5 419.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ200 Φ200
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ35 Φ35 Φ35 Φ55 Φ55
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 17.0/22.0 21.0/26.0 37.0/43.0 51.0/61.4 74.0/84.4
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

19 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF-KP Series >

HF-KP Series
Servo motor type Absolute position standard
HF-KP23JW04-S6 HF-KP43JW04-S6 HF-KP73JW04-S6
MDS-D2-V1- 20 20 20
Compatible
2020 2020 2020
servo drive unit MDS-D2-V2-
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M)
type
MDS-D2-V3- 202020 202020 202020
Rated output [kW] 0.2 0.4 0.75
Rated current [A] 1.4 2.9 5.2
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 0.64 1.3 2.4
characteristics
Stall current [A] 1.4 2.9 5.2
Stall torque [N•m] 0.64 1.3 2.4
Power facility capacity [kVA] 0.6 0.9 1.5
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Maximum current [A] 4.3 8.5 15.5
Maximum torque [N•m] 1.9 3.8 7.2
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 16.9 38.6 39.9
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 0.23 0.42 1.43
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 0.31 0.50 1.63
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 15 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
Motor side encoder Resolution per motor revolution: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP65 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y: 49m/s2 (5G)
Flange size [mm] 60 SQ. 60 SQ. 80 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 98 119.9 134.2
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ50 Φ50 Φ70
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ14 Φ14 Φ19
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 1.2/1.8 1.7/2.3 2.9/4.1
Heat-resistant class 130 (B)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 20
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< HF-H Series >

HF-H Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HF-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF-H75 HF-H105 HF-H54 HF-H104 HF-H154
MDS-DH2-V1- 10 10 20 20 40
Compatible
2010 (L) 2010 (L) 4020 (L)
servo drive unit 1010 1010
MDS-DH2-V2- 2020 2020 4040
type 2010 (M) 2010 (M)
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 8040 (M)
Rated output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Rated current [A] 1.5 1.8 1.1 2.0 2.7
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8
characteristics
Stall current [A] 1.6 2.3 1.6 3.3 5.5
Stall torque [N•m] 2.0 3.0 2.9 5.9 9.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.5 2.0 1.1 2.0 2.8
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 5000 4000
Maximum current [A] 7.0 7.75 8.4 14.5 26.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 8.0 11.0 13.0 23.3 42.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 12.3 11.2 4.1 8.4 12.7
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Flange size [mm] 90 SQ. 90 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 126.5 162.5 118.5 140.5 162.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ80 Φ80 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ14 Φ14 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 2.5/3.9 4.3/5.7 4.8/6.7 6.7/8.6 8.3/11.0
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

21 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF-H Series >

HF-H Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HF-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF-H204 HF-H354 HF-H453 HF-H703 HF-H903
MDS-DH2-V1- 40 80 80 80W 160
Compatible
4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
servo drive unit
MDS-DH2-V2- 4040 8080 8080 8080W -
type
8040 (M) 8080W 8080W
Rated output [kW] 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Rated current [A] 3.5 7.8 9.3 16 17
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 6.4 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.6
characteristics
Stall current [A] 7.3 14 17 19 28
Stall torque [N•m] 13.7 22.5 37.2 49.0 58.8
Power facility capacity [kVA] 3.7 6.4 8.1 12.5 16.1
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3500 3000
Maximum current [A] 28.5 58.0 52.1 54.2 102.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 47.0 90.0 122.0 152.0 208.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 10.6 16.5 18.3 32.2 42.1
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 38.3 75.0 112.0 154.0 196.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 48.0 84.7 121.7 163.7 205.7
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/s2(3G) X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
Flange size [mm] 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 204 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 143.5 183.5 223.5 263.5 330
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ35 Φ35 Φ35 Φ35 Φ42
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 13/19 19.0/25.0 25.0/31.0 32.0/38.0 43.0/49.0
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 22
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP-H Series >

HP-H Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HP-H □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP-H54 HP-H104 HP-H154 HP-H224 HP-H204
MDS-DH2-V1- 20 20 40 40 40
Compatible
2010 (L) 2010 (L) 4020 (L) 4020 (L) 4020 (L)
servo drive unit
MDS-DH2-V2- 2020 2020 4040 4040 4040
type
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 8040 (M) 8040 (M) 8040 (M)
Rated output [kW] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0
Rated current [A] 0.9 1.8 3.1 4.0 4.1
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 6.4
characteristics
Stall current [A] 2.2 3.9 4.8 7.0 7.3
Stall torque [N•m] 3.0 5.9 9.0 12.0 13.7
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.1 2.0 2.8 4.1 3.7
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000
Maximum current [A] 8.4 12.8 26.0 28.5 28.5
Maximum torque [N•m] 11.0 19.2 36.5 46.0 43.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 5.5 13.0 19.0 20.0 14.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 4.6 7.7 12.0 20.0 29.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 5.1 8.2 12.5 20.5 34.5
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Y:29.4m/s2 (3G)
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 180 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 133.5 152.5 171.5 204.5 172.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ35
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 6.0/7.3 7.0/8.5 8.0/9.5 12.0/13.9 14.0/15.9
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

23 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP-H Series >

HP-H Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HP-H □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP-H354 HP-H454 HP-H704 HP-H903 HP-H1103
MDS-DH2-V1- 80 80 80W 160 160W
Compatible
8040 (L) 8040 (L)
servo drive unit
MDS-DH2-V2- 8080 8080 8080W - -
type
8080W 8080W
Rated output [kW] 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Rated current [A] 7.4 7.6 10.6 12.9 15.0
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 11.1 14.3 22.3 28.7 35.0
characteristics
Stall current [A] 14.5 14.9 20.1 32.0 46.0
Stall torque [N•m] 22.5 31.9 49.0 70.0 110.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 6.4 8.1 12.5 16.1 19.6
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum current [A] 58.0 58.0 58.0 86.0 106.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 66.0 95.0 120.0 170.0 260.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 33.0 36.0 59.0 52.0 48.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 37.0 55.0 82.0 163.0 255.0
Motor inertia with brake [×10-4kg•m2] 42.5 60.5 87.5 187.0 2790
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/s2(3G) X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
Flange size [mm] 180 SQ. 180 SQ. 180 SQ. 220 SQ. 220 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] (Note 2) 195.5 225.5 305.5 346.5 419.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ200 Φ200
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ35 Φ35 Φ35 Φ55 Φ55
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 17.0/22.0 21.0/26.0 37.0/43.0 51.0/61.4 74.0/84.4
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N encoder.
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 24
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HC-H Series >

HC-H Series
Servo motor type ABS specifications: HC-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HC-H1502S-S10
Compatible MDS-DH2-V1- 200
servo drive unit
MDS-DH2-V2- -
type
Rated output [kW] 15.0
Rated current [A] 39
Continuous
Rated torque [N•m] 71.6
characteristics
Stall current [A] 77
Stall torque [N•m] 146.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 26.7
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 2000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 2500
Maximum current [A] 160.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 280.0
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s] 104.5
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 550
-4 2 ---
Motor inertia with brake [×10 kg•m ]
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
inertia ratio
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP44 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Input voltage 3-phase 400V
Cooling fan Maximum power
85W
consumption
Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
Ambient temperature
Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
Flange size [mm] 280 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 605
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ250
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ60
Mass Without / with brake [kg] 160/---
Heat-resistance class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

25 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.1.2 Torque Characteristics

(1) 200V series
< HF Series >
[ HF75 ] [ HF105 ] [ HF54 ]
10 12 15

12
7.5 9
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
9
5 Short time operation range 6 Short time operation range Short time operation range

2.5 3
3
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 2000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF104 ] [ HF154 ] [ HF154 ] (Note 2)

25 50 50

20 40 40
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
15 30 30
Short time operation range Short time operation range
10 20 20
Short time operation range
5 10 10
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF224 ] [ HF204 ] [ HF354 ]

50 50 100

40 40 80
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

30 30 60
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range

20 20 40

10 10 20
Continuous
operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note 1) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
(Note 2) Each line indicates the case in connecting the following drive unit.
HF154: M/S-axis of MDS-D2-V3-404040

IB-1501124-D 26
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

[ HF123 ] [ HF223 ] [ HF303 ] (Note 2)

20 40 40

15 30 30

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
Short time operation range
Short time operation range Short time operation range
10 20 20

5 10 10
Continuous Continuous
operation range operation range Continuous
operation range

0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF303 ]

80

60
Torque [N㨯O?

40 Short time operation range

20
Continuous
operation range

0
0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note 1) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
(Note 2) Each line indicates the case in connecting the following drive unit.
HF223: M/S-axis of MDS-D2-V3-404040

27 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

[ HF453 ] [ HF703 ] [ HF903 ]

125 160 240

100
120 180
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
75
Short time operation range 80 Short time operation range 120 Short time operation range

50

40 60
25
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF142 ] [ HF302 ] [ HF302 ] (Note 2)

30
60 60

24
Torque =0㨯O?

Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
40 40
18
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range

12
20 20
6
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0
0 1000 2000 0 0
0 1000 2000 0 1000 2000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]


(Note 1) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
(Note 2) Each line indicates the case in connecting the following drive unit or axis.
HF302: M/S-axis of MDS-D2-V3-404040

IB-1501124-D 28
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP Series >

[ HP54 ] [ HP104 ] [ HP154 ]

12 20 40

9 15 30

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

6 Short time operation range 10 Short time operation range 20 Short time operation range

3 5 10

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP224 ] [ HP204 ] [ HP354 ]

50 50 75

40 40 50
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
30 30 45
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range

20 20 30

10 10 15

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP454 ] [ HP704 ] [ HP903 ]

100 150 180

80 120
135
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]

60 90
Short time operation range Short time operation range 90 Short time operation range

40 60

45
20 30

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 1500 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP1103 ]

300

240
Torque [N㨯m]

180
Short time operation range

120

60

Continuous operation range

0
0 1500 3000
Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

29 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF-KP Series >

[ HF-KP23JW04-S6 ] [ HF-KP43JW04-S6 ] [ HF-KP73JW04-S6 ]
2.0 4.0 8.0

1.5 3.0 6.0

Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
1.0 Short time operation range 2.0 Short time operation range 4.0 Short time operation range

0.5 1.0 2.0

Continuous Continuous Continuous
operation range operation range operation range

0 0 0
0 3000 6000 0 3000 6000 0 3000 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

IB-1501124-D 30
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< HF-H Series >
[ HF-H75 ] [ HF-H105 ]

10 12

7.5 9
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
5 Short time operation range 6 Short time operation range

2.5 3

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0
0 2000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000 5000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF-H54 ] [ HF-H104 ] [ HF-H154 ]

15 25 50

12 20 40
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

9 15 30
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range

6 10 20

3 5 10

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF-H204 ] [ HF-H354 ] [ HF-H453 ]

50 100 125

40 80 100
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

30 60 75
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range
20 40 50

10 20 25

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 3500
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF-H703 ] [ HF-H903 ]

160 240

120 180
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]

80 Short time operation range 120 Short time operation range

40 60

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input voltage is
380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

31 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HP-H Series>

[ HP-H54 ] [ HP-H104 ] [ HP-H154 ]

12 20 40

9 15 30

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]
6 Short time operation range 10 Short time operation range 20 Short time operation range

3 5 10

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP-H224 ] [ HP-H204 ] [ HP-H354 ]

50 50 75

40 40 50

Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

30 30 45
Short time operation range Short time operation range Short time operation range
20 20 30

10 10 15
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP-H454 ] [ HP-H704 ] [ HP-H903 ]

100 150 180

80 120
135
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]

Torque [N㨯m]

60 90
Short time operation range Short time operation range 90 Short time operation range

40 60

45
20 30

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 0 1500 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HP-H1103 ]

300

240
Torque [N㨯m]

180
Short time operation range

120

60
Continuous operation range
0
0 1500 3000
Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input voltage is
380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

IB-1501124-D 32
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HC-H Series >

[ HC-H1502S-S10 ]

400

300
Torque [N㨯m]

Short time operation range

200

100

Continuous operation range

0
0 1000 2000 2500

Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input voltage is
380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

33 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.2 Spindle Motor

2.2.1 Specifications
(1) 200V series
< SJ-D Series (Normal specifications) >

SJ-D3.7/ SJ-D5.5/ SJ-D5.5/ SJ-D5.5/ SJ-D7.5/ SJ-D7.5/ SJ-D11/

Spindle motor type
100-01 100-01 120-01 120-02 100-01 120-01 100-01
MDS-D2-SP- 80 80 80 160 200 160 160 160
Compatible 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
spindle drive 8080 8080 8080
MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) - 16080S (L) 16080S (L) 16080S (L)
unit type 16080S 16080S 16080S
(M) (M) (M)
Continuous rated output 2.2 3.7 3.7 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5
3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11
5.5
Short time rated output (15-minute (30-minute (30-minute (30-minute (30-minute (30-minute
Output (30-minute rating)
rating) rating) rating) rating) rating) rating)
capacity
Standard output during
[kW] 3.7 5.5 5.5 9.2 10.4 7.5 7.5 11
acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
4.4 6.6 6.6 11.0 12.5 9 9 13.2
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 6.7 9.9 9.9 9.9 13.4 13.4 19.6
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 2800 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 12000 12000 10000 12000 10000
Frame No. B90 D90 D90 B90 A112 A112 B112
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 14.0 23.6 23.6 12.6 35.0 35.0 47.7
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.030 0.053 0.053 0.030 0.094 0.094 0.122
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0074 0.013 0.013 0.0074 0.023 0.023 0.031
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 1470 1470 980 1960 1960 1960
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
38W 38W 38W 38W 50W 50W 50W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ. 180 SQ. 180 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 327 417 417 327 439 439 489
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150 Φ150 Φ150 Φ150 Φ180 Φ180 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28 Φ28 Φ28 Φ28 Φ32 Φ32 Φ48
Mass [kg] 26 39 39 26 53 53 64
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) For SJ-D5.5/120-02, output characteristics at acceleration/deceleration vary depending on the connected drive unit.
Refer to "output characteristics" for details.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 34
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-D Series (Hollow shaft specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-D5.5/120-02T-S

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160 200
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) -
unit type
Continuous rated output 3.7
Short time rated output 5.5（25%ED rating）
Output
Standard output during
capacity 9.2 10.4
acceleration/deceleration
[kW]
Actual acceleration/
11.0 12.5
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 9.9 9.9
Base rotation speed [r/min] 2800
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 12000
Frame No. B90
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 12.6
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.030
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0075
Tolerable radial load [N] -
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
38W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 327
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28
Mass [kg] 24
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) For SJ-D5.5/120-02T-S, output characteristics at acceleration/deceleration vary depending on the connected drive
unit. Refer to "output characteristics" for details.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

35 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DG Series (High-output specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-DG3.7/120-03T SJ-DG5.5/120-04T SJ-DG7.5/120-05T SJ-DG11/100-03T

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 160 200
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- - - - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Short time rated output 5.5 （25%ED rating） 7.5 （25%ED rating） 11.0 （25%ED rating） 15.0 （25%ED rating）
Output
Standard output during
capacity 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0
acceleration/deceleration
[kW]
Actual acceleration/
6.6 9.0 13.2 18.0
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 6.7 9.9 13.4 19.6
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 12000 12000 12000 10000
Frame No. B90 D90 A112 B112
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 14.0 23.6 35.0 47.7
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.026 0.049 0.088 0.12
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0066 0.012 0.022 0.029
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 1470 1960 1960
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
32W 32W 50W 50W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ. 204SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 327 417 439 489
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150 Φ150 Φ180 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28 Φ28 Φ32 Φ48
Mass [kg] 31 49 66 82
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 36
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DJ Series (Compact & lightweight specifications) >

SJ-DJ5.5/ SJ-DJ5.5/ SJ-DJ7.5/ SJ-DJ7.5/ SJ-DJ11/ SJ-DJ15/

Spindle motor type
100-01 120-01 100-01 120-01 100-01 80-01
MDS-D2-SP- 80 80 160 160 160 200
Compatible
8040 (L) 8040 (L)
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 8080 8080 16080S (L) 16080S (L) 16080S (L) -
unit type
16080S (M) 16080S (M)
Continuous rated output 3.7 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 11
15
7.5 7.5 11
5.5 5.5 (15-minute
Short time rated output (15-minute (15-minute (15-minute
Output (25%ED rating) (25%ED rating) rating)
rating) rating) rating)
capacity (15%ED rating)
[kW] Standard output during
5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 15
acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
6.6 6.6 9 9 13.2 18
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 9.9 9.9 13.4 13.4 19.6 26.7
(Continuous) (Continuous) (Continuous) (Continuous) (Continuous) (Continuous)
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Base rotation speed [r/min]
/ (Short time) / (Short time) / (Short time) / (Short time) / (Short time) / (Short time)
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 12000 10000 12000 10000 8000
Frame No. B90 B90 D90 D90 A112 B112
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 17.7 17.7 26.3 26.3 35.8 52.5
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.030 0.030 0.053 0.053 0.094 0.122
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0074 0.0074 0.013 0.013 0.023 0.031
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 980 1470 1470 1960 1960
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
38W 38W 38W 38W 50W 50W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ. 204 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 327 327 417 417 439 489
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150 Φ150 Φ150 Φ150 Φ180 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28 Φ28 Φ28 Φ28 Φ32 Φ48
Mass [kg] 26 26 39 39 53 64
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

37 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DL Series (Low-inertia specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-DL0.75/100-01 SJ-DL1.5/100-01 SJ-DL5.5/150-01T SJ-DL5.5/200-01T SJ-DL7.5/150-01T

MDS-D2-SP- 20 40 160 160 160
Compatible
4020(L)
spindle drive 2020
MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 16080S(L) 16080S(L) 16080S(L)
unit type 4020(M)
8040(M)
Continuous rated output 0.4 0.75 3.7 3.7 5.5
0.75 1.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
Short time rated output
Output (10-minute rating) (10-minute rating) (15-minute rating) (15-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
0.9 1.5 11 11 11
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
1.1 1.8 13.2 13.2 13.2
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.5 2.8 9.9 9.9 13.4
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 2500 2500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 15000 20000 15000
Frame No. A71 B71 C90 C90 B112
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 2.6 4.8 14.1 14.1 35.0
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.045 0.078 0.018 0.018 0.063
2 0.0011 0.0019 0.0046 0.0046 0.016
Inertia [kg•m ]
Tolerable radial load [N] 490 490 245 245 980
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
17W 17W 38W 38W 50W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 264 317 377 377 489
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ110 Φ150 Φ150 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ22 Φ22 Φ28 Φ28 Φ32
Mass [kg] 10 14 30 30 56
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 38
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DL Series (Hollow shaft specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-DL5.5/200-01T-S

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L)
unit type
Continuous rated output 3.7
5.5
Short time rated output (15-minute rating)
Output
(30-minute rating)
capacity
Standard output during
[kW] 11
acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
13.2
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 13.4
Base rotation speed [r/min] 2500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 20000
Frame No. C90
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 14.1
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.019
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0046
Tolerable radial load [N] -
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
38W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 377
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ22
Mass [kg] 28
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

39 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V2.2-01T SJ-V3.7-02ZT

MDS-D2-SP- 40 80
Compatible
4020 (L) 8040 (L)
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 8080
unit type
8040 (M) 16080 (M)
Continuous rated output 1.5 2.2
2.2 3.7
Short time rated output
Output (15-minute rating) (15-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
2.2 3.7
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
2.6 4.4
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 4.1 6.7
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 15000
Frame No. A90 A90
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 9.5 7.0
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.027 0.027
2 0.00675 0.00675
Inertia [kg•m ]
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 245
Input voltage Single-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
36W 36W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ. 174 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 300 300
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150 Φ150
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28 Φ28
Mass [kg] 25 25
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 40
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V7.5-03ZT SJ-V11-08ZT SJ-V11-13ZT SJ-V15-01ZT

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160 200 200 200
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) - - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 5.5 7.5 7.5 11
7.5 11 11 15
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
7.5 11 11 15
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
9 13.2 13.2 18
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 13.4 19.6 19.6 26.7
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 12000 8000 8000 8000
Frame No. A112 B112 B112 A160
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 35 47.7 47.7 70
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.098 0.12 0.12 0.23
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0245 0.03 0.03 0.0575
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 1960 1960 2940
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
70W 40W 70W 80W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 204 SQ. 204 SQ. 204 SQ. 250 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 440 490 490 469.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ180 Φ180 Φ180 Φ230
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ32 Φ48 Φ48 Φ48
Mass [kg] 60 70 70 110
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

41 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V15-09ZT SJ-V18.5-01ZT SJ-V18.5-04ZT SJ-V22-01ZT SJ-V22-04ZT

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 200 200 240 240 320
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- - - - - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 11 15 15 18.5 18.5
15 18.5 18.5 22 22
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
15 18.5 18.5 22 22
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
18 22.2 22.2 26.4 26.4
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 26.7 32.8 32.8 39.0 39.0
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
Frame No. A160 A160 A160 B160 B160
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 70 95.5 95.5 118 118
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.319 0.319
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0575 0.0575 0.0575 0.08 0.08
Tolerable radial load [N] 2940 2940 2940 2940 2940
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
80W 80W 80W 80W 80W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 469.5 469.5 469.5 539.5 539.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ230 Φ230 Φ230 Φ230 Φ230
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ48 Φ48 Φ48 Φ55 Φ55
Mass [kg] 110 110 110 135 135
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 42
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V22-06ZT SJ-V26-01ZT SJ-V37-01ZT SJ-V45-01ZT SJ-V55-01ZT

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 240 320 400 640 640
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- - - - - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 11 22 30 37 45
15 26 37 45 55
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
15 26 37 45 55
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
18 31.2 44.4 54 66
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 26.7 46.1 65.5 79.6 97.2
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1150 1500 1150
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 8000 6000 6000 4500
Frame No. A160 C160 B180 B180 A225
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 70.0 140 249 236 374
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.23 0.37 1.36 1.36 3.39
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0575 0.0925 0.34 0.34 0.8475
Tolerable radial load [N] 2450 2940 3920 3920 5880
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
80W 80W 175W 175W 115W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 320 SQ. 320 SQ. 480 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 469.5 585.5 700 700 724
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ230 Φ230 Φ300 Φ300 Φ450
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ48 Φ55 Φ60 Φ60 Φ75
Mass [kg] 110 155 300 300 450
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

43 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V11-01T SJ-V11-09T SJ-V15-03T SJ-V18.5-03T

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 200 240
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) 16080S (L) - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 3.7 5.5 7.5 9
Short time rated output 5.5 (30-minute rating) 7.5 (30-minute rating) 9 (30-minute rating) 11 (30-minute rating)
Output
Standard output during
capacity 5.5 7.5 9 11
acceleration/deceleration
[kW]
Actual acceleration/
6.6 9 10.8 13.2
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 9.9 13.4 16.1 19.6
Base rotation speed [r/min] 750 750 750 750
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 6000
Frame No. B112 A160 A160 B160
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 47.1 70.0 95.5 115
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.03 0.0575 0.0575 0.08
Tolerable radial load [N] 1960 2940 2940 2940
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
70W 80W 80W 80W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 204 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 490 469.5 469.5 539.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ180 Φ230 Φ230 Φ230
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ48 Φ48 Φ48 Φ55
Mass [kg] 70 110 110 135
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 44
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-V22-05T SJ-V22-09T SJ-VK22-19ZT

Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 320
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- - - -
unit type
Continuous rated output 11 15 13 18.5
Short time rated output 15 (30-minute rating) 18.5 (30-minute rating) 18.5 (15-minute rating) 22 (30-minute rating)
Output
Standard output during
capacity 15 18.5 18.5 22
acceleration/deceleration
[kW]
Actual acceleration/
18 22.2 22.2 26.4
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 26.7 32.8 32.8 39.0
Base rotation speed [r/min] 750 500 330 575
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 4500 750 6000
Frame No. B160 A180 B180
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 140 239 310 307
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.32 1.23 1.36
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.08 0.308 0.34
Tolerable radial load [N] 2940 3920 3920
Input voltage 3-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
80W 175W 175W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 250 SQ. 320 SQ. 320 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 539.5 631 700
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ230 Φ300 Φ300
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ55 Φ60 Φ60
Mass [kg] 135 280 300
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

45 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-VL Series (Low-inertia specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-VL2.2-02ZT SJ-VL11-02FZT SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 SJ-VL18.5-05FZT

MDS-D2-SP- 40 160 160 240
Compatible
4020 (L)
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 16080S (L) 16080S (L) -
unit type
8040 (M)
Continuous rated output 1.5 2.2 1.5 2.2
2.2 3.7 3 5.5
Short time rated output
Output (15-minute rating) (15-minute rating) (10-minute rating) (5-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
2.2 11 11 18.5
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
2.6 13.2 13.2 22.2
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 4.1 6.7 5.5 9.9
Base rotation speed [r/min] 3000 1500 5000 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 15000 15000 20000 15000
Frame No. B71 D90 B71 D90
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 4.8 14.0 2.9 7.0
GD2 [kg•m2] 0.0096 0.012 0.0096 0.021
2 0.0024 0.003 0.0024 0.00525
Inertia [kg•m ]
Tolerable radial load [N] 196 245 98 245
Input voltage Single-phase 200V
Cooling fan Maximum power
14W 41W 14W 41W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 174 SQ. 130 SQ. 174 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 325 441 335 441
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ150 Φ110 Φ150
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ22 Φ28 Φ22 Φ28
Mass [kg] 20 42 20 40
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 46
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< SJ-4-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-4-V2.2-03T SJ-4-V3.7-03T SJ-4-V5.5-07T SJ-4-V7.5-12T SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT

Compatible
spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP- 20 40 80
unit type
Continuous rated output 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 5.5
2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5
Short time rated output
Output (15-minute rating) (15-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
2.64 4.44 6.6 9 9
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 4.1 6.7 9.9 13.4 13.4
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 8000 12000
Frame No. A90 B90 D90 A112 A112
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 9.5 14.0 23.5 35.0 35.0
GD2[kg•m2] 0.027 0.035 0.059 0.098 0.098
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.00675 0.00875 0.0148 0.0245 0.0245
Tolerable radial load [N] 980 1470 1960 980
Input voltage Single-phase 400V 3-phase 400V
Cooling fan Maximum power
35W 35W 70W 70W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ. 204 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 300 330 425 440 440
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ150 Φ150 Φ150 Φ180 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ28 Φ28 Φ28 Φ32 Φ32
Mass [kg] 25 30 49 60 60
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the
power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

47 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-4-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-4-V11-18T SJ-4-V18.5-14T SJ-4-V22-18ZT SJ-4-V22-15T

Compatible
spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP- 80 100 160 160
unit type
Continuous rated output 7.5 15 11 18.5
11 18.5 15 22
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
11 18.5 15 22
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
13.2 22.2 18 26.4
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 19.6 32.8 26.7 39.0
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 8000 6000
Frame No. B112 A160 A160 B160
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 47.7 95.5 70.0 118
GD2[kg•m2] 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.32
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.03 0.0575 0.0575 0.08
Tolerable radial load [N] 1960 2940 2940 2940
Input voltage 3-phase 400V
Cooling fan Maximum power
70W 72W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 204 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ. 250 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 490 469.5 469.5 539.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ180 Φ230 Φ230 Φ230
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ48 Φ48 Φ48 Φ55
Mass [kg] 70 110 110 135
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the
power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 48
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-4-V Series (Normal specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-4-V26-08ZT SJ-4-V37-04ZT SJ-4-V45-02T SJ-4-V55-03T

Compatible
spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP- 160 200 320
unit type
Continuous rated output 22 30 37 45
26 37 45 55
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
26 37 45 55
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
31.2 44.4 54 66
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 46.1 65.5 79.6 97.2
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1150 1500 1150
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 6000 4500 3450
Frame No. C160 B180 B180 A225
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 140 249 236 374
GD2[kg•m2] 0.37 1.36 1.36 3.39
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.0925 0.34 0.34 0.85
Tolerable radial load [N] 2450 3920 5880
Input voltage 3-phase 400V
Cooling fan Maximum power
72W Refer to each motor specifications.
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 250 SQ. 320 SQ. 320 SQ. 480 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 585.5 700 700 724
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ230 Φ300 Φ300 Φ450
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ55 Φ60 Φ60 Φ75
Mass [kg] 155 300 300 450
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the
power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

49 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-4-V Series (Wide range constant output specifications) >

Spindle motor type SJ-4-V15-20T SJ-4-V22-16T

Compatible
spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP- 100 160
unit type
Continuous rated output 7.5 11
9 15
Short time rated output
Output (30-minute rating) (30-minute rating)
capacity Standard output during
9 15
[kW] acceleration/deceleration
Actual acceleration/
10.8 18
deceleration output (Note 3)
Power facility capacity [kVA] 16.1 26.7
Base rotation speed [r/min] 750
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Frame No. A160 B160
Continuous rated torque [N•m] 95.5 140
GD2[kg•m2] 0.23 0.32
Inertia [kg•m2] 0.06 0.08
Tolerable radial load [N] 2940
Input voltage 3-phase 400V
Cooling fan Maximum power
72W
consumption
Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing), Storage: -20°C to 65°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Degree of protection IP44
Flange size [mm] 250 SQ. 250 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 469.5 539.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ230 Φ230
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ48 Φ55
Mass [kg] 110 135
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.
(Note 3) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or 1.2-fold
of "Short time rated output".
(Note 4) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the
power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 50
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.2.2 Output Characteristics

(1) 200V series
< SJ-D Series (Normal specifications) >
[ SJ-D3.7/100-01 ] [ SJ-D5.5/100-01 ] [ SJ-D5.5/120-01 ]
6.0 6.0 6.0
5.5 5.5
30-minute rating
30-minute rating
3.7
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Output [kW]
4.0 3.7 4.0 3.7 4.0
15-minute rating Continuous rating
2.2 Continuous rating
2.0 2.0 2.0
Continuous rating

0 0
0 1500 6000 10000 0 1500 6000 10000 0 1500 6000 10000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-D5.5/120-02 ] [ SJ-D5.5/120-02 ]
[ SJ-D7.5/100-01 ]
(D2-SP-160, D2-SP2-16080S (L)) (D2-SP-200)
15 15 8.0
7.5
Standard output during 30-minute rating
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration
10.4 6.0 5.5
acceleration/deceleration

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

10 9.2 10
Continuous rating
4.0
5.5 5.5
5 5
3.7 25%ED rating 3.7 25%ED rating
2.0
Continuous rating Continuous rating
0 0 0
0 2000 2800 6000 8000 12000 0 1700 2800 4500 8000 12000 0 1500 6000 10000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-D7.5/120-01 ] [ SJ-D11/100-01 ]
8.0 7.5 16

30-minute rating
6.0 5.5 12
11
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Continuous rating 30-minute rating

4.0 8 7.5

Continuous rating
2.0 4

0 0
0 1500 6000 12000 0 1500 4500 10000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

< SJ-D Series (Hollow shaft specifications) >

[ SJ-D5.5/120-02T-S ] [ SJ-D5.5/120-02T-S ]
(D2-SP-160, D2-SP2-16080S (L)) (D2-SP-200)
15 15

Standard output during

Standard output during acceleration/deceleration
acceleration/deceleration 10.4
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

10 9.2 10

5.5 5.5
5 5
3.7 25%ED rating 3.7 25%ED rating

Continuous rating Continuous rating

0 0
0 2000 2800 6000 8000 12000 0 1700 2800 4500 8000 12000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

51 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DG Series (High-output specifications) >

[ SJ-DG3.7/120-03T ] [ SJ-DG5.5/120-04T ] [ SJ-DG7.5/120-05T ]
6 8 15
5.5 7.5
25%ED rating 25%ED rating 11
6 5.5

Output [kW]
Output [kW]
10
Output [kW]

4 3.7 30-minute rating 25%ED rating

15-minute rating 7.5
4 3.7
2.2 Continuous rating 5.5 30-minute rating
2 5
Continuous rating 2 Continuous rating

0 0 0
0 1500 7000 10000 12000 0 1500 5500 7000 12000 0 1500 5500 8000 12000

Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-DG11/100-03T ]
18

15
25%ED rating
Output [kW]

12 11
30-minute rating
7.5
6
Continuous rating

0
0 1500 4500 6000 10000
Rotation speed [r/min]

< SJ-DJ Series (Compact & lightweight specifications) >

[ SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 ] [ SJ-DJ5.5/120-01 ] [ SJ-DJ7.5/100-01 ]
8.0 8.0 8.0
7.5

6.0 6.0 6.0 15-minute rating

5.5 5.5 5.5
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Output [kW]

25%ED rating 25%ED rating

4.0 3.7 4.0 3.7 4.0
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
2.0 2.0 2.0
Continuous rating

0 0 0
0 1500 2000 4500 10000 0 1500 2000 4500 12000 0 1500 2000 4500 10000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-DJ7.5/120-01 ] [ SJ-DJ11/100-01 ] [ SJ-DJ15/80-01 ]

8.0 16 16
7.5 15%ED 15
15-minute rating 15-minute
rating rating
6.0 12 12 11
5.5 11
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Output [kW]

15-minute rating
4.0 8 7.5 8
Continuous rating
Continuous rating Continuous rating
2.0 4 4

0 0 0
0 1500 2000 4500 12000 0 1500 2000 4500 10000 0 1500 2000 4000 8000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

IB-1501124-D 52
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-DL Series (Low-inertia specifications) >

[ SJ-DL0.75/100-01 ] [ SJ-DL1.5/100-01 ] [ SJ-DL5.5/150-01T ]
1.0 2.0 15
0.9
Standard output during
0.8 0.75 acceleration/deceleration 1.5 11
1.5
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Output [kW]
10-minute rating 10 15-minute
0.6
10-minute rating rating
Standard output during
1.0 acceleration/deceleration
0.4
0.4 0.75 5.5
5
Continuous rating 0.5 3.7 30-minute rating
0.2 Continuous rating
Continuous rating
0 0 0
0 1500 1800 10000 0 1500 10000 0 2500 3000 4200 15000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-DL5.5/200-01T ] [ SJ-DL7.5/150-01T ]
15 15

11 11
Output [kW]

10
Output [kW]

10 15-minute
Standard output during
rating
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration
acceleration/deceleration 7.5

5.5 5.5 30-minute rating

5 5
3.7 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
0
0
     0 1500 1800 8000 15000

Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

< SJ-DL Series (Hollow shaft specifications) >

[ SJ-DL5.5/200-01T-S ]
15

11
Output [kW]

10 15-minute
rating
Standard output during
acceleration/deceleration
5.5
5
3.7 30-minute rating

Continuous rating
0
    

Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

53 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Normal specifications) >

[ SJ-V2.2-01T ] [ SJ-V3.7-02ZT ] [ SJ-V7.5-03ZT ]
6.0 6.0 8.0
7.5
30-minute rating
6.0 5.5
3.7

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

4.0

Output [kW]
4.0
Continuous rating
15-minute rating 4.0
2.2 2.2
2.0 2.0
1.5 15-minute rating
Continuous rating 2.0
Continuous rating

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 10000 0 3000 12000 15000 0 1500 10000 12000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-V11-08ZT ] [ SJ-V11-13ZT ] [ SJ-V15-01ZT ]

15 20 20

11 15
15 15
Output [kW]

10
Output [kW]

Output [kW]
30-minute rating
30-minute rating 11 11
7.5
10 10
Continuous rating 7.5 30-minute rating Continuous rating
5
Continuous rating
5 5

0
0 0
0 1500 8000 0 1500 6000 8000 0 1500 4500 8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-V15-09ZT ] [ SJ-V18.5-01ZT ] [ SJ-V18.5-04ZT ]

20 20 20
18.5 18.5
30-minute rating 30-minute rating
15 15 15
15 15 15
30-minute rating
Output [kW]

Output [kW]

Continuous rating
Output [kW]

Continuous rating
11
10 10 10
Continuous rating

5 5 5

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 8000 0 1500 4500 8000 0 1500 6000 8000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-V22-01ZT ] [ SJ-V22-04ZT ] [ SJ-V22-06ZT ]

30 30
20

22 22 15
15
18.5 30-minute rating
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

20 18.5 30-minute rating 20

Output [kW]

30-minute rating
11
Continuous rating Continuous rating
10

10 10 Continuous rating
5

0 0 0
0 1500 4500 8000 0 1500 6000 8000 0 1500 9500 10000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

IB-1501124-D 54
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

[ SJ-V26-01ZT ] [ SJ-V37-01ZT ] [ SJ-V45-01ZT ]

30 60 60
26
22 30-minute rating 45

37 30-minute rating

Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

20 40 37 40
Continuous rating
30 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
10 20 20

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 8000 0 1150 3450 6000 0 1500 4500 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-V55-01ZT ]
60
55
30-minute rating
45
Output [kW]

40
Continuous rating

20

0
0 1150 3450 4500
Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

55 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output specifications) >

[ SJ-V11-01T ] [ SJ-V11-09T ] [ SJ-V15-03T ]
15 15 15
Output [kW]

Output [kW]
10

Output [kW]
10 10 9
7.5 7.5 30-minute rating
5.5 5.5 30-minute rating Continuous rating
5 5 5
3.7 30-minute rating Continuous rating
Continuous rating

0 0 0
0 750 6000 0 750 6000 0 750 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-V18.5-03T ] [ SJ-V22-05T ] [ SJ-V22-09T ]

20 20 30

15
15 15

Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

30-minute rating 20 18.5

11 11
15 30-minute rating
10 9 30-minute rating 10
Continuous rating Continuous rating
Continuous rating 10
5 5

0 0 0
0 750 6000 0 750 6000 0 500 600 3500 4500

Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-VK22-19ZT (in low-speed coil) ] [ SJ-VK22-19ZT (in high-speed coil) ]

30 30

10-minute rating 22
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

20 18.5 20 18.5 30-minute rating

15-minute rating
13 Continuous rating
Continuous rating
10 10

0 0
0 330 400 750 0 575 3450 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

IB-1501124-D 56
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< SJ-VL Series (Low-inertia specifications) >

[ SJ-VL2.2-02ZT ] [ SJ-VL11-02FZT ] [ SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 ]
6.0 15 15

11 11

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

4.0

Output [kW]
10 10
Standard output during
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration
acceleration/deceleration
2.2
2.0 5 5
1.5 15-minute rating 3.7
3
2.2 15-minute rating
Continuous rating 1.5 10-minute rating
Continuous rating Continuous rating
0 0 0
0 3000 15000 0 1500 4000 10000 15000 5000 6000
0 18000 20000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-VL18.5-05FZT ]
30
Output [kW]

20 18.5
Standard output during
acceleration/deceleration

10
5.5
3.7 5-minute rating
2.2 15-minute rating
Continuous rating
0
0 3000 5000 15000
Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

57 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< SJ-4-V Series (Normal specifications) >
[ SJ-4-V2.2-03T ] [ SJ-4-V3.7-03T ] [ SJ-4-V5.5-07T ]
6.0 6.0 8.0

6.0
5.5

Output [kW]

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

4.0 4.0 3.7

30-minute rating
15-minute rating
4.0 3.7
2.2 2.2 Continuous rating
2.0 2.0
1.5 15-minute rating
Continuous rating 2.0
Continuous rating

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 10000 0 1500 6000 10000 0 1500 6000 8000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-4-V7.5-12T ] [ SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT ] [ SJ-4-V11-18T ]

8.0 7.5 8.0 20
7.5
30-minute rating 30-minute rating
6.0 5.5 6.0 15
5.5
Output [kW]

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

Continuous rating Continuous rating 11

4.0 4.0 10
30-minute rating
7.5
2.0 2.0 Continuous rating
5

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 8000 0 1500 10000 12000 0 1500 4500 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-4-V18.5-14T ] [ SJ-4-V22-18ZT ] [ SJ-4-V22-15T ]

20 20 30
18.5
30-minute rating
15 15 22
15 15
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

Continuous rating
Output [kW]

30-minute rating 20 18.530-minute rating

11
10 10 Continuous rating
Continuous rating
10
5 5

0 0 0
0 1500 4500 6000 0 1500 8000 0 1500 4500 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ SJ-4-V26-08ZT ] [ SJ-4-V37-04ZT ] [ SJ-4-V45-02T ]

30 60 60
26
30-minute rating 45
22
30-minute rating
Output [kW]

Output [kW]
Output [kW]

20 40 37 40 37
Continuous rating
3030-minute rating Continuous rating

10 Continuous rating
20 20

0 0 0
0 1500 6000 10000 0 1150 3450 6000 0 1500 4500
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

IB-1501124-D 58
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

[ SJ-4-V55-03T ]
60
55
30-minute rating
45
Output [kW]

40
Continuous rating

20

0
0 1150 3450
Rotation speed [r/min]

< SJ-4-V Series (Wide range constant output specifications) >

[ SJ-4-V15-20T ] [ SJ-4-V22-16T ]
15 20

15
15
Output [kW]
Output [kW]

10 30-minute rating
9
11
7.5 30-minute rating
10
Continuous rating Continuous rating
5
5

0 0
0 750 6000 0 750 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or

1.2-fold of "Short time rated output".

59 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.3 Tool Spindle Motor

2.3.1 Specifications
< HF-KP Series >

HF-KP Series
Tool spindle motor type HF □ JW09
HF-KP46 HF-KP56 HF-KP96
Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 20 20 20
spindle drive 2020 2020 2020
MDS-D2-SP2-
unit type 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M)
Rated output [kW] 0.4 0.5 0.9
Continuous
Rated current [A] 1.5 1.8 3.4
characteristics
Rated torque [N•m] 0.64 0.80 1.43
Power facility capacity [kVA] 0.9 1.1 1.8
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Maximum current [A] 5.5 11.3 15.5
Maximum torque [N•m] 2.5 5 6.5
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 0.24 0.42 1.43
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Ambient Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
temperature Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y: 49m/s2 (5G)
Flange size [mm] 60 SQ. 60 SQ. 80 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 118.7 140.6 149.1
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ50 Φ50 Φ70
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ14 Φ14 Φ19
Mass [kg] 1.2 1.7 2.9
Heat-resistant class 130(B)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 60
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF-SP Series >

HF-SP Series
Tool spindle motor type HF-SP □ JW09
HF-SP226 HF-SP406
MDS-D-2SP- 80 160
Compatible 8040 (L)
spindle drive 16080S (M) 16080S (L)
MDS-D2-SP2-
unit type 8080 16080 (L)
16080 (M)
Rated output [kW] 2.2 4.0
Continuous
Rated current [A] 8.2 14.4
characteristics
Rated torque [N•m] 3.5 6.37
Power facility capacity [kVA] 4.1 7.3
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Maximum current [A] 44.0 95.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 22.0 50.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 11.9 23.7
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Ambient Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
temperature Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Flange size [mm] 130 SQ. 130 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 140.5 184.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ110 Φ110
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ24 Φ24
Mass [kg] 6.8 10.0
Heat-resistant class 155(F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

61 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

HF Series
Tool spindle motor type HF □ -A48
HF75 HF105 HF54 HF104 HF154 HF224 HF204 HF354
MDS-D2-SP- 20 20 40 40 80 80 80 160
Compatible 4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
spindle drive 2020 2020 4040S 4040S 16080S(M) 16080S(M) 16080S(M) 16080S(L)
MDS-D2-SP2-
unit type 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4040 4040 8080 8080 8080 16080 (L)
8040 (M) 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
Rated output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5
Continuous
Rated current [A] 3.1 3.7 2.0 3.9 5.6 8.6 6.8 12
characteristics
Rated torque [N•m] 1.8 2.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 7.0 6.4 11.1
Power facility capacity [kVA] 1.5 2.0 1.1 2.0 2.8 4.1 3.7 6.4
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Maximum current [A] 14.0 15.5 17.0 29.0 52.0 57.0 57.0 116.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 7.0 8.1 12.1 23.3 33.9 46.5 46.5 74.5
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 2.6 5.1 6.13 11.9 17.8 23.7 38.3 75.0
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Ambient Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
temperature Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Flange size [mm] 90 SQ. 90 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 130 SQ. 176 SQ. 176 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 126.5 162.5 118.5 140.5 162.5 184.5 143.5 183.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ80 Φ80 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ110 Φ114.3 Φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ14 Φ14 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ24 Φ35 Φ35
Mass [kg] 2.5 4.3 4.8 6.5 8.3 10.0 12.0 19.0
Heat-resistant class 155(F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 62
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

HF Series
Tool spindle motor type HF □ -A48
HF453 HF703 HF903
Compatible MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 320
spindle drive 16080S(L) 16080S(L)
MDS-D2-SP2- -
unit type 16080 (L) 16080 (L)
Rated output [kW] 4.5 7.0 9.0
Continuous
Rated current [A] 19 34 30
characteristics
Rated torque [N•m] 14.3 22.3 28.6
Power facility capacity [kVA] 8.1 12.5 16.1
Rated rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Maximum current [A] 105.0 109.0 204.0
Maximum torque [N•m] 89.3 116.5 171.0
Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2] 112.0 154.0 196.0
Resolution per motor revolution
Motor side encoder
260,000 pulse/rev
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Ambient Operation: 0 to 40°C (with no freezing),
temperature Storage: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment
Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
Flange size [mm] 176 SQ. 176 SQ. 204 SQ.
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm] 223.5 263.5 330
Flange fitting diameter [mm] Φ114.3 Φ114.3 Φ180
Shaft diameter [mm] Φ35 Φ35 Φ42
Mass [kg] 25.0 32.0 43.0
Heat-resistant class 155 (F)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the
values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the
designated combination.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

63 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.3.2 Output Characteristics

< HF-KP Series >
[ HF-KP46JW09 ] [ HF-KP56JW09 ] [ HF-KP96JW09 ]

3.0 6.0 8.0

2.5 5.0
6.0
2.0 4.0
Torque [Nm]

Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]
1.5 Short time operation range 3.0 Short time operation range 4.0 Short time operation range

1.0 2.0
2.0
0.5 1.0
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0.0 0.0 0.0
0 2000 4000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000

Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

< HF-SP Series >

[ HF-SP226JW09 ] [ HF-SP406JW09 ]
25 60

20
45
Torque [Nm]
Torque [Nm]

15

Short time operation range 30

10 Short time operation range

15
5

Continuous operation range

Continuous operation range
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

< HF Series >

[ HF75 ] [ HF105 ]
10 12

7.5 9
Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [N㺃m]

5 6

Short time operation range

Short time operation range
2.5 3

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0
0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

IB-1501124-D 64
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

< HF Series >

[ HF54 ] [ HF104 ] [ HF154 ]
15 25 50

12 20 40

Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [N㺃m]

9 15 30
Short time operation range

6 10 20
Short time operation range Short time operation range

3 5 10

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF224 ] [ HF204 ] [ HF354 ]

50 50 100

40 40 80

Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [Nm]

30 30 60
Short time operation range

20 20 40
Short time operation range Short time operation range
10 10 20
Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF453 ] [ HF703 ] [ HF903 ]

125 160 240

100
120 180
Torque [N㺃m]

Torque [N㺃m]
Torque [N㺃m]

75
80 120
50 Short time operation range
Short time operation range Short time operation range
40 60
25

Continuous operation range Continuous operation range Continuous operation range

0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

(Note) The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input voltage is
200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.

65 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4 Drive Unit

2.4.1 Installation Environment Conditions
Common installation environment conditions for servo, spindle and power supply unit are shown below.

Ambient temperature Operation: 0 to 55°C (with no freezing), Storage / Transportation: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Ambient humidity
Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration/impact 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) / 49m/s2 (5G)

IB-1501124-D 66
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.2 Servo Drive Unit

(1) 200V series
< MDS-D2 Series >

1-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V1 Series

Servo drive unit type
20 40 80 160 160W 320 320W
MDS-D2-V1-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 160 160 320 320
Rated voltage [V] 155AC
Output
Rated current [A] 6.4 11 16 29.6 40.2 59.6 97
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Input
Rated current [A] 7.0 7.0 14 30 35 45 55
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.2
power Maximum rush current [A] 30
Maximum rush conductivity
6
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 1 (Max. 2)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
External
Braking
Dynamic brakes Built-in (MDS-D-
DBU)
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 40 58 96 184 245 366 471
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1

2-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V2 Series

Servo drive unit type
2020 4020 4040 8040 8080 16080 160160 160160W
MDS-D2-V2-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20 40/20 40/40 80/40 80/80 160/80 160/160 160/160
Rated voltage [V] AC155
Output
Rated current [A] 6.4 / 6.4 11 / 6.4 11 / 11 16 / 11 16 / 16 29.6 / 16 29.6 / 29.6 40.2 / 40.2
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Input
Rated current [A] 14 14 14 21 28 44 60 70
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.2
power Maximum rush current [A] 30
Maximum rush conductivity
6
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 1 (Max. 4 For two axes)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Current control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Braking
Dynamic brakes Built-in
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 4.5 5.2 6.3
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 70 88 106 144 182 270 358 480
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 B1 C1

67 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

3-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V3 Series

Servo drive unit type
202020 404040
MDS-D2-V3-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20/20 40/40/40
Rated voltage [V] AC155
Output
Rated current [A] 6.4/6.4/6.4 11/11/11
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Input
Rated current [A] 21 21
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.2
power Maximum rush current [A] 30
Maximum rush conductivity
6
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 1 (Max. 2)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Braking
Dynamic brakes Built-in
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 [over all]
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 89 159
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A0

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 68
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

1-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH2-V1 Series

Servo drive unit type
10 20 40 80 80W 160 160W 200
MDS-DH2-V1-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 10 20 40 80 80 160 160 200
Rated voltage [V] 340AC
Output
Rated current [A] 2.3 3.9 7.3 17 20.1 32 46 76.8
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Input
Rated current [A] 0.9 1.6 2.9 6.0 8.0 11.9 16.7 39
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.1
power Maximum rush current [A] 18
Maximum rush conductivity
12 18
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 1 (Max. 2)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Braking
Dynamic brakes Built-in External (MDS-D-DBU)
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5 16.5
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 46 68 114 215 269 390 542 735
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1

2-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH2-V2 Series

Servo drive unit type
1010 2010 2020 4020 4040 8040 8080 8080W
MDS-DH2-V2-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 10/10 20/10 20/20 40/20 40/40 80/40 80/80 80/80
Rated voltage [V] 340AC
Output
Rated current [A] 2.3 / 2.3 3.9 / 2.3 3.9 / 3.9 7.3 / 3.9 7.3 / 7.3 17 / 7.3 17 / 17 20.1 / 20.1
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Input
Rated current [A] 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.5 5.8 8.9 12 16
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.1
power Maximum rush current [A] 18
Maximum rush conductivity
12
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 1 (Max. 4 For two axes)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Current control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Braking
Dynamic brakes Built-in
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8 5.2 6.3
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 82 104 126 172 218 319 420 528
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 B1 C1

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

69 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.3 Spindle Drive Unit

(1) 200V series
< MDS-D2 Series >

1-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP Series

Spindle drive unit type
20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
MDS-D2-SP-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
Rated voltage [V] 155AC
Output
Rated current [A] 4.5 10 18 54 85 94 130 174 200
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Input
Rated current [A] 7.0 13 20 41 76 95 140 150 210
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.2
power
Maximum rush current [A] 30
Maximum rush conductivity
6 9
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 6 (Max. 15)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Braking Regenerative braking
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 6.5 7.5 16.5
Heat radiated at continuous rated output [W] 55 94 158 290 481 620 806 1045 1427
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 D2 E1 F1

2-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP2 Series

Spindle drive unit type
2020 4020 4040S 4040 8040 16080S 8080 16080
MDS-D2-SP2-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20 40/20 40/40 40/40 80/40 160/80 80/80 160/80
Rated voltage [V] AC155
Output
Rated current [A] 4.5 / 4.5 10 / 4.5 10 / 10 10 / 10 18 / 10 54 / 18 18 / 18 54 / 18
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Input
Rated current [A] 14 20 26 26 33 61 40 61
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.2
power
Maximum rush current [A] 30
Maximum rush conductivity
6
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 6 (Max. 15)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Braking Regenerative braking
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 4.5 4.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 5.2 6.5 6.5
Heat radiated at continuous rated output [W] 90 129 168 168 232 428 298 428
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 B1 B1 B1 C1 C1

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 70
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

1-axis spindle drive unit MDS-DH2-SP Series

Spindle drive unit type
20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
MDS-DH2-SP-
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Rated voltage [V] 340AC
Output
Rated current [A] 9.0 13 19 30 65 85 103 180
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Input
Rated current [A] 10 15 21 38 72 99 119 150
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.1
power
Maximum rush current [A] 18
Maximum rush conductivity
12 18
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA] 6 (Max. 15)
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Braking Regenerative braking
External analog output 0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5 16.5 22.5
Heat radiated at continuous rated output [W] 120 200 291 442 749 872 1202 1720
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 E1 F1

(Note) Rated output capacity and rated speed of the motor used in combination with the drive unit are as indicated when
using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the voltage is less than specified.

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

71 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.4 Power Supply Unit

(1) 200V series
< MDS-D2 Series >

Power supply unit MDS-D2-CV Series

Power supply unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
MDS-D2-CV-
30-minute rated output [kW] 3.7 7.5 11.0 18.5 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0
Continuous rated output [kW] 2.2 5.5 7.5 15.0 26.0 30.0 37.0 45.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 5.3 11 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Rated voltage [V]
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Rated current [A] 15 26 35 65 107 121 148 200
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Output
Rated current [A] 17 30 41 76 144 164 198 238
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Voltage [V]
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3%v and -3%
Control
Maximum current [A] 0.2
power
Maximum rush current [A] 38 30
Maximum rush conductivity
3 6
time [ms]
Main circuit method Converter with power regeneration circuit
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Natural-cooling Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 4.0 6.0 10.0 25.5
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 54 79 124 193 317 396 496 595
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing A2 A2 B1 B1 D1 D1 D2 F1

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Power supply unit MDS-DH2-CV Series

Power supply unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
MDS-DH2-CV-
30-minute rated output [kW] 3.7 7.5 11.0 18.5 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0 75.0
Continuous rated output [kW] 2.2 5.5 7.5 15.0 26.0 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0
Power facility capacity [kVA] 5.3 11.0 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0 107.0
Rated voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz)/380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Input Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Rated current [A] 5.2 13 18 35 61 70 85 106 130
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Output
Rated current [A] 7.1 15 21 38 72 82 99 119 150
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz)/380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Control Maximum current [A] 0.1
power Maximum rush current [A] 18
Maximum rush conductivity
12
time [ms]
Main circuit method Converter with power regeneration circuit
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method Forced air cooling
Mass [kg] 6.0 10.0 25.5
Heat radiated at rated output [W] 54 79 124 193 317 402 496 595 842
Noise Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing B1 B1 B1 B1 D1 D1 D1 F1 F1

For outline dimension drawings, refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" (IB-1501142(ENG)).

IB-1501124-D 72
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.5 Unit Outline Dimension Drawing

U nit [m m]

A0 A1 A2
Panel cut drawing 80 Panel cut drawing

Square hole

Square hole
(80) (80)

342
380
360

360
350

380
350

342
360
380
350
52
60 200 60 200 60 60 200 20 52

B1 Panel cut drawing

C1 Panel cut drawing

㸦80㸧
Square hole

Square hole
㸦80㸧
380
350
360

380
350

342
360
342

82 120 112
90 200 60 200 60

D1 D2
Panel cut drawing Panel cut drawing

㸦80㸧
㸦80㸧

342
342

Square
360

380
350

Square
360

380
350

hole hole

142 142
150 200 60 150 200 67

E1 F1 Panel cut drawing

Panel cut drawing

㸦80㸧 㸦80㸧
360
380

341
341

Square Square
360
380

hole hole

222 282
240 210 92 300 210 92

73 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.6 AC Reactor
An AC reactor must be installed for each power supply unit.

(1) 200V series

< MDS-D2 Series >

AC reactor
AC reactor model
7.5K 11K 18.5K 30K 37K 45K 55K
D-AL-
Compatible power supply unit type
37,75 110 185 300 370 450 550
MDS-D2-CV-
Rated capacity [kW] 7.5 11 18.5 30 37 45 55
Rated voltage [V] 200 to 240AC Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Rated current [A] 27 40 66 110 133 162 198
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Ambient temperature Operation: -10°C to 60°C (with no freezing), Storage/Transportation: -10°C to 60°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage/Transportation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration / impact 9.8m/s2 (1G) / 98m/s2 (10G)
Mass [kg] 4.2 3.7 5.3 6.1 8.6 9.7 11.5

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >

AC reactor
AC reactor model
7.5K 11K 18.5K 30K 37K 45K 55K 75K
DH-AL-
Compatible power supply unit type
37, 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
MDS-DH2-CV-
Rated capacity [kW] 7.5 11 18.5 30 37 45 55 75
Rated voltage [V] 380 to 480AC Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Rated current [A] 14 21 37 65 75 85 105 142
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Ambient temperature Operation: -10°C to 60°C (with no freezing), Storage/Transportation: -10°C to 60°C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Ambient humidity
Storage/Transportation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Environment Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration / impact 9.8m/s2 (1G) / 98m/s2 (10G)
Mass [kg] 4.0 3.7 5.3 6.0 8.5 9.8 10.5 13.0

IB-1501124-D 74
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

Outline dimension drawing

[Unit:mm]

Terminal screw 6-M5 ˜12

Terminal screw 6-M5 ˜12
(Tightening torque: 2.0Nm)
(Tightening torque: 2.0Nm)
L11 L21 L31 L11 L21 L31

FG FG
2-M4 2-M4
M5˜12 M5˜12
Terminal plate Terminal plate
L12 L22 L32 (with cover) L12 L22 L32 (with cover)
Nameplate
Nameplate
Grounding
4-M6 hole Grounding 4-M6 hole
20 position 20 position
Terminal
Terminal assignment seal Cover
assignment seal Cover
175 130
175 130

Serial number

155
Serial number
of manufacture
155

of manufacture

N.P
N.P

Bar code
Bar code

55r1.5 75r1.5
55r1.5 82r1.5
165
165

D/DH-AL-7.5K D/DH-AL-11K

Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16

(Tightening torque: 4.0Nm)

L11 L21 L31

L11 L21 L31

FG
2-M4
M5˜12 FG 2-M4
M5˜12
L12 L22 L32 Terminal plate
(with cover) L12 L22 L32
Nameplate
Terminal plate
Nameplate (with cover)
Grounding 4-M6 hole
20 position
Grounding
position 4-M6 hole
Terminal Cover Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16 20
assignment seal (Tightening torque: 4.0Nm) Terminal Cover
175 130 assignment seal
175 130

Serial number
of manufacture
155

Serial number
155

of manufacture
Bar code
N.P

Bar code
N.P

55r1.5 105r1.5
55r1.5 110r1.5
165
165 140

D/DH-AL-18.5K D/DH-AL-30K

L11 L21 L31 L11 L21 L31

FG FG
2-M4 2-M4
M5˜12 M5˜12

L12 L22 L32 Terminal plate L12 L22 L32

Terminal plate
(with cover) (with cover)
Nameplate Nameplate

4-M6 hole 4-M6 hole

20 Cover 20 Cover
Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16 Grounding Terminal Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16 Grounding Terminal
(Tightening torque: 4.0Nm) position assignment seal (Tightening torque: 4.0Nm) position assignment seal 130
130

Serial number Serial number

of manufacture of manufacture
175
175

Bar code
N.P
Bar code
N.P

70r1.5 110r1.5 70r1.5 120r1.5

215r2.5 150 215r2.5 160

D/DH-AL-37K D/DH-AL-45K

75 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

[Unit:mm]

L11 L21 L31 L11 L21 L31

FG 2-M4 FG 2-M4
M5˜12 M5˜12

Terminal plate
L12 L22 L32 L22 L32 (with cover)
Terminal plate
Nameplate (with cover) Nameplate

Grounding 4-M8 hole

Grounding 4-M8 hole position
position
Cover Cover
Terminal 230 Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16 Terminal 230
Terminal screw 6-M10 ˜20 assignment seal assignment seal
(Tightening torque: 11.0Nm)
195r2.5 (Tightening torque: 11.0Nm)

210
02
Bar code N.P
Serial number Serial number Bar code

of manufacture of manufacture

200r1.5 120r1.5 200r1.5 120r1.5

220r2.5 220r2.5

D-AL-55K DH-AL-55K

L11 L21 L31

FG 2-M4
M5˜12

Terminal plate
L12 L22 L32 (with cover)
Nameplate

Grounding
position
4-M8 hole

Terminal Cover
Terminal screw 6-M6 ˜16
assignment seal 230
(Tightening torque: 11.0Nm)
215

Serial number N.P

Bar code
of manufacture

230r1.5 143r1.5
250r2.5

DH-AL-75K

IB-1501124-D 76
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

2.4.7 Explanation of Each Part

(1) 200V series
< MDS-D2 Series >
(a) Explanation of each 1-axis servo drive unit part

(1) (2) 1 2 1 2
(3) (6)
(4)
(5) (7)
(11) 1 2
(13) (10)
(12)
(8) (17)
(14)
(9)

(15)

(16)

(18)

(19)
(19)
MDS-D2-V1 Bottom view of left diagram MDS-D2-V1
60mm width 90mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL --- Axis No. setting switch
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
(6) BTA, BTB ---
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
(7) Control BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) circuit CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) CN3L --- Machine side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(11) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(12) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(13) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
(14) CN20 --- Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
L+
(15) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(16) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
Main Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
(17) U, V, W,
circuit TE1 Motor grounding terminal (for 60mm width)
(18) U, V, W Motor power supply output terminal (for 90mm width or more) (3-phase AC output)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(19) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(17)") is used for the motor grounding of the 60mm width
unit.

< Screw size >

1-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V1-

Type 20 to 160 160W 320 320W
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120 150
(15) TE2 M6 × 16
(16) TE3 M4 × 12
(18) TE1 - M5 × 12 M8 × 12
(19) M4 × 12 M5 × 12 M8 × 12

77 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(b) Explanation of each 2-axis servo drive unit part

(2)
(1) 1 2 1 2
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(13)
(15) (12)
(14) (19)
(8) (20)
(9) (16)
(10)
(11)

(17)

(18)

(21)
(22)

(23) (23)
MDS-D2-V2 Bottom view of left diagram MDS-D2-V2
90mm width or less 120mm width

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL,SWM --- Axis No. setting switch (L, M-axis)
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch (L, M-axis)
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
(6) BTA, BTB ---
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
(7) BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) Control CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) circuit CN3L --- Machine side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) CN2M --- Motor side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(11) CN3M --- Machine side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(12) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(13) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(14) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(15) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
(16) CN20 --- Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
L+
(17) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(18) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
(19) MU, MV, MW, Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output)
Main TE1
(20) LU, LV, LW, Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
circuit
(21) MU, MV, MW
TE1 Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output) (for 120mm width)
(22) LU, LV, L
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(23) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(19)", "(20)") is used for the motor grounding of the
90mm width or less unit.

< Screw size >

2-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V2-

Type 2020 to 8080 16080,160160 160160W
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120
(17) TE2 M6×16
(18) TE3 M4×12
(21) (22)TE1 - - M5×12
(23) M4×12 M5×12

IB-1501124-D 78
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(c) Explanation of each 3-axis servo drive unit part

(1) (2) 12 12

(3) (6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(15)
(17) (14)
(16)
(8) (18)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(21)
(12) (22)
(13) (23)
(19)

(20)

(24)

MDS-D2-V3 Bottom view

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL,SWM,SWS --- Axis No. setting switch (L,M,S-axis)
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch (L,M,S-axis)
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
(6) BTA, BTB ---
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
(7) BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) Control CN3L Machine side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) circuit CN2M --- Motor side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(11) CN3M Machine side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(12) CN2S --- Motor side encoder connection connector (S-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(13) CN3S Machine side encoder connection connector (S-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(14) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(15) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(16) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(17) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
(18) CN20 --- Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
L+
(19) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(20) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
(21) Main SU, SV, SW,
circuit
(22) TE1 MU, MV, MW, Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output)
(23) LU, LV, LW,
Grounding terminal
(24) PE
Note that TE1 connector is used for the motor grounding.

< Screw size >

3-axis servo drive unit MDS-D2-V3-

Type 202020 404040
Unit width (mm) 60
(19) TE2 M6x 16
(20) TE3 M4x 12
(24) M4x 12

79 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(d) Explanation of each 1-axis spindle drive unit part

(1) (2)
1 2 1 2
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(11)
(13) (10)
(12)
(8) (16)
(9)

(14)

(15)

(17)

(18)
(18)
MDS-D2-SP Bottom view of left diagram MDS-D2-SP
60mm width 90mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL --- Axis No. setting switch
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
(6) BTA, BTB --- (Unused)
(7) Control BT1 --- (Unused)
(8) circuit CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) CN3L --- Spindle side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(11) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(12) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(13) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
L+
(14) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(15) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
(16) Main U, V, W, Motor grounding terminal (for 60mm width)
circuit TE1
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
(17) U, V, W
(for 90mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(18) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(16)") is used for the motor grounding of the 60mm width
unit.

< Screw size >

Spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP-

Type 20,40,80 160 200 240,320 400 640
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120 150 240 300
(14) TE2 M6 x 16 M10 x 20
(15) TE3 M4 x 12 M4 x 8
(17) TE1 - M5 x 12 M8 x 12 M10 x 20
(18) M4 x 12 M5 x 12 M8 x 12 M10 x 20

IB-1501124-D 80
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(e) Explanation of each 2-axis spindle drive unit part

(2)
(1) 1 2 1 2
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(13)
(15) (12)
(14) (18)
(8) (19)
(9)
(10)
(11)

(16)

(17)

(20)
(21)

(22) (22)

MDS-D2-SP2-2020㨪8080 Bottom view of left diagram MDS-D2-SP2-16080

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL,SWM --- Axis No. setting switch (L, M-axis)
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch (L, M-axis)
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
(6) BTA, BTB --- (Unused)
(7) BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) Control CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) circuit CN3L --- Spindle side encoder connection connector (L-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) CN2M --- Motor side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(11) CN3M --- Spindle side encoder connection connector (M-axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(12) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(13) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(14) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(15) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
L+
(16) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(17) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
(18) MU, MV, MW, Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Main TE1
(19) LU, LV, LW, Motor grounding terminal (For other than MDS-D2-SP2-2020 to 8080)
circuit
(20) MU, MV, MW Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
TE1
(21) LU, LV, LW (For MDS-D2-SP2-16080)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(22) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(18)","(19)") is used for the motor grounding of
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 to 8080 unit.

< Screw size >

2-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP2-

Type 2020, 4020, 4040S 4040, 8040, 16080S 8080 16080
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120 120
(17) TE2 M6×16
(18) TE3 M4×12
(21), (22) TE1 - M5×12
(23) M4×12 M5×12

81 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(f) Explanation of each power supply unit part

(1) (2) (1) (2)

(3) (5) (5)

(3)
(6) (6)

(4) (4)

(11)

(7) (7)
(12)
(8) (8)

(9) (9)
(11)
(10) (10)
(12)

(11)
(12)

(12)

MDS-D2-CV Bottom view MDS-D2-CV Bottom view

60mm width 90mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Power supply status indication LED
(2) SW1 --- Power supply setting switch
(3) Control CN4 --- Servo/spindle communication connector (primary)
(4) circuit CN9 --- Servo/spindle communication connector (secondary)
(5) CN41 --- Power backup unit communication connector
(6) CN24 --- External emergency stop input connector
(7) CN23 --- External contactor control connector
(8) --- CHARGE TE2 output charging/discharging circuit indication LED
L+
(9) TE2 Converter voltage output terminal (DC output)
Main L-
circuit L11
(10) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
(11) TE1 L1, L2, L3 Power input terminal (3-phase AC input)
(12) PE Grounding terminal

< Screw size >

Power supply unit MDS-D2-CV-

Type 37, 75 110,185 300 to 450 550
Unit width (mm) 60 90 150 300
(9) TE2 M6 x 16 M10 x 20
(10) TE3 M4 x 12 M4 x 8
(11) TE1 - M5 x 12 M8 x 16 M10 x 20
(12) M4 x 12 M5 x 12 M8 x 14 M10 x 20

IB-1501124-D 82
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(2) 400V series

< MDS-DH2 Series >
(a) Explanation of each 1-axis servo drive unit part

(1) (2) 1 2 1 2
(3) (6)
(4)
(5) (7)
(11) 1 2
(13) (10)
(12)
(8) (17)
(14)
(9)

(15)

(16)

(18)

(19)
(19)
MDS-DH2-V1 Bottom view of left diagram MDS-DH2-V1
90mm width or less 120mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL --- Axis No. setting switch
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
(6) BTA, BTB ---
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
(7) Control BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) circuit CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector
(9) CN3L --- Machine side encoder connection connector
(10) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(11) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(12) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(13) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
(14) CN20 --- Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
L+
(15) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(16) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
Main Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
(17) U, V, W,
circuit TE1 Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
(18) U, V, W Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output) (for 120mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(19) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(17)") is used for the motor grounding of the 90mm width
unit or less.

< Screw size >

1-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH2-V1-

Type 10 to 80 80W 160 160W 200
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120 150 240
(15) TE2 M6×16
(16) TE3 M4×12 M4×8
(18) TE1 - M5×12 M8×15
(19) M4×12 M5×12 M8×16

83 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(b) Explanation of each 2-axis servo drive unit part

(2)
(1) 1 2 1 2
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(13)
(15) (12)
(14) (19)
(8) (20)
(9) (16)
(10)
(11)

(17)

(18)

(21)

MDS-DH2-V2 Bottom view

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL,SWM --- Axis No. setting switch (L, M-axis)
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch (L, M-axis)
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
(6) BTA, BTB ---
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
(7) BT1 --- For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
(8) Control CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector (L-axis)
(9) circuit CN3L --- Machine side encoder connection connector (L-axis)
(10) CN2M --- Motor side encoder connection connector (M-axis)
(11) CN3M --- Machine side encoder connection connector (M-axis)
(12) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(13) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(14) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(15) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
(16) CN20 --- Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
L+
(17) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(18) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Main L21
(19) circuit MU, MV, MW,
TE1 Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output), Motor grounding
(20) LU, LV, LW,
Grounding terminal
(21) PE
Use TE1 connector for the motor grounding.

< Screw size >

2-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH2-V2-

Type 1010 to 4040 8040, 8080 8080
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120
(17) TE2 M6×16
(18) TE3 M4×12
(21) M4×12 M5×12

IB-1501124-D 84
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(c) Explanation of each 1-axis spindle drive unit part

(1) (2)
1 2 1 2
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5) (7)
1 2
(11)
(13) (10)
(12)
(8) (16)
(9)

(14)

(15)

(17)

(18)
(18)
MDS-DH2-SP Bottom view of left diagram MDS-DH2-SP
90mm width or less 120mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Unit status indication LED
(2) SWL --- Axis No. setting switch
(3) SW1 --- Unused axis setting switch
(4) CN1A --- NC or master axis optical communication connector
(5) CN1B --- Slave axis optical communication connector
(6) BTA, BTB --- (Unused)
(7) Control BT1 --- (Unused)
(8) circuit CN2L --- Motor side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(9) CN3L --- Spindle side encoder connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
(10) CN4 --- Power supply communication connector
(11) CN5 --- USB maintenance connector (usually not used)
External STO input connector
(12) CN8 ---
(Insert the provided STO short-circuit connector when not using external STO input.)
(13) CN9 --- Maintenance connector (usually not used)
L+
(14) TE2 Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
L-
L11
(15) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
(16) Main U, V, W, Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
circuit TE1
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
(17) U, V, W
(for 120mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
(18) PE Note that TE1 connector (above "(16)") is used for the motor grounding of the 90mm
width or less unit.

< Screw size >

Spindle drive unit MDS-DH2-SP-

Type 20, 40 80 100 160 200, 320 480
Unit width (mm) 60 90 120 150 240 300
(14) TE2 M6×16
(15)TE3 M4×12 M4×8
(17)TE1 - M5×12 M8×15
(18) M4×12 M5×12 M8×16

85 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
2 Specifications

(d) Explanation of each power supply unit part

(1) (2)
(5)
(3)
(6)

(4)

(11)

(7)
(8)

(9)

(10)
(12)

(11)

(12)

MDS-DH2-CV Bottom view

90mm width or more

The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit outline
drawing for details.

< Each part name >

Name Description
(1) LED --- Power supply status indication LED
(2) SW1 --- Power supply setting switch
(3) Control CN4 --- Servo/spindle communication connector (primary)
(4) circuit CN9 --- Servo/spindle communication connector (secondary)
(5) CN41 --- Power backup unit communication connector
(6) CN24 --- External emergency stop input connector
(7) CN23 --- External contactor control connector
(8) --- CHARGE TE2 output charging/discharging circuit indication LED
L+
(9) TE2 Converter voltage output terminal (DC output)
Main L-
circuit L11
(10) TE3 Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
L21
(11) TE1 L1, L2, L3 Power input terminal (3-phase AC input)
(12) PE Grounding terminal

< Screw size >

Power supply unit MDS-DH2-CV-

Type 37 to 185 300 to 450 550, 750
Unit width (mm) 90 150 300
(9) TE2 M6×16 M6×16
(10) TE3 M4×12 M4×8
(11) TE1 M5×12 M8×16 M8×15
(12) M5×12 M8×14 M8×16

IB-1501124-D 86
 3
Function Specifications

87 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

Function Specifications List

< Power supply specification >

MDS-DM2- MDS-DJ-
MDS-DJ-V1/V2
SPV2/3,SPHV3 SP/SP2
Item MDS-D2-CV MDS-DH2-CV built-in
built-in built-in
converter
converter converter
1 1.14 Power regeneration control ● ● ● - -
Base
control 1.15 Resistor regeneration control - - - ● ●
functions
4.6 Fan stop detection ● ● ● ● ●
4.7 Open-phase detection ● ● ● - -
4 4.8 Contactor weld detection ● ● ● ● ●
Protection 4.10 Deceleration and stop function at
function ● ● - - -
power failure (Note 1)
4.11 Retraction function at power
● ● - - -
failure (Note 2)
5 5.1 Contactor control function ● ● ● ● ●
Sequence 5.3 External emergency stop function ● ● ● ● ●
function 5.5 High-speed READY ON sequence ● ● ● - -
6
6.7 Power supply diagnosis display
Diagnosis ● ● ● - -
function
function
(Note 1) The power backup unit and resistor unit option are required.
(Note 2) The power backup unit and capacitor unit option are required.

IB-1501124-D 88
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

< Servo specification >

MDS-DM2-
MDS-D2-V1/ MDS-DH2-V1/
Item SPV2/3, MDS-DJ-V1 MDS-DJ-V2
V2/V3 V2
SPHV3
1.1 Full closed loop control ● ● ● ● -
1 1.2 Position command synchronous
● ● ● ● ●
Base control
control 1.3 Speed command synchronous control ● (Note 2) ● - - -
functions 1.4 Distance-coded reference position
● ● ● ● -
control
2.1 Torque limit function (stopper
● ● ● ● ●
function)
2.2 Variable speed loop gain control ● ● ● ● ●
2.3 Gain changeover for synchronous
● ● ● ● ●
tapping control
2.4 Speed loop PID changeover control ● ● ● ● ●
2
2.5 Disturbance torque observer ● ● ● ● ●
Servo
2.6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG
control function ● ● ● ● ●
control)
2.7 High-speed synchronous tapping
● ● ● ● ●
control (OMR-DD control)
2.8 Dual feedback control ● ● ● ● -
2.9 HAS control ● ● ● ● ●
2.10 OMR-FF control ● ● ● ● ●
3.1 Jitter compensation ● ● ● ● ●
Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable
frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4
3.2 Notch filter
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
3 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1
Compensation 3.3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter ● ● ● ● ●
control
3.4 Overshooting compensation ● ● ● ● ●
function
3.5 Machine end compensation control ● ● ● ● ●
3.6 Lost motion compensation type 2 ● ● ● ● ●
3.7 Lost motion compensation type 3 ● ● ● ● ●
3.8 Lost motion compensation type 4 ● ● ● ● ●
4.1 Deceleration control at emergency
● ● ● ● ●
stop
4.2 Vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up
● ● ● ● ●
4 control
Protection 4.3 Earth fault detection ● ● ● ● ●
function 4.4 Collision detection function ● ● ● ● ●
4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) function ● ● ● ● ●
4.6 Fan stop detection ● ● ● ● ●
4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) function ● ● ● ● ●
5 5.2 Motor brake control function (Note 1) ● ● ● ● ●
Sequence 5.4 Specified speed output ● ● ● - -
function 5.5 Quick READY ON sequence ● ● ● - -
6.1 Monitor output function ● ● ● ● ●
6
6.2 Machine resonance frequency display
Diagnosis ● ● ● ● ●
function
function
6.3 Machine inertia display function ● ● ● ● ●
(Note 1) For the multiaxis drive unit, a control by each axis is not available.
It is required to turn the servo of all axes OFF in the drive unit in order to enable a motor brake output.
(Note 2) Always set L-axis as primary axis and M-axis as secondary axis for the speed command synchronous control using
MDS-D2-V3. Other settings cause the initial parameter error alarm.

89 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

< Spindle specifications >

MDS-DM2-
MDS-DH2- MDS-D2- MDS-DJ-
Item MDS-D2-SP SPV2/3, MDS-DJ-SP
SP SP2 SP2
SPHV3
1.1 Full closed loop control ● ● ● ● ● -
1.5 Spindle's continuous position loop
● ● ● ● ● ●
control
1.6 Coil changeover control ● ● - ● - -
1 1.7 Gear changeover control ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base
1.8 Orientation control ● ● ● ● ● ●
control
1.9 Indexing control ● ● ● ● ● ●
functions
1.10 Synchronous tapping control ● ● ● ● ● ●
1.11 Spindle synchronous control ● ● ● ● ● ●
1.12 Spindle/C axis control ● ● ● ● ● ●
1.13 Proximity switch orientation control ● ● ● (Note) ● ● ● (Note)
2.1 Torque limit function ● ● ● ● ● ●
2.2 Variable speed loop gain control ● ● ● ● ● ●
2.5 Disturbance torque observer ● ● ● ● ● ●
2.6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG
● ● ● ● ● ●
2 control)
Spindle 2.7 High-speed synchronous tapping
● ● ● ● ● ●
control control (OMR-DD control)
functions 2.8 Dual feedback control ● ● ● ● ● -
2.11 Control loop gain changeover ● ● ● ● ● ●
2.12 Spindle output stabilizing control ● ● ● ● ● ●
2.13 High-response spindle acceleration/
● ● ● ● ● ●
deceleration function
3.1 Jitter compensation ● ● ● ● ● ●
Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable
frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4 frequency: 4
3.2 Notch filter
3 Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Compensation frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1 frequency: 1
control 3.3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter ● ● ● ● ● ●
function 3.4 Overshooting compensation ● ● ● ● ● ●
3.6 Lost motion compensation type 2 ● ● ● ● ● ●
3.9 Spindle motor temperature
● ● ● ● ● ●
compensation function
4.1 Deceleration control at emergency stop ● ● ● ● ● ●
4 4.3 Earth fault detection ● ● ● ● ● ●
Protection 4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) function ● ● ● ● ● ●
function 4.6 Fan stop detection ● ● ● ● ● ●
4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) function ● ● ● ● ● ●
5 5.4 Specified speed output ● ● ● ● - -
Sequence
5.5 Quick READY ON sequence ● ● ● ● - -
functions
6.1 Monitor output function ● ● ● ● ● ●
6.2 Machine resonance frequency display
● ● ● ● ● ●
6 function
Diagnosis 6.3 Machine inertia display function ● ● ● ● ● ●
functions 6.4 Motor temperature display function ● ● ● ● ● ●
6.5 Load monitor output function ● ● ● ● ● ●
6.6 Open loop control function ● ● ● ● ● ●
(Note) As for 2-axis spindle drive unit, setting is available only for one of the axes.

IB-1501124-D 90
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.1 Base Control Functions

3.1.1 Full Closed Loop Control
The servo control is all closed loop control using the encoder's feedback. "Full closed loop control" is the system that
directly detects the machine position using a linear scale, whereas the general "semi-closed loop" is the one that detects
the motor position.
In a machine that drives a table with a ball screw, the following factors exist between the motor and table end:
(1) Coupling or ball screw table bracket's backlash
(2) Ball screw pitch error
These can adversely affect the accuracy. If the table position of the machine side is directly detected with a linear scale,
high-accuracy position control which is not affected by backlash or pitch error is possible.

Position  Position Current Voltage

command command command command Servo
motor
NC PGN VGN IG
+ + + Table
- - -
Current FB
Speed FB

ENC
Position FB
Linear scale

Full closed loop control (servo) The ball screw side

encoder is also applied.

Position  Position Current Voltage

command command command command

NC PGN VGN IG
+ + +
- - -
Current FB
Speed FB

Motor encoder V-belt

Position FB
Spindle
Spindle encoder

Full closed loop control (spindle)

91 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.1.2 Position Command Synchronous Control

This is one of the controls which enable two servo motors to drive the same axis. This is also called "Position tandem
control".
The same position command is issued to the 2-axis servo control, and the control is carried out according to each axis'
position and speed feedbacks.
<Features>
(1) The position commands in which machine's mechanical errors (pitch error, backlash, etc.) have been
compensated, can be output to each axis.
(2) Each axis conducts independent position control, therefore the machine posture can be kept constant.
(3) Deviation between the two axes is always monitored, and if excessive, the alarm is detected.
CNC Primary axis
Compen
+ Position
+ Speed Current
-sation control control control M
Program
Compen - -
-sation
S Encoder

Same position command

Secondary axis
+ Position
+ Speed Current
control control control M
- -
S Encoder

3.1.3 Speed Command Synchronous Control

This is one of the controls which enable two servo motors to drive the same axis. This is also called "Speed tandem
control".
The same position command is issued to the 2-axis servo control, and the control is carried out according to each axis'
position and speed feedbacks.
This function is usually used when the control is performed with one linear scale during the full closed loop control.
<Features>
(1) When a linear scale is used, two axes can share the position feedback signal from one linear scale.
(2) Feed rates of each axis are controlled with each axis' speed feedback signals, which allows stable control.
(3) Mechanical errors (pitch error, backlash, etc.) are compensated using the common values.

CNC Primary axis

+ Position
+ Speed Current
Compen control control control M
Program -sation
- -
S Encoder

Same position command Same speed command

Secondary axis
Same position FB + Position
+ Speed Current
control control control M
- -
Encoder
S

CAUTION
1. The speed command synchronous control cannot be used for a primary or secondary axis on which load unbalance is
generated (Example: an axis carrying an operating axis).
2. Disturbance observer cannot be used during the speed command synchronous control.

POINT
When using a motor with brake for rigid synchronization control axes, the brake circuits of the two motors can be connected
to the motor brake control connector.

IB-1501124-D 92
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.1.4 Distance-coded Reference Position Control

This is the function to establish the reference point from axis movements of the reference points using a scale with
distance-coded reference mark.
Since it is not necessary to move the axis to the reference point, the axis movement amount to establish the reference
point can be reduced.
No dog is used as the position is calculated using reference marks.
If the distance-coded reference check function is used to verify the motor end encoder data, select a battery option
before setting the parameter.

3.1.5 Spindle's Continuous Position Loop Control

Under this control, position loop control is always applied to spindle, including when speed command is issued (in
cutting). There is no need for control changeover nor zero point return during orientation and C axis control changeover.
Therefore, the operation can be completed in a shorter time than the previous.
In acceleration/deceleration with S command, the acceleration/deceleration and orientation are always controlled with
the spindle motor's maximum torque.

Speed Speed
Reduced by 20%

Time Time
1 0.8

<Our conventional series> <MDS-D2/DH2/DM2 Series>

Orientation
Speed Speed

Time reduced

Zero point C-axis C-axis

return positioning positioning

Time Time
<Our conventional series> <MDS-D2/DH2/DM2 Series>
C-axis changeover

3.1.6 Coil Changeover Control

A signal output from the spindle drive unit controls the changeover of the low-speed and high-speed specification coils in
a spindle motor.
The drive unit automatically outputs the coil changeover sequence in accordance with the motor speed.

3.1.7 Gear Changeover Control

This function enables a spindle motor to perform both high-speed light cutting and low-speed heavy cutting by changing
the gear ratio between the motor and spindle.
The gear change is carried out while the spindle is not running.

3.1.8 Orientation Control

This control enables a spindle motor to stop at a designated angle when the motor is rotating at a high-speed with a
speed command. This control is used for exchanging the tools in machining centers and performing index positioning in
lathes, etc.

3.1.9 Indexing Control

This control enables positioning of a spindle motor at an arbitrary angle (in increments of 0.01 degrees) from the
orientation stop position. This control is used for positioning in lathes for hole drilling, etc.

93 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.1.10 Synchronous Tapping Control

Under synchronous tapping control, spindle control is completely synchronized with Z axis servo control, and Z axis is
accurately fed by one screw pitch in accordance with one tap revolution. The tap is completely fixed to the spindle head.
As a result, feed pitch error is less likely to occur, which allows high-speed, high-accuracy and high-durable tapping.

3.1.11 Spindle Synchronous Control

This control enables two spindles to run at the same speed. A spindle being driven with a speed command is
synchronized with another spindle at a constant rate or acceleration/deceleration rate.
This control is applied such as when a workpiece is transferred between two rotating chucks in lathe or a workpiece is
held with two chucks.

3.1.12 Spindle/C Axis Control

An axis rotating about Z axis is called C axis, whose rotation direction is normally the same as of spindle. This function
enables high-accuracy spindle control including interpolation control, like servo axis, when a high-resolution position
encoder is attached to the spindle motor.

3.1.13 Proximity Switch Orientation Control

Orientation control is carried out based on the leading edge position of the proximity switch output signal (ON/OFF)
after the spindle is stopped.

3.1.14 Power Regeneration Control

This control enables the regeneration energy generated when the motor decelerates to return to the power supply.
This is an energy saving method because regeneration energy is hardly converted to heat.

3.1.15 Resistor Regeneration Control

This control enables the regeneration energy generated when the motor decelerates to convert to heat with regenerative
resistance.
The drive system can be downsized because the regeneration capacity is also small in the motor of relatively small
capacity.
Select a suitable regenerative resistance according to the load inertia, motor operation speed, etc.

IB-1501124-D 94
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.2 Servo/Spindle Control Functions

3.2.1 Torque Limit Function
This control suppresses the motor output torque with the parameter values (SV013, SV014).
This function is used for stopper positioning control and stopper reference position establishment, by switching the two
setting values.

3.2.2 Variable Speed Loop Gain Control

< Servo >
If disturbing noise occurs when the motor is rotating at a high speed, such as during rapid traverse, the high speed loop
gain during high-speed rotation can be lowered with this function.

VGN1
VGN1:SV005
VGN2 VGN2:SV006
VCS :SV029
VLMT:Servo motor maximum speed×1.15
0 VCS VLMT
(VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15)

< Spindle >

For a high-speed spindle of machining center etc., adequate response can be ensured with this function by suppressing
noise and vibration at low speeds and increasing the speed loop gain at high-speeds.

VGN1 VGVN
(VGN2) VGN1:SP005
VGN1 VGN2:SP008
VGVN
(VGN2) VGVN:SP005×SP073/100
VGVS:SP074
VLMT:SP026×1.15
0 VGVS VLMT 0 VGVS VLMT
(VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15) (VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15)

3.2.3 Gain Changeover for Synchronous Tapping Control

SV003, SV004 and SV057 are used as the position loop gain for normal control. Under synchronous tapping control,
SV049, SV050 and SV058 are used instead to meet the spindle characteristics.
Spindle

Servo axis

Material

95 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.2.4 Speed Loop PID Changeover Control

This function is used under full-closed loop control. Normally, machine-end position tracking delays compared with the
motor-end position.
Under full-closed position loop control, machine-end position is used for position feedback. Therefore, the motor-end
position tends to advance too much, which may cause overshooting of the machine-end position.
This function can suppress the generation of overshoot by adding the D (delay) control to the speed control, which is
normally controlled with PI (proportional integral), in order to weaken the PI control after the position droop becomes 0.

3.2.5 Disturbance Torque Observer

The effect caused by disturbance, frictional resistance or torsion vibration during cutting can be reduced by estimating
the disturbance torque and compensating it.

3.2.6 Smooth High Gain Control (SHG Control)

A high-response control and smooth control (reduced impact on machine) were conventionally conflicting elements;
however, SHG control enables the two elements to function simultaneously by controlling the motor torque (current FB)
with an ideal waveform during acceleration/deceleration.

Speed SHG control

Conventional control

Time
Position loop step response

3.2.7 High-speed Synchronous Tapping Control (OMR-DD Control)

Servo drive unit detects the spindle position, and compensates the synchronization errors. This control enables more
accurate tapping than the previous.

(Note) A spindle drive unit that controls the high-speed synchronous tapping (OMR-DD control) has to be connected
on the farther side from the NC than the servo drive unit that is subject to the synchronous tapping control.

Spindle speed Spindle speed

(r/min) (r/min)
4000 4000
3000 3000
Spindle speed Spindle speed
2000 2000
1000 1000
0 0
−1000 −1000
Servo/Spindle Servo/Spindle
−2000 −2000
−3000
synchronous error −3000 synchronous error
−4000 −4000

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5

Without OMR-DD control (sec) With OMR-DD control (sec)

IB-1501124-D 96
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.2.8 Dual Feedback Control

This function is used under full-closed loop control.
When a linear scale is used, the machine-end position, such as a table, is directly detected, which may render the
position loop control unstable.
With this control, however, high-frequency components are eliminated from the machine-end feedback signals, which
will lead to stable control.

Table
Speed
Position droop
Position command Servo
Position control
command + motor
- High frequency Linear scale
FB element ENC
Position FB

Low
frequency FB +
element - +
Primary
delay filter - Position FB
SV051

Dual feedback control

3.2.9 HAS Control

If the torque output during acceleration/deceleration is close to the servo motor's maximum torque, the motor cannot
accelerate with the commanded time constant when the torque is saturated due to input voltage fluctuation, etc. As a
result, speed overshoot occurs when a constant speed command is issued, because the position droop for the delay is
canceled.
With HAS control, however, this overshoot is smoothened so that the machine operation can be stable.

During current limit

During current limit 1% or less than
maximum speed

Speed command Speed command

Overshoot will occur to HAS control will catch up
catch up the delay of position. the delay of position.

Speed feedback Speed feedback

0[r/min] 0[r/min]
HAS control is disabled. HAS control is enabled.

97 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.2.10 OMR-FF Control

OMR-FF control enables fine control by generating feed forward inside the drive unit and can realize the strict feedback
control to the program command than the conventional high-speed accuracy control.
The conventional position control method causes machine vibration when increasing the gain because it ensures both
the trackability to the position command and the servo rigidity to the friction or cutting load, etc. by setting the position
loop gain (PGN).
OMR-FF function allows the improvement of the command trackability by independently deciding the trackability with the
scale model position loop gain (PGM) and the servo rigidity with the position control gain (PGN).

OMR-FF control option for NC side is required when using this function.
It is recommended that this function is used for linear motors, direct-drive motors, or general motors in semi-closed loop
control.

< Features >

(1) The command trackability can be decided independently of the position control gain (PGN) with the scale
model position loop gain (PGM).
(2) Position loop gain (PGN) can be set for each axis.
-> Delay in the machine's response caused by friction or cutting load, etc. can be compensated with high gain.

<OMR-FF control> CNC Drive unit

The optimal feed forward control
ensures both the high stability
"OMR-FF control" and trackability.
Position Model
command position
(1) (2)
Scale Feed forward
model generation part Machine system
Position FF Speed FF Current FF

Position, speed, and current control

Motor
"Feedback control"
• Compensates the mechanical response delay caused by friction or other disturbances
(Position loop gain can be set independently for each axis.)

3.2.11 Control Loop Gain Changeover

Position loop gain and speed loop gain are switched between non-interpolation mode, which is used during speed
command, and interpolation mode, which is used during synchronous tapping and C axis control. By switching these
gains, optimum control for each mode can be realized.

3.2.12 Spindle Output Stabilizing Control

Spindle motor's torque characteristic is suppressed due to voltage saturation in the high-speed rotation range, therefore
the current control responsiveness significantly degrades, which may cause excessive current.
With this control, however, the current and flux commands are compensated to avoid the voltage saturation so that the
current control responsiveness will not degrade.

3.2.13 High-response Spindle Acceleration/Deceleration Function

This function enables reduction of the spindle motor's setting time (from when the command value becomes 0 until when
the motor actually stops) without being affected by the position loop gain, when the spindle motor stops under
deceleration stop control using the S command.
This function is not active when the spindle is stopped while performing position control, such as orientation control and
synchronous tapping control.

IB-1501124-D 98
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.3 Compensation Control Function

3.3.1 Jitter Compensation
The load inertia becomes much smaller than usual if the motor position enters the machine backlash when the motor is
stopped.
Because this means that an extremely large VGN1 is set for the load inertia, vibration may occur.
Jitter compensation can suppress the vibration that occurs at the motor stop by ignoring the backlash amount of speed
feedback pulses when the speed feedback polarity changes.

3.3.2 Notch Filter

This filter can damp vibrations of servo torque commands at a specified frequency.
Machine vibrations can be suppressed by adjusting the notch filter frequency to the machine's resonance frequency.
Filter depth adjustment is also available that allows stable control even when the filter is set to an extremely low
frequency.
<Specifications>

Notch filter Frequency Depth compensation

Notch filter 1 50Hz to 2250Hz Enabled
Notch filter 2 50Hz to 2250Hz Enabled
Notch filter 3 Fixed at 1125Hz Disabled
Notch filter 4 50Hz to 2250Hz Enabled
Notch filter 5 50Hz to 2250Hz Enabled

+20
Gain
[dB] 0

-20

-40 Frequency
10 30 50 70 100 300 500 700 1k [Hz]
Example of filter characteristic set to 300Hz

+20
Gain
[dB] 0

-20

-40 Frequency
10 30 50 70 100 300 500 700 1k [Hz]
For shallow setting by additionally using the depth compensation at 300Hz

3.3.3 Adaptive Tracking-type Notch Filter

Machine's specific resonance frequency tends to change due to aged deterioration or according to machine's operation
conditions. Therefore, the frequency may be deviated from the filter frequency set at the initial adjustment. With adaptive
tracking-type notch filter, resonance point fluctuation due to the machine's condition change is estimated using the
vibration components of the current commands, and effective notch filter frequency, which has been deviated from the
setting value, is automatically corrected to suppress the resonance.

99 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.3.4 Overshooting Compensation

The phenomenon when the machine position goes past or exceeds the command during feed stopping is called
overshooting.
In OVS compensation, the overshooting is suppressed by subtracting the torque command set in the parameters when
the motor stops.

Position
Speed command
FB
0 0

Position Position
droop droop
0 0

Overshoot Overshoot

Time Time
[1] Overshooting during rapid traverse settling [2] Overshooting during pulse feed

3.3.5 Machine End Compensation Control

The shape of the machine end during high-speed and high-speed acceleration operation is compensated by
compensating the spring effect from the machine end to the motor end.
The shape may be fine during low-speed operation. However, at high speeds, the section from the machine end to the
outer sides could swell. This function compensates that phenomenon.

Compensation
Program path
Electric end FB
Command is issued
in the inner side
during high-speed
feed.

Spindle head

Machine end FB

Machine end FB Machine end FB

Since a command is
issued in the inner side
During high-speed by the amount of spring
feed, the machine end effect, the shape keeps
swells outward due to Electric end FB fine even during the Electric end FB
the spring effect. high-speed feed.
Normal control Machine end compensation

IB-1501124-D 100
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.3.6 Lost Motion Compensation Type 2

Servo motor always drives the machine opposing to the frictional force, and the torque which is required to oppose the
friction during the axis movement is outputted by I control (Integral control) of the speed loop PI control. When the
movement direction is changed, the frictional force works in the opposite direction momentarily, however, the machine
will stop while the command torque is less than the frictional force as it takes some time to reverse the command torque
in I control.
When the movement direction is changed, the frictional force works in the opposite direction momentarily, however, the
machine will stop while the command torque is less than the frictional force as it takes some time to reverse the
command torque in I control.
With the this lost motion compensation function improves the accuracy worsened by the stick motion.

No compensation With compensation

3.3.7 Lost Motion Compensation Type 3

For a machine model where the travel direction is reversed, the compensation in accordance with the changes in the
cutting conditions is enabled by also considering the spring component and viscosity component in addition to the
friction.
This function can be used to accommodate quadrant projection changes that accompany feed rate and circular radius
changes which could not be compensated by Lost motion compensation type 2.

1.Mechanical spring elements can't be ignored. Not only frictions but spring element and viscosity element can
2.Changes between static and dynamic frictions are be compensated, thus quadrant protrusions are suppressed
wide and steep. within a wide band.

Conventional control can't perform enough compensation.

+Y +Y

+X +X

3μm

Conventional compensation control Lost motion compensation control type 3

101 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.3.8 Lost Motion Compensation Type 4

When the difference between static and dynamic friction is large, the friction torque changes sharply at the inversion of
the travel direction. When the lost motion type 4 is used together with the type 2 or type 3, the acute change of the
friction torque is compensated so that the path accuracy at the travel direction inversion can be enhanced.

3.3.9 Spindle Motor Temperature Compensation Function

As for the low-temperature state of the IM spindle motor, the output characteristic may deteriorate in comparison with the
warm-up state and the acceleration/deceleration time may become long, or the load display during cutting may become
high immediately after operation. This function performs the control compensation depending on the motor temperature
with the thermistor built into the spindle motor and suppresses the output characteristic deterioration when the
temperature is low. Temperature compensation function is not required for IPM spindle motor in principle.

Without compensation With compensation

[Acceleration] [Acceleration]
S12000 Acceleration/deceleration time

Without compensation With compensation

[Deceleration] [Deceleration]

IB-1501124-D 102
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.4 Protection Function

3.4.1 Deceleration Control at Emergency Stop
When an emergency stop (including NC failure, servo alarm) occurs, the motor will decelerate following the set time
constant while maintaining the READY ON state.
READY will turn OFF and the dynamic brakes will function after stopping. The deceleration stop can be executed at a
shorter distance than the dynamic brakes.

3.4.2 Vertical Axis Drop Prevention/Pull-up Control

If the READY OFF and brake operation are commanded at same time when an emergency stop occurs, the axis drops
due to a delay in the brake operation.
The no-control time until the brakes activate can be eliminated by delaying the servo READY OFF sequence by the time
set in the parameters.
Always use this function together with deceleration control.
When an emergency stop occurs in a vertical machining center, the Z axis is slightly pulled upwards before braking to
compensate the drop of even a few μm caused by the brake backlash.

Motor brake of During

gravity axis an emergency stop

Pull up

Spindle

3.4.3 Earth Fault Detection

When an emergency stop is canceled, the earth fault current is measured using the power module's special switching
circuit before Servo ready ON.
Specifying the faulty axis is possible in this detection, as the detection is carried out for each axis.

103 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.4.4 Collision Detection Function

Collision detection function quickly detects a collision of the motor shaft, and decelerates and stops the motor. This
suppresses the generation of an excessive torque in the machine tool, and helps to prevent an abnormal state from
occurring.Impact at a collision will not be prevented by using this collision detection function, so this function does not
necessarily guarantee that the machine tool will not be damaged or that the machine accuracy will be maintained after a
collision.
The same caution as during regular operation is required to prevent the machine from colliding.

Collision detection function outline

(a) A collision of machine is detected. (b) A retracting torque is generated.

The collision of machine is reduced.

3.4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) Function

This function is aimed at allowing a safety access to the machine's working part by opening the safety door, etc. without
shutting the power for saving the setup time.
Both the NC control system and drive system (servo and spindle drive units) doubly observe the axis feed rate so that it
will not exceed the safety speed. If it exceeds the set safety speed, emergency stop occurs and the power is shut OFF.

NC CPU Position Drive CPU

speed
Current Motor encoder
command
command
Servo control

Speed observation Speed observation

Command speed Command speed
observation observation

FB speed observation FB speed observation

Speed F/B

3.4.6 Fan Stop Detection

The rotation of the radiation fin cooling fan is observed and when the fan stops rotating for a breakdown of the fan or an
external factor, warning is detected.(The system will not be stopped.) Before sudden system down by the power module
overheat, inspection and replacement of the fan are prompted.

3.4.7 Open-phase Detection

Disconnection of a phase of the 3-phase input power is detected.
The occurrence of abnormal operation will be avoided by open-phase detection because open-phase does not cause a
power failure, however, abnormal operation will occur when the motor load becomes large.

3.4.8 Contactor Weld Detection

It detects that a contact of the external contactor is welding and cannot be opened.

IB-1501124-D 104
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) Function

STO (Safe Torque Off) function is a shutoff function which stops the supply of energy to the motor capable of generating
torque. It shuts off an energy supply electronically inside the drive unit.
It is an uncontrolled stop function in accordance with "IEC60204-1 Stop Category 0".

STO function can be used in the following two ways ([1] and [2] below), which directly input the STO signal from the
external device by using a network cable and CN8 connector.

[1] When using network STO function

STO function shuts off the motor power of all axes in the system.

Emergency stop
input 2
Optical
communication

Emergency stop
input 1

STO shutoff via

optical
communication

Normal MC control Shut off

[2] When using dedicated wiring STO function

This method is used to shut off the motor power with STO function only for the specific axis.

Optical communication
MDS-D2/DH2
Series
(2) STO signal is input
from the CN8 connector
CNC CN8

(3) The STO function shuts off the

power for only the magazine rack axis.
Shutoff Drive unit: Warning A4 (sub-number 0001)
STO shutoff
command
via CN8
(1) External door open
(Dual signal input)
Door [Magazine rack axis]
STO1, STO2 signal

105 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.4.10 Deceleration and Stop Function at Power Failure

The deceleration and stop function at power failure is a function to safely decelerate the servo axes and the spindle
when a power failure occurs. This function prevents a damage on the machine due to an overrun of the servo axes, and
at the same time, realizes a protection against overvoltage for high-speed IPM spindle motors and high-speed DDMs.

Outlined configuration of deceleration and Drive unit is protected against overvoltage when
an alarm of coasting to a stop occurs during
(Note) Supported by MDS-D2/DH2 Series only.
stop function at power failure
driving high-speed IPM spindle motor

Drive unit Drive unit Power supply unit Power backup unit Resistor unit
NC MDS-D2/DH2-Vx MDS-D2/DH2-SP MDS-D2/DH2-CV MDS-D/DH-PFU R-UNIT6,7
Optical Regeneration
communication energy
CN1A CN1A CN41 consumed
CN1B
OPT1 CN4 CN41
CN4 R1
Serial R2
communication
Power failure
detected

L+ L+
L- L-
L11 L11
L21 L21 Control power is supplied
L1 from power backup unit
L1 L2 L3 L2
L3

MC
AC power
supply

3.4.11 Retraction Function at Power Failure

The retraction function at power failure is a function to backup the power of the main circuit from the capacitor unit and
perform a tool escape by the retraction operation with the NC command when a power failure occurs.
Outlined configuration of retraction function at power failure (Note) Supported by MDS-D2/DH2 Series only.

[Servo or spindle settings] [Power backup unit(PFU) settings]

Select the stop method Select whether to connect a
(deceleration and stop/retraction) capacitor unit with a dip switch.
with a parameter. * "Connect" for the retraction
*Set only for PS connection axis. system.

Drive unit Drive unit Power supply unit Power backup unit Resistor unit Capacitor unit
NC MDS-D2/DH2-Vx MDS-D2/DH2-SP MDS-D2/DH2-CV MDS-D/DH-PFU R-UNIT6,7 MDS-D/DH-CU
Optical
communication
CN1A CN1A
CN1B
OPT1
CN4 R1
CN4 CN41 CN41
R2
Serial
communication C+
Power failure C-
detection
Uninterruptible L+ L+
The resistor unit is
L- L-
power supply L11 L11 required if the spindle
L21 motor is decelerated
(UPS) L21
L1 to a stop after
L1 L2 L3 L2 retraction has been
Essential for L3 performed
retraction system

Essential for
retraction system

AC power
supply

AC reactor

IB-1501124-D 106
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.5 Sequence Functions

3.5.1 Contactor Control Function
With this function, the contactor ON/OFF command is output from the power supply unit (or servo/spindle drive unit for
integrated type) based on the judgement as to whether it is in emergency stop, emergency stop cancel, spindle
deceleration and stop or vertical axis drop prevention control, etc.

3.5.2 Motor Brake Control Function

With this function, the brake ON/OFF command is output from the servo drive unit based on the judgement as to whether
it is in emergency stop, emergency stop cancel or vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control, etc.
When a multiaxis drive unit is connected, all the axes are simultaneously controlled.

3.5.3 External Emergency Stop Function

Besides the emergency stop input from the NC, double-protection when an emergency stop occurs can be provided by
directly inputting an external emergency stop, which is a second emergency stop input, to the power supply unit (servo/
spindle drive unit for integrated type).
Even if the emergency stop is not input from NC for some reason, the contactors will be activated by the external
emergency stop input, and the power can be shut off.

MDS-D2/DH2-V1/V2/V3/SP/SP2 MDS-D2/DH2-CV
Emergency
stop
Mitsubishi NC Emergency
Alarm stop
OPT1 CN1A
Optical Alarm
EMG communication CN4 CN4 CN23
G391 cable SH21 cable
3 MC2
Contactor shutoff
2 (NC)
command
1 MC1

CN24
External emergency stop input
1A EMG2
(24VDC)
4A EMG1
External emergency
stop switch

3.5.4 Specified Speed Output

This function is to output a signal that indicates whether the machine-end speed has exceeded the speed specified with
the parameter.
With this function, the safety door, etc. can be locked to secure the machine operator when the machine-end speed has
exceeded the specified speed. This function can also be used for judging whether the current machine-end speed is
higher than the specified speed.

3.5.5 Quick READY ON Sequence

With this function, the charging time during READY ON is shortened according to the remaining charge capacity of the
power supply unit. When returning to READY ON status immediately after the emergency stop input, the charging time
can be shortened according to the remaining charge capacity and the time to READY ON is shortened.

107 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.6 Diagnosis Function

3.6.1 Monitor Output Function
Drive unit has a function to D/A output the various control data. The servo and spindle adjustment data required for
setting the servo and spindle parameters to match the machine can be D/A output. Measure using a high-speed
waveform recorder, oscilloscope, etc.

D/A output specifications

CN9 connector
Pin Name Pin Name
 LG  LG
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 M01  M02
 

MDS-D2/DH2

Item Explanation
No. of channels 2ch
Output cycle 0.8ms (min. value)
Output precision 12bit
Output voltage range 0V to 2.5V (zero) to +5V
Output magnification setting -32768 to 32767 (1/100-fold)
Output pin (CN9 connector) MO1 = Pin 9, MO2 = Pin 19, LG = Pin 1,11
The D/A output for the 2-axis or 3-axis unit is also 2ch. When using the 2-axis or 3-axis unit,
Others always set -1 for the output data (SV061, SV062 / SP125,SP126) of the axis that is not to
be measured.

When the output data is 0, the offset voltage is 2.5V. If there is an offset voltage, adjust the zero level position in the
measuring instrument side.

+5 [V]

Speed FB
+2.5 [V]

0 [V]
+5 [V]

Current FB
+2.5 [V]

0 [V]
Example of D/A output waveform

IB-1501124-D 108
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

3.6.2 Machine Resonance Frequency Display Function

If resonance is generated and it causes vibrations of the current commands, this function estimates the vibration
frequency and displays it on the NC monitor screen (AFLT frequency).
This is useful in setting the notch filter frequencies during servo adjustment. This function constantly operates with no
need of parameter setting.

3.6.3 Machine Inertia Display Function

With this function, the load current and acceleration rate during motor acceleration are measured to estimate the load
inertia.
According to the parameter setting, the estimated load inertia is displayed on the NC monitor screen, expressed as its
percentage to the motor inertia.

3.6.4 Motor Temperature Display Function

The temperature sensed by the thermal sensor attached to the motor coil is displayed on the NC screen.
(Note) This function is only compatible with Spindle motor.

3.6.5 Load Monitor Output Function

A spindle motor's load is output as an analog voltage of 0 to 3V (0 to 120%). To use this function, connect a load meter
that meets the specifications.

3.6.6 Open Loop Control Function

This function is to run a spindle motor for operation check before or during the adjustment of the spindle motor's encoder.
This allows the operation in which no encoder feedback signals are used.

3.6.7 Power Supply Diagnosis Display Function

The diagnosis information of the power supply (bus voltage and current) is displayed on the NC monitor screen.

109 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
3 Function Specifications

IB-1501124-D 110
 4
Characteristics

111 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.1 Servo Motor

4.1.1 Environmental Conditions

Environment Conditions
Ambient temperature 0°C to +40°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity 80% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Storage temperature -15°C to +70°C (with no freezing)
Storage humidity 90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
No corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation / storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level

4.1.2 Quakeproof Level

Acceleration direction
Series Motor type Direction at right angle to axis
Axis direction (X)
(Y)
HF75, 105
HF54, 104, 154, 224, 123, 223, 142 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
HP54, 104, 154, 224
200V HF204, 354, 303, 453, 703, 302
HP204, 354, 454, 704 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less 29.4m/s2 (3G) or less
series
HF903
HP903, 1103 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
HF-KP23, 43, 73 49m/s2 (5G) or less 49m/s2 (5G) or less
HF-H75, 105
HF-H54, 104, 154 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
HP-H54, 104, 154, 224
400V HF-H204, 354, 453, 703
HP-H204, 354, 454, 704 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less 29.4m/s2 (3G) or less
series
HF-H903
HP-H903, 1103 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
HC-H1502S-S10 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less 9.8m/s2 (1G) or less

The vibration conditions are as shown below.

200

Servo motor
(double-sway width) (μm)

100
80
Vibration amplitude

60
Y
50
X
40
30

20

Acceleration
0 1000 2000 3000
Speed (r/min)

IB-1501124-D 112
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.1.3 Shaft Characteristics

There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the radial direction
and thrust direction, when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given below. These loads may affect
the motor output torque, so consider them when designing the machine.

Series Servo motor Tolerable radial load Tolerable thrust load

HF75T, 105T (Taper shaft) 245N (L=33) 147N
HF75S, 105S (Straight shaft) 245N (L=33) 147N
HF54T, 104T, 154T, 224T,123T, 223T, 142T (Taper shaft) 392N (L=58) 490N
HF54S, 104S, 154S, 224S,123S, 223S, 142S (Straight shaft) 980N (L=55) 490N
HF204S, 354S, 303S, 453S, 703S, 302S (Straight shaft) 2058N (L=79) 980N
HF903S (Straight shaft) 2450N (L=85) 980N
200V HP54T, 104T, 154T, 224T (Taper shaft) 392N (L=52.7) 490N
series HP54S, 104S, 154S, 224S (Straight shaft) 980N (L=52.7) 490N
HP204S, 354S, 454S (Straight shaft) 1500N (L=52.7) 490N
HP704S (Straight shaft) 1300N (L=52.7) 590N
HP903S (Straight shaft) 2500N (L=52.7) 1100N
HP1103S (Straight shaft) 2700N (L=52.7) 1500N
HF-KP23, 43 (Straight shaft) 245N (L=30) 98N
HF-KP73 (Straight shaft) 392N (L=40) 147N
HF-H75T, 105T (Taper shaft) 245N (L=33) 147N
HF-H75S, 105S (Straight shaft) 245N (L=33) 147N
HF-H54T, 104T, 154T (Taper shaft) 392N (L=58) 490N
HF-H54S, 104S, 154S (Straight shaft) 980N (L=55) 490N
HF-H204S, 354S, 453S, 703S (Straight shaft) 2058N (L=79) 980N
HF-H903S (Straight shaft) 2450N (L=85) 980N
400V
HP-H54T, 104T, 154T, 224T (Taper shaft) 392N (L=52.7) 490N
series
HP-H54S, 104S, 154S, 224S (Straight shaft) 980N (L=52.7) 490N
HP-H204S, 354S, 454S (Straight shaft) 1500N (L=52.7) 490N
HP-H704S (Straight shaft) 1300N (L=52.7) 590N
HP-H903S (Straight shaft) 2500N (L=52.7) 1100N
HP-H1103S (Straight shaft) 2700N (L=52.7) 1500N
HC-H1502S-S10 (Straight shaft) 3234N (L=140) 1470N
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load and thrust load in the above table are values applied when each motor is used
independently.
(Note 2) The symbol L in the table refers to the value of L below.
L

Radial load

Thrust load

L: Length from flange installation surface to center of load mass [mm]

CAUTION
1. Use a flexible coupling when connecting with a ball screw, etc., and keep the shaft core deviation to below the tolerable
radial load of the shaft.
2. When directly installing the gear on the motor shaft, the radial load increases as the diameter of the gear decreases. This
should be carefully considered when designing the machine.
3. When directly installing the pulley on the motor shaft, carefully consider so that the radial load (double the tension)
generated from the timing belt tension is less than the values shown in the table above.
4. In machines where thrust loads such as a worm gear are applied, carefully consider providing separate bearings, etc., on
the machine side so that loads exceeding the tolerable thrust loads are not applied to the motor.
5. Do not apply the loads exceeding the tolerable level. Failure to observe this may lead to the axis or bearing damage.

113 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.1.4 Machine Accuracy

Machine accuracy of the servo motor's output shaft and around the installation part is as below.
(Excluding special products)

Measurement Flange size [mm]

Accuracy
point Less than 100 SQ. 100 SQ., 130 SQ. 176 SQ. - 250 SQ. 280 SQ. or over
Run-out of the flange surface to
a 0.05mm 0.06mm 0.08mm 0.08mm
the output shaft
Run-out of the flange surface's
b 0.04mm 0.04mm 0.06mm 0.08mm
fitting outer diameter
Run-out of the output shaft end c 0.02mm 0.02mm 0.03mm 0.03mm

c a
b

4.1.5 Oil / Water Standards

(1) The motor protective format uses the IP type, which complies with IEC Standard. (Refer to the section "Specifications
List".)
However, these Standards are short-term performance specifications. They do not guarantee continuous environmental
protection characteristics. Measures such as covers, etc., must be taken if there is any possibility that oil or water will fall
on the motor, and the motor will be constantly wet and permeated by water. Note that the motor's IP-type is not indicated
as corrosion-resistant.

Oil or water

Servo motor

(2) When a gear box is installed on the servo motor, make sure that the oil level height from the center of the shaft is higher
than the values given below. Open a breathing hole on the gear box so that the inner pressure does not rise.

Series Servo motor Oil level (mm)

HF75, 105 15
HF54, 104, 154, 224, 123, 223, 142 22.5
HP54, 104, 154, 224 20
HF204, 354, 303, 453, 302 30
200V HP204, 354, 454, 704 25
series HF703 30
HF903 34
HP903, 1103 30
HF-KP23, 43 12.5
HF-KP73 15
HF-H75, 105 15
HF-H54, 104, 154 22.5
HP-H54, 104, 154, 224 20
HF-H204, 354, 453 30
400V
HP-H204, 354, 454, 704 25
series
HF-H703 30
HF-H903 34
HP-H903, 1103 30
HC-H1502S-S10 45

IB-1501124-D 114
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

Gear
Servo motor

Oil level

Lip
Oil seal

(3) When installing the servo motor horizontally, set the connector to face downward. When installing vertically or on an
inclination, provide a cable trap because the liquid such as oil or water may enter the motor from the connector by
running along the cable.

Cable trap

CAUTION
1. The servo motors, including those having IP67 specifications, do not have a completely waterproof (oil-proof) structure.
Do not allow oil or water to constantly contact the motor, enter the motor, or accumulate on the motor. Oil can also enter
the motor through cutting chip accumulation, so be careful of this also.
2. Oil may enter the motor from the clearance between the cable and connector. Protect with silicon not to make the
clearance.
3. When the motor is installed facing upwards, take measures on the machine side so that gear oil, etc., does not flow onto
the motor shaft.

4.1.6 Installation of Servo Motor

Mount the servo motor on a flange which has the following size or produces an equivalent or higher heat dissipation
effect:

Flange size (mm) Servo motor capacity

150×150×6 100W
250×250×6 200 to 400W
250×250×12 0.5 to 1.5kW
300×300×20 2.0 to 7.0kW
800×800×35 9.0 to 11.0kW
(Note 1) These flange sizes are recommended dimensions when the flange material is an aluminum.
(Note 2) If enough flange size cannot be ensured, ensure the cooling performance by a cooling fan or operate the
motor in the state that the motor overheat alarm does not occur.

4.1.7 Overload Protection Characteristics

The servo drive unit has an electronic thermal relay to protect the servo motor and servo drive unit from overloads. The
operation characteristics of the electronic thermal relay are shown below when standard parameters (SV021=60,
SV022=150) are set. If overload operation over the electronic thermal relay protection curve shown below is carried out,
overload 1 (alarm 50) will occur. If the maximum torque is commanded continuously for one second or more due to a
machine collision, etc., overload 2 (alarm 51) will occur.

115 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

(1) 200V series

< HF series >
HF75 HF105
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0
Time 䋨s䋩

100.0 100.0

Time 䋨s䋩
10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF54 HF104
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time 䋨s䋩

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF154 HF224
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time s

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF204 HF354
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time 䋨s䋩

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF123 HF223
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating 1000.0 When rotating

1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time s
Time s

10.0 10.0

1.0
1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

IB-1501124-D 116
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

HF303 HF453
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0

Time 䠄s䠅
Time s

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF703 HF903
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0

Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF142 HF302
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time s
Time s

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

117 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< HP series >

HP54 HP104
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time 䋨s䋩
10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP154 HP224
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 Time 䠄s䠅 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP204 HP354
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time 䋨s䋩

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP454 HP704
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP903 HP1103
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

10.0
10.0

1.0
1.0

0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0.1
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

IB-1501124-D 118
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< HF-KP series >

HF-KP23 HF-KP43
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

Time 䠄s䠅
10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF-KP73
10000.0
When stopped

When rotating
1000.0

100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0

1.0

0.1
0 100 200 300
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

119 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

(2) 400V series

< HF-H series >
HF-H75 HF-H105
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

Time 䠄s䠅
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF-H54 HF-H104
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF-H154 HF-H204
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

1000.0 When rotating When rotating

1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1
0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF-H354 HF-H453
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HF-H703 HF-H903
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

1000.0 When rotating When rotating

1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1
0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500
0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

IB-1501124-D 120
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< HP-H series >

HP-H54 HP-H104
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped
When rotating When rotating
1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

Time 䠄s䠅
10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP-H154 HP-H224
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

Time 䠄s䠅
10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP-H204 HP-H354
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

1000.0 When rotating 1000.0 When rotating

Time 䠄s䠅

Time 䠄s䠅

100.0 100.0

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %) Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP-H454 HP-H704
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

When rotating When rotating

1000.0 1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅

100.0 100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0 10.0

1.0
1.0

0.1
0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500
0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

HP-H903 HP-H1103
10000.0 10000.0
When stopped When stopped

1000.0 When rotating When rotating

1000.0
Time 䋨s䋩

100.0
Time 䋨s䋩

100.0

10.0 10.0

1.0 1.0

0.1 0.1
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 100 200 300 400 500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

121 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< HC-H series >

HC-H1502S-S10
10000.0
When stopped

When rotating
1000.0

100.0
Time 䠄s䠅

10.0

1.0

0.1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)

IB-1501124-D 122
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.1.8 Magnetic Brake

CAUTION
1. The axis will not be mechanically held even when the dynamic brakes are used. If the machine could drop when the
power fails, use a servo motor with magnetic brakes or provide an external brake mechanism as holding means to
prevent dropping.
2. The magnetic brakes are used for holding, and must not be used for normal braking. There may be cases when holding
is not possible due to the life or machine structure (when ball screw and servo motor are coupled with a timing belt, etc.).
Provide a stop device on the machine side to ensure safety.
3. When operating the brakes, always turn the servo OFF (or ready OFF). When releasing the brakes, always confirm that
the servo is ON first. Sequence control considering this condition is possible by using the brake contact connection
terminal on the servo drive unit.
4. When the vertical axis drop prevention function is used, the drop of the vertical axis during an emergency stop can be
suppressed to the minimum.

(1) Motor with magnetic brake

(a) Types
The motor with a magnetic brake is set for each motor. The "B" following the standard motor model stands for the
motor with a brake.
(b) Applications
When this type of motor is used for the vertical feed axis in a machining center, etc., slipping and dropping of the
spindle head can be prevented even when the hydraulic balancer's hydraulic pressure reaches zero when the
power turns OFF. When used with a robot, deviation of the posture when the power is turned OFF can be
prevented.
When used for the feed axis of a grinding machine, a double safety measures is formed with the deceleration stop
(dynamic brake stop) during emergency stop, and the risks of colliding with the grinding stone and scattering can be
prevented.
This motor cannot be used for the purposes other than holding and braking during a power failure (emergency
stop). (This cannot be used for normal deceleration, etc.)
(c) Features
[1] The magnetic brakes use a DC excitation method, thus:
• The brake mechanism is simple and the reliability is high.
• There is no need to change the brake tap between 50Hz and 60Hz.
• There is no rush current when the excitation occurs, and shock does not occur.
• The brake section is not larger than the motor section.
[2] The magnetic brake is built into the motor, and the installation dimensions are the same as the motor without
brake.
(d) Cautions for using a timing belt
Connecting the motor with magnetic brakes and the load (ball screw, etc.) with a timing belt as shown on the
left below could pose a hazard if the belt snaps. Even if the belt's safety coefficient is increased, the belt could
snap if the tension is too high or if cutting chips get imbedded. Safety can be maintained by using the method
shown on the right below.

Top
Top
Load

Motor Brake
Load

Bottom
Bottom
Motor
(No brakes)
Ball screw
Ball screw
Brake
Timing belt
Timing belt

123 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

（2） Magnetic brake characteristics

(a) 200V series
< HF Series >

Motor type
HF54B, HF104B HF204B, HF354B
Item HF154B,HF224B HF303B, HF453
HF75B, HF105B
HF123B, HF223B HF703B, HF903B
HF142B HF302B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
Type (Note 1)
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
Rated voltage 24VDC 0V-10%
Rated current at 20°C (A) 0.38 0.8 1.4
Capacity (W) 9 19 34
Static friction torque (N•m) 2.4 8.3 43.1
Inertia (Note 2) (×10-4kg•m2) 0.2 2.2 9.7
Release delay time (Note 3) (s) 0.03 0.04 0.1
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s) 0.03 0.03 0.03
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J) 64 400 4,500
amount Per hour (J) 640 4,000 45,000
Brake play at motor axis (degree) 0.1 to 0.9 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6
No. of braking
20,000 20,000 20,000
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
32 200 1,000
per braking (J)

< HP Series >

Motor type
Item HP104B HP204B HP354B HP903B
HP54B HP704B
HP154B HP224B HP454B HP1103B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
Type (Note 1)
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
Rated voltage 24VDC 0V-10%
Rated current at 20°C(A) 0.91 0.86 1.0 1.4 1.4 1.7
Capacity (W) 21 21 24 34 34 41
Static friction torque (N•m) 3.5 9 12 32 54.9 90
Inertia (Note 2) (×10-4kg•m2) 0.5 0.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 24
Release delay time (Note 3) (s) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.12 0.3 0.3
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J) 700 700 700 4,500 4,500 4,500
amount Per hour (J) 7,000 7,000 7,000 45,000 45,000 45,000
Brake play at motor axis (degree) 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6
No. of braking
20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
200 200 200 1,000 1,000 1,000
per braking (J)

(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core alignment work,
prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servo motor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20°C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be adjusted. Thus,
the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servo motor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is not a problem
in terms of function.

IB-1501124-D 124
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< HF-KP Series >

Motor type
Item
HF-KP23B, HF-KP43B HF-KP73B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
Type (Note 1)
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
Rated voltage 24VDC 0V-10%
Rated current at 20°C(A) 0.33 0.42
Capacity (W) 7.9 10
Static friction torque (N•m) 1.3 2.4
Inertia (Note 2) (×10-4kg•m2) 0.08 0.2
Release delay time (Note 3) (s) 0.03 0.04
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s) 0.02 0.02
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J) 22 64
amount Per hour (J) 220 640
Brake play at motor axis (degree) 1.2 0.9
No. of braking
20,000 20,000
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
22 64
per braking (J)

(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core alignment work,
prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servo motor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20°C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be adjusted. Thus,
the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servo motor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is not a problem
in terms of function.

125 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

(b) 400V series

< HF-H Series >

Motor type
HF-H204B, HF-H354B
Item HF-H54B, HF-H104B
HF-H75B, HF-H105B HF-H453B, HF-H703B
HF-H154B
HF-H903B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
Type (Note 1)
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
Rated voltage 24VDC 0V-10%
Rated current at 20°C (A) 0.38 0.8 1.4
Capacity (W) 9 19 34
Static friction torque (N•m) 2.4 8.3 43.1
Inertia (Note 2) (×10-4kg•m2) 0.2 2.2 9.7
Release delay time (Note 3) (s) 0.03 0.04 0.1
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s) 0.03 0.03 0.03
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J) 64 400 4,500
amount Per hour (J) 640 4,000 45,000
Brake play at motor axis (degree) 0.1 to 0.9 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6
No. of braking
20,000 20,000 20,000
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
32 200 1,000
per braking (J)

< HP-H Series >

Motor type
Item HP-H104B HP-H204B HP-H354B HP-H903B
HP-H54B HP-H704B
HP-H154B HP-H224B HP-H454B HP-H1103B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
Type (Note 1)
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
Rated voltage 24VDC 0V-10%
Rated current at 20°C(A) 0.91 0.86 1.0 1.4 1.4 1.7
Capacity (W) 21 21 24 34 34 41
Static friction torque (N•m) 3.5 9 12 32 54.9 90
Inertia (Note 2) (×10-4kg•m2) 0.5 0.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 24
Release delay time (Note 3) (s) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.12 0.3 0.3
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J) 700 700 700 4,500 4,500 4,500
amount Per hour (J) 7,000 7,000 7,000 45,000 45,000 45,000
Brake play at motor axis (degree) 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6 0.2 to 0.6
No. of braking
20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
200 200 200 1,000 1,000 1,000
per braking (J)

(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core alignment work,
prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servo motor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20°C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be adjusted. Thus,
the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servo motor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is not a problem
in terms of function.

IB-1501124-D 126
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

(3) Magnetic brake power supply

CAUTION
1. Always install a surge absorber on the brake terminal when using DC OFF.
2. Do not pull out the cannon plug while the brake power is ON. The cannon plug pins could be damaged by sparks.

(a) Brake excitation power supply

[1] Prepare a brake excitation power supply that can accurately ensure the attraction current in consideration of
the voltage fluctuation and excitation coil temperature.
[2] The brake terminal polarity is random. Make sure not to mistake the terminals with other circuits.
(b) Bake excitation circuit
When turning OFF the brake excitation power supply (to apply the brake), DC OFF is used to shorten the braking
delay time.
A surge absorber will be required. Pay attention to the relay cut off capacity.

<Cautions>
• Provide sufficient DC cut off capacity at the contact.
• Always use a surge absorber.
• When using the cannon plug type, the surge absorber will be further away, so use shielded wires between the
motor and surge absorber.

24VDC
SW1 SW2 Magnetic brake 2
Magnetic brake 1

ZD1
100VAC or PS
200VAC VAR2
VAR1
ZD2

(b) Example of DC OFF

PS : 24VDC stabilized power supply

ZD1,ZD2 : Zener diode for power supply protection (1W, 24V)
VAR1,VAR2 : Surge absorber

Magnetic brake circuits

127 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.1.9 Dynamic Brake Characteristics

If a servo alarm that cannot control the motor occurs, the dynamic brakes will function to stop the servo motor regardless of
the parameter settings.

(1) Deceleration torque

The dynamic brake uses the motor as a generator, and obtains the deceleration torque by consuming that energy with
the dynamic brake resistance. The characteristics of this deceleration torque have a maximum deceleration torque (Tdp)
regarding the motor speed as shown in the following drawing. The torque for each motor is shown in the following table.

Tdp

Deceleration
torque

0 Ndp

Motor speed 
Deceleration torque characteristics of a dynamic brake

Max. deceleration torque of a dynamic brake

Motor type Stall torque Tdp Ndp Motor type Stall torque Tdp Ndp
(200V series) (N•m) (N•m) (r/min) (400V series) (N•m) (N•m) (r/min)
HF75 2.0 5.43 1825 HF-H75 2.0 5.11 1685
HF105 3.0 10.21 1967 HF-H105 3.0 10.19 1740
HF54 2.9 3.97 758 HF-H54 2.9 3.96 690
HF104 5.9 10.02 1060 HF-H104 5.9 10.03 897
HF154 9.0 15.64 1356 HF-H154 9.0 15.05 1073
HF224 12.0 20.07 1765 HF-H204 13.7 15.82 835
HF204 13.7 15.95 1029 HF-H354 22.5 37.33 657
HF354 22.5 35.25 908 HF-H453 37.2 52.91 619
HF123 7.0 9.80 750 HF-H703 49.0 71.76 374
HF223 12.0 19.93 1059 HF-H903 58.8 89.63 1044
HF303 22.5 30.40 955 HP-H54 3.0 6.32 614
HF453 37.2 52.94 1080 HP-H104 5.9 11.10 824
HF703 49.0 71.90 1070 HP-H154 9.0 18.08 1107
HF903 58.8 89.29 3755 HP-H224 12.0 28.63 1445
HF142 11.0 14.43 547 HP-H204 13.7 28.04 1524
HF302 20.0 29.42 635 HP-H354 22.5 37.94 861
HP54 3.0 6.36 716 HP-H454 31.9 60.61 939
HP104 5.9 11.08 987 HP-H704 49.0 95.52 597
HP154 9.0 17.39 1307 HP-H903 70.0 100.48 936
HP224 12.0 28.73 1848 HP-H1103 110.0 170.34 704
HP204 13.7 26.18 2135 HC-H1502S-S10 146.0 237.97 1828
HP354 22.5 38.40 2072
HP454 31.9 61.67 1597
HP704 49.0 88.46 1656
HP903 70.0 91.66 2984
HP1103 110.0 157.97 2324
HF-KP23 0.64 1.03 1272
HF-KP43 1.3 2.60 1377
HF-KP73 2.4 2.96 962

IB-1501124-D 128
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

(2) Coasting rotation distance during emergency stop

The distance that the motor coasts (angle for rotary axis) when stopping with the dynamic brakes can be approximated
with the following expression.

F JL
LMAX 㸻 㺃{ t e + 㸦 1 㸩 㸧㺃㸦A㺃N2 㸩B㸧}
60 JM

LMAX : Motor coasting distance (angle) [mm, (deg)]

F : Axis feedrate [mm/min, (deg/min)]
N : Motor speed [r/min]
JM : Motor inertia [×10-4kg•m2]
JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia [×10-4kg•m2]
te : Brake drive relay delay time [s] (Normally, 0.03s)
A : Coefficient A (Refer to the following table)
B : Coefficient B (Refer to the following table)

OFF
Emergency stop (EMG)
ON
OFF
Dynamic brake control output
ON
OFF
Actual dynamic brake operation
ON

Motor speed

N Coasting amount


Time
te

Dynamic brake braking diagram

129 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

Coasting amount calculation coefficients table

Motor type Motor type
JM (×10-4kg•m2) A B JM (×10-4kg•m2) A B
(200V series) (400V series)
HF75 2.6 0.46×10-9 4.58×10-3 HF-H75 2.6 0.53×10-9 4.49×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF105 5.1 0.44×10 5.15×10 HF-H105 5.1 0.50×10 4.56×10-3
HF54 6.1 3.54×10-9 6.10×10-3 HF-H54 6.1 3.90×10-9 5.56×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF104 11.9 1.95×10 6.59×10 HF-H104 11.9 2.31×10 5.57×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF154 14.7 1.47×10 8.08×10 HF-H154 17.8 1.92×10 6.65×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF224 23.7 1.17×10 10.91×10 HF-H204 38.3 5.06×10 10.59×10-3
HF204 38.3 4.07×10-9 12.94×10-3 HF-H354 75.0 5.34×10-9 6.91×10-3
HF354 75.0 4.09×10-9 10.12×10 -3 HF-H453 112.0 5.97×10-9 6.86×10-3
HF123 11.9 2.82×10-9 4.77×10 -3 HF-H703 154.0 10.01×10-9 4.20×10-3
HF223 23.7 1.96×10-9 6.60×10-3 HF-H903 196.0 3.66×10-9 11.95×10-3
HF303 75.0 4.51×10-9 12.33×10-3 HP-H54 4.6 3.23×10-9 2.34×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF453 112.0 3.42×10 11.96×10 HP-H104 7.7 2.30×10 2.99×10-3
-9 -3 -9
HF703 154.0 3.50×10 12.00×10 HP-H154 12.0 1.64×10 3.85×10-3
HF903 196.0 1.02×10-9 43.15×10-3 HP-H224 20.0 1.32×10-9 5.29×10-3
HF142 17.8 -9 3.53×10-3 HP-H204 29.0 -9 8.25×10-3
3.94×10 2.66×10
HF302 75.0 -9 8.48×10-3 HP-H354 37.0 -9 4.40×10-3
7.01×10 4.45×10
HP54 4.6 2.75×10-9 2.71×10-3 HP-H454 55.0 3.79×10-9 4.46×10-3
HP104 7.7 1.92×10-9 3.59×10-3 HP-H704 82.0 5.65×10-9 2.68×10-3
HP154 12.0 1.44×10-9 4.72×10-3 HP-H903 163.0 6.80×10-9 7.95×10-3
HP224 20.0 1.03×10-9 6.74×10 -3 HP-H1103 255.0 8.35×10-9 5.52×10-3
HP204 29.0 2.04×10-9 12.38×10-3 HC-H1502S-S10 550.0 2.21×10-9 22.13×10-3
HP354 37.0 -9 -3
1.83×10 10.45×10
HP454 55.0 2.19×10-9 7.46×10-3
HP704 82.0 2.20×10-9 8.04×10-3
-9
HP903 163.0 2.34×10 27.79×10-3
HP1103 255.0 -9 19.65×10-3
2.73×10
HF-KP23 0.23 0.17×10-9 1.48×10-3
HF-KP43 0.42 0.12×10-9 1.17×10-3
HF-KP73 1.43 0.49×10-9 2.43×10-3

IB-1501124-D 130
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.2 Spindle Motor

4.2.1 Environmental Conditions

Environment Conditions
Ambient temperature 0°C to +40°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Storage temperature -20°C to +65°C (with no freezing)
Storage humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (Where unit is not subject to direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
No corrosive gases, flammable gases, oil mist or dust
Operation/storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level
Vibration X:29.4m/s2 (3G) Y:29.4m/s2 (3G)
(Note) Refer to each spindle motor specifications for details on the spindle motor vibration class.

4.2.2 Shaft Characteristics

There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the radial direction,
when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given below. These loads may affect the motor output
torque, so consider them when designing the machine.

Series Spindle motor Tolerable radial load

SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 98N
SJ-VL2.2-02ZT 196N
SJ-DL5.5/150-01T, SJ-DL5.5/200-01T, SJ-V3.7-02ZT, SJ-VL11-02FZT,
245N
SJ-VL18.5-05FZT
SJ-DL0.75/100-01T, SJ-DL1.5/100-01T 490N
SJ-D3.7/100-01, SJ-D5.5/120-02, SJ-DJ5.5/100-01, SJ-DJ5.5/120-01,
980N
SJ-DL7.5/150-01T, SJ-V2.2-01T, SJ-V7.5-03ZT
200V SJ-D5.5/100-01, SJ-D5.5/120-01, SJ-DJ7.5/100-01, SJ-DJ7.5/120-01 1470N
series SJ-D7.5/100-01, SJ-D7.5/120-01, SJ-D11/100-01, SJ-DJ11/100-01,
1960N
SJ-DJ15/80-01, SJ-V11-08ZT, SJ-V11-13ZT, SJ-V11-01T
SJ-V22-06ZT 2450N
SJ-V15-01ZT, SJ-V15-09ZT, SJ-V18.5-01ZT, SJ-V18.5-04ZT, SJ-V22-01ZT,
SJ-V22-04ZT, SJ-V26-01ZT, SJ-V11-09T, SJ-V15-03T, SJ-V18.5-03T, 2940N
SJ-V22-05T
SJ-V37-01ZT, SJ-V45-01ZT, SJ-V22-09T, SJ-VK22-19ZT 3920N
SJ-V55-01ZT 5880N
SJ-4-V2.2-03T, SJ-4-V3.7-03T, SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT 980N
SJ-4-V5.5-07T 1470N
SJ-4-V7.5-12T, SJ-4-V11-18T 1960N
400V
SJ-4-V26-08ZT 2450N
series
SJ-4-V18.5-14T, SJ-4-V22-15T, SJ-4-V22-18ZT, SJ-4-V15-20T, SJ-4-V22-16T 2940N
SJ-4-V37-04ZT, SJ-4-V45-02T 3920N
SJ-4-V55-03T 5880N

Radial load

(Note) The load point is at the one-half of the shaft length.

CAUTION
Consider on the machine side so that the thrust loads are not applied to the spindle motor.

131 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.2.3 Machine Accuracy

Machine accuracy of the spindle motor's output shaft and around the installation part is as below.
(Excluding special products)

Frame No.
Measurement
Accuracy A71, B71, A90, B90, C90, A160, B160, C160,
point
D90, E90, A112, B112 A180, B180, A225
Run-out of the flange surface to the output shaft a 0.03mm 0.05mm
Run-out of the flange surface's fitting outer diameter b 0.02mm 0.04mm
Run-out of the output shaft end c 0.01mm 0.02mm
(Note) Refer to Specifications Manual for the frame number of each spindle motor.

c a
b

4.2.4 Installation of Spindle Motor

Make sure that the spindle motor is installed so that the motor shaft points from downward to 90° as shown below. When
installing upward more than 90°, contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.

Up

Down

Standard installation direction

for connector connection type

The spindle motor whose motor power line and detection lead wires are connected with connectors, as a standard,
should be installed with the connectors facing down. Installation in the standard direction is effective against dripping.
Measure to prevent oil and water must be taken when not installing in the standard direction.

CAUTION
1. Rubber packing for waterproof is attached on the inner surface of the top cover of terminal block.
After checking that the packing is installed, install the top cover.
2. When installing a motor on a flange, chamfer(C1) the part of flange that touches inside low part of the motor.

Cooling fan
To yield good cooling performance, provide a space of at least 30mm
between the cooling fan and wall. If the motor is covered by a structure and
the air is not exchanged, its cooling performance degrades and the motor is wall

unable to fully exercise its performance, which may cause the spindle
motor overheat alarm. Do not use the spindle motor in an enclosed space
with little ventilation.
30mm or more

IB-1501124-D 132
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.3 Tool Spindle Motor

4.3.1 Environmental Conditions

Environment Conditions
Ambient temperature 0°C to +40°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity 80% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Storage temperature -15°C to +70°C (with no freezing)
Storage humidity 90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Atmosphere
No corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation/storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level
Vibration X:19.6m/s2 (2G) Y:19.6m/s2 (2G)

4.3.2 Shaft Characteristics

There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the radial direction,
when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given below. These loads may affect the motor output
torque, so consider them when designing the machine.

Tool spindle motor Tolerable radial load Tolerable thrust load

HF-KP46, 56 245N (L=30) 98N
HF-KP96 392N (L=40) 147N
HF-SP226, 406 980N(L-55 490N
HF75S, 105S 245N (L=33) 147N
HF54S, 104S, 154S, 224S 980N (L=55) 490N
HF204S, 354S,453S,703S 2058N (L=79) 980N
HF903S 2450(L=85) 980N
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load and thrust load in the above table are values applied when each motor is used
independently.
(Note 2) The symbol L in the table refers to the value of L below.
L

Radial load

Thrust load

L: Length from flange installation surface to center of load mass [mm]

133 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.3.3 Tool Spindle Temperature Characteristics

< HF-KP Series >
[ HF-KP46J(K)W09 ] [ HF-KP56J(K)W09 ]

60K 80K 100K 40K 60K 80K

100 100
40K
80 80 20K
20K
Load rate [%]

Load rate [%]

60 60

40 40

20 20

0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000
Rotation speed [r/min] Rotation speed [r/min]

[ HF-KP96J(K)W09 ]

20K 40K 60K 80K

100

80
Load rate [%]

60

40

20

0
0 2000 4000 6000
Rotation speed [r/min]

CAUTION
1. The contour lines 20K to 100K in the graph indicate the temperature rising values from the start-up to saturation.
2. The motor temperature tends to rise in a high-speed rotation even if the load rate is low.

4.3.4 Installation of Tool Spindle Motor

Mount the servo motor on a flange which has the following size or produces an equivalent or higher heat dissipation
effect:

Flange size (mm) Tool spindle motor capacity

250×250×6 400W
250×250×12 0.5 to 1.5kW
300×300×20 2.0 to 3.0kW
800×800×35 9.0kW

IB-1501124-D 134
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.4 Drive Unit

4.4.1 Environmental Conditions

Environment Conditions
Ambient temperature 0°C to +55°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity 90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Storage temperature -15°C to +70°C (with no freezing)
Storage humidity 90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight);
Atmosphere
no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Altitude
Transportation: 13000m or less above sea level
Vibration Operation/storage: 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) or less Transportation: 49m/s2(5G) or less
(Note) When installing the machine at 1,000m or more above sea level, the heat dissipation characteristics
will drop as the altitude increases in proportion to the air density. The ambient temperature drops 1%
with every 100m increase in altitude.
When installing the machine at 1,800m altitude, the heating value of the drive unit must be reduced
to 92% or less. The heating value is proportional to the square of the current, and required current
decreasing rate follows the expression below.

Required current decreasing rate = 0.92 = 0.95

Therefore, use the unit with the reduced effective load rate to 95% or less.

135 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.4.2 Heating Value

The values for the servo drive unit apply at the stall output. The values for the spindle drive unit apply for the continuous
rated output. The values for the power supply unit include the AC reactor's heating value.

< MDS-D2 Series >

Power backup
Servo drive unit Spindle drive unit Power supply unit
unit
Heating value Heating value Heating value Heating value Heating value
Type [W] Type [W] Type [W] Type [W] Type [W] Type Heating
MDS- In- Out- MDS- In- Out- MDS- In- Out- MDS- In- Out- MDS- In- Out- MDS- value
D2- side side D2- side side D2- side side D2- side side D2- side side D- [W]
panel panel panel panel panel panel panel panel panel panel
SP2-
V1-20 18 22 V2-2020 26 44 SP-20 24 31 28 62 CV-37 20 34 PFU 15
2020
SP2-
V1-40 20 38 V2-4020 28 60 SP-40 29 65 33 96 CV-75 24 55
4020
SP2- CV-
V1-80 25 71 V2-4040 31 75 SP-80 37 121 38 130 25 99
4040S 110
V1- SP- SP2- CV-
36 148 V2-8040 35 109 54 236 38 130 32 161
160 160 4040 185
V1- SP- SP2- CV-
44 201 V2-8080 40 142 78 404 46 186 45 272
160W 200 8040 300
V1- V2- SP- SP2- CV-
59 307 51 219 100 520 70 358 53 343
320 16080 240 16080S 370
V1- V2- SP- SP2- CV-
72 399 62 296 118 688 54 242 104 392
320W 160160 320 8080 450
V2- SP- SP2- CV-
77 403 148 897 70 358 164 431
160160W 400 16080 550
V3- SP-
89 0 196 1231
202020 640
V3-
159 0
404040

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Power backup
Servo drive unit Spindle drive unit Power supply unit
unit
Type Heating value [W] Type Heating value [W] Type Heating value [W] Type Heating value [W] Type Heating
MDS- Inside Outside MDS- Inside Outside MDS- Inside Outside MDS- Inside Outside MDS- value
DH2- panel panel DH2- panel panel DH2- panel panel DH2- panel panel DH- [W]
V1-10 19 27 V2-1010 28 54 SP-20 32 88 CV-37 20 34 PFU 15
V1-20 22 46 V2-2010 30 74 SP-40 42 158 CV-75 24 55
V1-40 27 87 V2-2020 33 93 SP-80 54 237 CV-110 25 99
V1-80 40 175 V2-4020 39 133 SP-100 73 369 CV-185 32 161
V1-80W 47 222 V2-4040 45 173 SP-160 110 639 CV-300 45 272
V1-160 62 328 V2-8040 57 262 SP-200 126 746 CV-370 53 343
V1-160W 81 461 V2-8080 70 350 SP-320 168 1034 CV-450 104 392
V1-200 105 630 V2-8080W 83 445 SP-480 232 1488 CV-550 164 431
CV-750 228 614

POINT
1. Design the panel's heating value taking the actual axis operation (load rate) into consideration.
2. The heating values in the above tables are calculated with the following load rates.

Unit 
Load rate

Servo drive unit 50%

Spindle drive unit 

100%

Power supply unit 100%

IB-1501124-D 136
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

4.4.3 Drive Unit Arrangement

Arrange the drive units in the following procedure.
(1) Install a power supply unit.
(2) Arrange drive units in order of the nominal current from largest from the right.
(3) In the arrangement, the clearance between the units is 1 mm.
(4) Arrange the drive units with the DC connection length from the power supply unit being 800mm or less.
For the arrangement of 800mm or more, multiple power supply units are required.
(5) Arrange large capacity drive units at the left of the power supply unit with the clearance between the drive units
being 1mm.

1mm 1mm 1mm 1mm

Use the dedicated

connection bar.

800mm or less

Large Small
Arrange drive units in order of nominal current from largest.

POINT
1. Arrange large capacity drive units at the left of the power supply unit with the clearance between the drive units being
1mm.
2. Power supply units equivalent to the number of large capacity drive units are required.
3. When arranging the drive unit at the right of the large capacity power supply unit, remove the side protection cover of the
power supply unit.
4. MDS-D2-SP-400/640, MDS-DH2-SP-200/320/480, and MDS-DH2-V1-200 are the large capacity drive units.

137 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
4 Characteristics

< For separated arrangement of drive units >

Arranging drive units in the horizontal as much as possible is recommended. Thus, if the drive units must be
arranged in the vertical, or if the drive units must be separated by more than 30mm, arrange them with the DC
connection length of 500mm or less.

1mm

500mm or less

1mm

Twist Fixing band

CAUTION
1. D2: For MDS-D2-V1-320W, MDS-D2-SP-240 to 640, the separated wiring is not available.
DH2: For MDS-DH2-V1-160W to 200, MDS-DH2-SP-160 to 480, the separated wiring is not available.
2. If the drive units are separated by more than 30mm, twist the wires used for the DC connection or bundle them with a
fixing band in order to prevent two wires from being separated.
3. Failure to observe the above arrangement could damage the units.

IB-1501124-D 138
 5
Dedicated Options

139 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1 Servo Options

The option units are required depending on the servo system configuration. Check the option units to be required referring the
following items.

(1) System establishment in the full closed loop control

Refer to the table below to confirm the interface unit (I/F) and battery option required for the full closed loop control.

(a) Full closed loop control for linear axis

Encoder signal Drive unit Battery

Machine side encoder to be used Interface unit Remarks
output input signal option
SR74, SR84 Rectangular wave Rectangular wave
Rectangular - -
(Magnescale) signal signal
wave signal
Rectangular wave Rectangular wave
output Various scale - -
signal signal
IBV series Rectangular wave
-
(HEIDENHAIN) signal
LS187, LS487 EIB series Mitsubishi serial
SIN wave signal -
(HEIDENHAIN) (HEIDENHAIN) signal
APE series Mitsubishi serial
-
(HEIDENHAIN) signal
Incre-
SIN wave MDS-B-HR-11(P)
mental Distance-coded
signal LS187C, LS487C (Mitsubishi Electric) Mitsubishi serial (Required)
encoder SIN wave signal reference scale
output (HEIDENHAIN) EIB series signal (Note 1)
(Note 2)
(HEIDENHAIN)
MDS-B-HR-11(P) Distance-coded
(Mitsubishi Electric) reference scale is
Mitsubishi serial (Required)
Various scale SIN wave signal also
EIB series signal (Note 1)
available
(HEIDENHAIN)
(Note 2)
Mitsubishi
SR75, SR85 Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
serial signal - -
(Magnescale) signal signal
output
OSA105ET2A
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Ball screw side
OSA166ET2NA - Required
signal signal encoder
(Mitsubishi Electric)
SR27, SR77, SR87,
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
SR67A -
signal signal required
(Magnescale)
LC195M, LC495M,
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
LC291M - Mitsu03-4
signal signal required
(HEIDENHAIN)
LC193M, LC493M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
- Mitsu02-4
(HEIDENHAIN) signal signal required
AT343, AT543, AT545,
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
ST748 -
signal signal required
Abso- (Mitutoyo)
Mitsubishi SAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
lute -
serial signal (FAGOR) signal signal required
position
output
encoder SVAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(FAGOR) signal signal required
GAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(FAGOR) signal signal required
LAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(FAGOR) signal signal required
RL40N Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(Renishaw) signal signal required
AMS-ABS-3B Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(Schneeberger) signal signal required
LMFA Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(AMO) signal signal required
LMBA Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Not
-
(AMO) signal signal required
(Note 1) When using the distance-coded reference scale, it is recommended to use with distance-coded reference check
function. In this case, the battery option is required.
(Note 2) The distance-coded reference scale is the supported option for M700V Series.

IB-1501124-D 140
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

Encoder signal Drive unit Battery

Machine side encoder to be used Interface unit Remarks
output input signal option
MPS Series ADB-20J60
Mitsubishi serial
Abso- (Mitsubishi Heavy SIN wave signal (Mitsubishi Heavy
SIN wave signal
lute Industries Machine Tool) Industries Machine Tool)
signal Required
position MPI Series ADS-20J60
output Mitsubishi serial
encoder (Mitsubishi Heavy SIN wave signal (Mitsubishi Heavy
signal
Industries Machine Tool) Industries Machine Tool)

(b) Full closed loop control for rotary axis

Encoder signal Battery

Machine side encoder to be used Interface unit Output signal Remarks
output option
Rectangular
Rectangular wave Rectangular wave
wave signal Various scale - -
signal signal
output
Incre- ERM280 Series EIB series Mitsubishi serial
SIN wave signal -
mental (HEIDENHAIN) (HEIDENHAIN) signal
SIN wave
encoder Distance-coded
signal
MDS-B-HR-11(P) Mitsubishi serial (Required) reference scale
output Various scale SIN wave signal
(Mitsubishi Electric) signal (Note 1) is also available
(Note 2)
MBA405W Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
(Provided) Not required
(Mitsubishi Electric) signal signal
RU77 Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
- Not required
(Magnescale) signal signal
RCN223M, RCN227M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
- Not required Mitsu02-4
(HEIDENHAIN) signal signal
RCN727M, RCN827M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
Mitsubishi - Not required Mitsu02-4
(HEIDENHAIN) signal signal
serial signal
output RA Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
- Not required
Abso- (Renishaw) signal signal
lute HAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
- Not required
position (FAGOR) signal signal
encoder WMFA Series
WMBA Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
- Not required
WMRA Series signal signal
(AMO)
MPRZ Series ADB-20J71
Mitsubishi serial
(Mitsubishi Heavy SIN wave signal (Mitsubishi Heavy Not required
SIN wave signal
Industries Machine Tool) Industries Machine Tool)
signal
MPI Series ADB-20J60
output Mitsubishi serial
(Mitsubishi Heavy SIN wave signal (Mitsubishi Heavy Required
signal
Industries Machine Tool) Industries Machine Tool)
(Note 1) When using the distance-coded reference scale, it is recommended to use with distance-coded reference check
function. In this case, the battery option is required.
(Note 2) The distance-coded reference scale is the supported option for M700V Series.

< Contact information about machine side encoder >

- Magnescale Co., Ltd.: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.com/
- Mitutoyo Corporation: http://www.mitutoyo.co.jp/eng/
- Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Machine Tool: http://www.mhi-machinetool.com/en/index.html
- FAGOR Automation: http://www.fagorautomation.com/
- Renishaw plc.: http://www.renishaw.com/
- SCHNEEBERGER AG: https://www.schneeberger.com
- AMO (Automatisierung Messtechnik Optik) GmbH: http://www.amo-gmbh.com/en/

POINT
The absolute position system cannot be established in combination with the relative position (incremental) machine side
encoder and absolute position motor side encoder.

141 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) System establishment in the synchronous control

(a) Position command synchronous control
The synchronous control is all executed in the NC, and the each servo is controlled as an independent axis.
Therefore, preparing special options for the synchronous control is not required on the servo side.

(b) Speed command synchronization control

The common position control in two axes is performed by one linear scale. Basically, the multi axes integrated type
drive unit (MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3) is used, and the feedback signal is divided for two axes inside the drive unit.
When the two 1-axis type drive units are used in driving the large capacity servo motor, the linear scale feedback
signal must be divided outside.

<Required option in the speed command synchronous control>

Machine side encoder

For MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3 For MDS-D2/DH2-V1×2 units Remarks
to be used
SIN wave signal output MDS-B-HR-11(P) MDS-B-HR-12(P)
scale (Serial conversion) (Serial conversion/signal division)
Including the case that an interface
Mitsubishi serial signal
- MDS-B-SD (Signal division) unit of the scale manufacturer is
output scale
used with SIN wave output scale.
(Note 1) The rectangular wave signal output scale speed command synchronous control is not available.
(Note 2) The distance-coded reference scale speed command synchronous control is not available.

POINT
1. When executing the synchronous control, use the servo motors of which the type and encoder specifications are same.
2. When performing the speed command synchronous control with 2-axis drive unit (MDS-D2/DH2-V2), make sure to set L-
axis as primary axis. When performing the speed command synchronous control with 3-axis drive unit (MDS-D2-V3),
make sure to set L-axis as primary axis and M-axis as secondary axis. Other settings cause the initial parameter error
alarm.

IB-1501124-D 142
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Speed command synchronization control system configuration >

1) SIN wave signal output scale

< When using MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3 >
For the FB signal of the linear scale, the SIN wave signal is converted to Mitsubishi serial signal with the
encoder conversion unit (MDS-B-HR-11), and that signal is divided to each axis control inside 2-axis or 3-axis
drive unit.

MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3

Primary axis

MDS-B-HR-11
Secondary axis Encoder conversion unit

Linear scale
( SIN wave signal output ) CON3 CON1

CON4 CON2

< When using two units of MDS-D2/DH2-V1 >

For the FB signal of the linear scale, the SIN wave signal is converted to Mitsubishi serial signal with the
encoder conversion unit (MDS-B-HR-12), and that signal is divided to each drive unit.

MDS-D2/DH2-V1 MDS-D2/DH2-V1
Primary axis) (Secondary axis)

Primary axis

MDS-B-HR-12
Secondary axis Encoder conversion unit
Linear scale
( SIN wave signal output ) CON3 CON1

CON4 CON2

143 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

2) Mitsubishi serial signal output scale

< When using MDS-D2/DH2-V2 >

The FB signal of the linear scale is divided to each axis control inside 2-axis drive unit. An external option unit
is not required.

MDS-D2/DH2-V2

Primary axis

Secondary axis

Linear scale
( Mitsubishi serial signal output )

(Note) The conversion unit of the scale manufacturer is included.

< When using two units of MDS-D2/DH2-V1 >

The FB signal of the linear scale is divided to each drive unit with the signal division unit (MDS-B-SD).

MDS-D2/DH2-V1 MDS-D2/DH2-V1
Primary axis) (Secondary axis)

Primary axis

MDS-B-SD
Secondary axis Encoder division unit
Linear scale
( Mitsubishi serial signal output )

(Note) The conversion unit of the scale manufacturer is included.

IB-1501124-D 144
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1.1 Dynamic Brake Unit (MDS-D-DBU)

The MDS-D2-V1-320W and MDS-DH2-V1-160W or larger units do not have dynamic brakes built in, so install an external
dynamic brake unit.
(1) Specifications

Type Coil specifications Wire size Compatible drive unit Mass (kg)

MDS-D-DBU 24VDC 160mA 5.5mm2 or more MDS-D2-V1-320W

3kg
(For IV wire) MDS-DH2-V1-160W or larger

(2) Outline dimension drawings

MDS-D-DBU
[Unit: mm]

20

14
172.8
200

190

5 5 195.4
5

20 20

140

145 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Connecting with the servo drive unit

External
power supply
Brake connector DC24V GND
(CN20) CNU20S(AWG14)
3
Pin Name
2 Control terminal
3 MBR
1 block (M3)
2 DBR
1 P24 Terminal Name
1
2 NC
Twist wire
3 a
To a motor 4 b
brake 5 13
6 14

U V W a b

Dynamic brake unit

(MDS-D-DBU)

Power terminal
block (M3)
Terminal Name
1 U
2 V
Servomotor 3 W

Internal circuit diagram

Terminal block

W
U

R (0.5 )
14

13

MC SK

CAUTION
Correctly wire the dynamic brake unit to the servo drive unit.
Do not use for applications other than emergencies (normal braking, etc.). The internal resistor could heat up, and lead to
fires or faults.

POINT
When you use a motor with a brake, please wire (between 1pin and 3pin) for the CN20 connector.

IB-1501124-D 146
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1.2 Battery Option (ER6V-C119B, A6BAT, MDS-BTBOX-36)

This battery option may be required to establish absolute position system. Select a battery option from the table below
depending on the servo system.

Type EER6V-C119B A6BAT(MR-BAT) MDS-BTBOX-36

Installation
Drive unit with battery holder type Dedicated case type Unit and battery integration type
type
Not applicable
Hazard class Not applicable Not applicable
(24 or less)
Number of
Up to 8 axes
connectable Up to 3 axes Up to 8 axes
(When using dedicated case)
axes
Battery
Possible Possible Possible
change
(3)
(1) (2)

Battery
A6BAT
Battery connector
(MR-BAT)

To the battery
holder
Appearance

Battery
ER6V-C119B Dedicated case
MDS-BTCASE

(Note) When using the converged battery option, refer to this section "(4) Converged battery option".

CAUTION
1. When transporting lithium batteries with means such as by air transport, measures corresponding to the United Nations
Dangerous Goods Regulations must be taken. (Refer to "Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries".)
2. The lithium battery must be transported according to the rules set forth by the International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO), International Air Transportation Association (IATA), International Maritime Organization (IMO), and United
States Department of Transportation (DOT), etc. The packaging methods,
correct transportation methods, and special regulations are specified according to the quantity of lithium alloys. The
battery unit exported from Mitsubishi is packaged in a container (UN approved part) satisfying the standards set forth in
this UN Advisory.
3. To protect the absolute value, do not shut off the servo drive unit control power supply if the battery voltage becomes low
(warning 9F).
4. Contact the Service Center when replacing the cell battery.
5. The battery life (backup time) is greatly affected by the working ambient temperature. Generally, if the ambient
temperature increases, the backup time and useful life will both decrease.

POINT
A6BAT is a battery with same specifications as MR-BAT.

147 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(1) Cell battery ( ER6V-C119B )

(a) Specifications

Cell battery
Battery option type
ER6V-C119B (Note 1)
Battery model name ER6V
Nominal voltage 3.6V
Nominal capacity 2000mAh
Hazard class -
Battery shape Single battery
Battery
Number of batteries used ER6V x 1
safety
Lithium alloy content 0.7g
Mercury content 1g or less
Number of connectable axes Up to 3 axes (Note 3)
Up to 2 axes: Approx. 10000 hours
Battery continuous backup time
3 axes connected: Approx. 6600 hours
Battery useful life
7 years
(From date of unit manufacture)
Data save time in battery replacement Approx. 20 hours at time of delivery, approx. 10 hours after 5 years
Back up time from battery warning to
Up to 2 axes: Approx. 100 hours
alarm occurrence
3 axes connected: Approx. 60 hours
(Note 2)
Mass 20g
(Note 1) ER6V-C119B is a battery built in a servo drive unit. Install this battery only in the servo drive unit that
executes absolute position control.
(Note 2) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery
as soon as a battery warning occurs.
(Note 3) When using ball screw side encoder OSA166ET2NA/OSA105ET2A, both ball screw side encoder and
motor side encoder need to be backed up by a battery, so the number of load shaft should be two.

(b) Installing the cell battery

Open the upper front cover of the servo drive unit.
Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.

Battery connector connection part magnified figure

BTA
Battery connector
1 2 1 2
BTB

To battery holder
Battery 1 2

BT1
Connector for
connecting cell battery

Connect the cell battery with BT1.

(Note) When using a cell battery, do not connect the battery unit, MDS-BTBOX-36.

POINT
When using a cell battery built-in drive unit, the wiring between units is not required. The cell battery can be changed in
each drive unit.

IB-1501124-D 148
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) Cell battery ( A6BAT )

Always use the cell battery (A6BAT) in combination with the dedicated case (MDS-BTCASE).

(a) Specifications

Cell battery
Battery option type
A6BAT (MR-BAT)
Battery model name ER17330V
Nominal voltage 3.6V
Nominal capacity 1700mAh
Hazard class -
Battery shape Single battery
Number of
Battery A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 1
batteries used
safety
Lithium alloy
0.48g
content
Mercury content 1g or less
Number of connectable axes 1 axis / (per 1 battery)
Battery continuous backup time Approx. 10000 hours
Battery useful life
5 years
(From date of unit manufacture)
Data save time in battery
Approx. 20 hours at time of delivery, approx. 10 hours after 5 years
replacement
Back up time from battery
warning to alarm occurrence Approx. 80 hours
(Note)
Mass 17g
(Note) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery
as soon as a battery warning occurs.

(b) Specifications of the dedicated case MDS-BTCASE

Type MDS-BTCASE
Number of batteries installed Up to 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs) (Install either 2, 4, 6 or 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs))
Max. 8 axes (It varies depending on the number of batteries installed.)
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 2, 1 to 2 axis/axes
Number of connectable axes When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 4, 3 to 4 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 6, 5 to 6 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 8, 7 to 8 axes

(c) Installing the cell battery

Open the cover of the dedicated case. Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.

Battery Battery connector

A6BAT
(MR-BAT)

Dedicated case
MDS-BTCASE

149 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(d) Installing A6BAT (MR-BAT) to battery case

Open the cover of the dedicated case. Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.

[1] Incorporate batteries in order, from the connector CON1 on the top of the case.
In the same way, install batteries to holders in order, from the holder on the top.

Example of incorporated batteries

(Photo: 8 batteries incorporated)

Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-2 Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-4

A6BAT A6BAT 
A6BAT 
A6BAT
(MR-BAT) (MR-BAT) (MR-BAT) (MR-BAT)

CON1 
CON1

CN1A 
CN1A
CON2


CON4

CON8 
CON8

Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-6 Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-8


A6BAT 
A6BAT 
A6BAT 
A6BAT
(MR-BAT) (MR-BAT)
 (MR-BAT) (MR-BAT)


CON1 
CON1


CN1A 
CN1A


CON6


CON8

CON8

[2] Attach a seal indicating the number of incorporated batteries to the part shown below.

Attach the seal here.

(Attach only numbers)

IB-1501124-D 150
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(e) Outline dimension drawing of the dedicated case MDS-BTCASE

25
15
145

7.5
2-M5 screw
R3
130 㧔15㧕

50.7
16.8

㧔160㧕
145
136

130

145
160

6‫ޓ‬
Panel drawing
30
[Unit:mm]

151 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Battery box (MDS-BTBOX-36)

(a) Specifications

Battery box
Battery option type
MDS-BTBOX-36
Battery model name (Note 1) size-D alkaline batteries LR20 x 4 pieces
Nominal voltage 3.6V (Unit output), 1.5V (Isolated battery)
Number of connectable axes Up to 8 axes
Battery continuous backup time (Note 2) Approx. 10000 hours (when 8 axes are connected, cumulative time in non-energized state)
Back up time from battery warning to
Approx. 336 hours (when 8 axes are connected)
alarm occurrence (Note 2)
(Note 1) Install commercially-available alkaline dry batteries into MDS-BTBOX-36. The batteries should be procured by
customers. Make sure to use new batteries that have not passed the expiration date. We recommend you to
replace the batteries in the one-year cycle.
(Note 2) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery as
soon as a battery warning (9F) occurs.

(b) Explanation of terminals

Name Description
(1) Power supply output for absolute position encoder BT 3.6V output for absolute position encoder backup
(2) backup LG Ground
5V power supply input for battery voltage drop detection
(3) Power supply input for battery voltage drop detection +5V
circuit
circuit
(4) LG Ground
(5) DO(ALM) Battery voltage drop warning output
Battery voltage drop warning signal output
(6) DOCOM DO output common

(c) Outline dimension drawings

[Unit: mm]
80
40
80
93

Square hole

102
4-M4 Flat head screw
89 (Tightening torque: 1.0N·m)

Panel cut drawing

103 87
Connection
terminal block
70.2
103

79

Packing Packing area

POINT
As soon as the battery warning has occurred, replace the batteries with new ones.
Make sure to use new batteries that have not passed the expiration date. We recommend you to replace the batteries in the
one-year cycle.

CAUTION
When installing the battery box on the panel, it may be damaged if the screw is tightened too much. Make sure the
tightening torque of the screw.

IB-1501124-D 152
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(d) Cable connection procedure

When connecting the terminal block, select a cable for the terminal block referring to the applicable size as a guide.
Connect the cable by crimping the bare conductor or bar terminal. Do not pre-solder the wire.

< Range of applicable terminal block cable >

2 2
Twisted wire: 0.2mm to 1.25mm

< Recommended bar terminal >

Type: TUB-0.5
Crimping tool: YHT-2622

- Processing of power insulator

The strip length of the wire insulator should be 11mm.

Sheath Core

11mm
Strip length
Retwist and straighten the core as shown below.

Unraveling or Make sure to retwist

bending of core and straighten the core

(e) Wiring of the battery voltage drop warning output

The battery voltage drop warning is detected in the MDS-BTBOX-36 and output to the servo drive unit as digital
signal.Connect the battery voltage drop warning signal to one of the servo drive units supported by MDS-BTBOX-
36. For the connected servo axis, set the servo parameter "SV082/bitF-C" to "2" to enable this signal input. When
using 2 or 3-axis drive unit, set the value to one of the axes and set other axes in the same unit to "0" (No signal).

Servo drive unit MDS-BTBOX-36

DG24 cable
CN9
Light blue +5V
4
White LG
1
24V (I/O power)
20 Blue
Yellow DO(ALM)
13

DOCOM
24G (I/O power)

Battery voltage drop warning signal connection diagram

153 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(f) When backing up for more than 8 axes

Add a MDS-BTBOX-36 so that the number of connectable axes for a battery unit is 8 axes or less.
For all of servo drive units supported by one MDS-BTBOX-36, start the control powers ON simultaneously.

CAUTION
1. The battery voltage drop warning signal and SLS (Safely Limited Speed) function door state signal cannot be connected
to the same drive unit. To use these function together as a system, connect to the different drive unit.
2. Battery voltage drop warning (9F) can also occur when the cable between the battery box and drive unit is broken.
3. For 2-axis or 3-axis drive unit, the parameter error "E4" or drivers communication error "82" occurs at all the axes when
the setting of SV082(SSF5)/bitF-C differs according to axes (except 0 setting).
4. The drive unit which is connected to the battery box and cell battery cannot be used together.
5. Replace the batteries with new ones without turning the control power of the drive unit OFF immediately after the battery
voltage drop alarm (9F) has been detected.
6. Replace the batteries while applying the control power of all drive units which are connected to the battery box.
7. When changing the wiring of the CN9 control input, change after SV082(SSF5)/bitF-C is set to 0. Otherwise unexpected
alarms can be detected because of a mismatch of the control input signal and setting parameter.
8. Battery voltage drop warning (9F) is released by turning the drive unit power ON again after replacing the battery.

IB-1501124-D 154
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(4) Converged battery option

When using the following battery options, the wiring between units which configure an absolute position system is
required.

Battery option type Installation type Battery charge

A6BAT (MR-BAT) Dedicated case type (built-in MDS-BTCASE) Possible
MDS-BTBOX-36 Unit and battery integration type Possible

System configuration
< A6BAT(MR-BAT) Series >

1-axis servo drive unit 2-axis servo drive unit Spindle drive unit Power supply unit
Battery case
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV) MDS-BTCASE +
A6BAT (MR-BAT)

From NC

L+
L-

Battery connector connection part magnified figure

BTA BTB

Connector for
1 2 1 2 connecting
converged battery

1 2

Servo motor Servo motor

BT1

Connect the converged battery with BTA or BTB.

POINT
1. This wiring is not required for the drive unit or spindle drive unit which is not an absolute system.
2. Use a shield cable for wiring between drive units.
The drive unit could malfunction.

155 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< MDS-BTBOX-36 >

(a) MDS-D2/DH2-V1/V2/V3 Series connected in serial
1-axis servo 2-axis servo Spindle Power supply
drive unit drive unit drive unit unit
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV)
DG24
+24V
DG22 DG23 RG I/O power
From NC BTB BTA BTB
Battery box
MDS-BTBOX-36

DOCOM
DO(ALM)
LG
+5V
LG
BT

L+
L-

Servo drive unit

Battery connector connection part magnified figure

BTA BTB

Connector for
1 2 1 2 connecting
battery unit

1 2

Servo motor Servo motor BT1 For cell battery

Connect the battery unit with BTA or BTB.

Connect either the battery unit or the cell battery.

CAUTION
1. 24V power for DO output must always be turned ON before the NC power input.
2. Spindle drive unit has no battery voltage drop warning function. Wiring to CN9 of drive unit must be always connected to
servo drive unit.
3. The total length of battery cable (from the battery unit to the last connected drive unit) must be 30m or less.

IB-1501124-D 156
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(b) MDS-D2/DH2-V1/V2/V3 Series connected in parallel

1-axis servo 2-axis servo Spindle Power supply

drive unit drive unit drive unit unit
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV)
DG24
+24V
DG2 To servo RG I/O power
DG23 drive unit
From NC BTB BTB

Battery box
CN9 MDS-BTBOX-36

DOCOM
DO(ALM)
LG
+5V
LG
BT
L+
L-
Connect the +5V
power and DO
Provide the terminal
output with one
block to divide the
of servo drive
power for backup.
units.

Servo drive unit

Battery connector connection part magnified figure

BTA BTB

Connector for
1 2 1 2 connecting
battery unit

1 2

BT1 For cell battery

Servo motor Servo motor Connect the battery unit with BTA or BTB.
Connect either the battery unit or the cell battery.

CAUTION
1. 24V power for DO output must always be turned ON before the NC power input.
2. Spindle drive unit has no battery voltage drop warning function. Wiring to CN9 of drive unit must be always connected to
servo drive unit.
3. The total length of battery cable (from the battery unit to the last connected drive unit) must be 30m or less.

157 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1.3 Ball Screw Side Encoder (OSA105ET2A, OSA166ET2NA)

(1) Specifications

Encoder type OSA105ET2A OSA166ET2NA

Encoder resolution 1,000,000 pulse/rev 16,000,000 pulse/rev
Absolute position method
Detection method
(battery backup method)
Electrical
Accuracy (*1) ±3 seconds
characteristics
Tolerable rotation speed at power off (*2) 500r/min
Encoder output data Serial data
Power consumption 0.3A
Inertia 0.5 x 10-4kgm2 or less
Mechanical
Shaft friction torque 0.1Nm or less
characteristics for
rotation Shaft angle acceleration 4 x 104rad/s2 or less
Tolerable continuous rotation speed 4000r/min
Shaft amplitude
0.02mm or less
(position 15mm from end)
Tolerable load
Mechanical 9.8N/19.6N
(thrust direction/radial direction)
configuration Mass 0.6kg
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Recommended coupling bellows coupling
Ambient temperature 0°C to +55°C
Storage temperature -20°C to +85°C
Working Humidity 95%Ph
environment
Vibration resistance 5 to 50Hz, total vibration width 1.5mm, each shaft for 30min
Impact resistance 490m/s2 (50G)
(*1) The values above are typical values after the calibration with our shipping test device and are not guaranteed.
(*2) If the tolerable rotation speed at power off is exceeded, the absolute position cannot be repaired.

IB-1501124-D 158
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) Outline dimension drawings

OSA105ET2A / OSA166ET2NA
0
2.7 75 -0.020 DIA.
70 DIA.

(9.52 DIA.)

2
8.72

1.5
8.72
A-A

85 SQ. 56 30
4-5.5 DIA. B-B
2
45°

A.

DIA.
DI A
0
10

-0.020
0
80 D A
IA. B B

75
51.8

14
60.2

10 CM10-R10P
24 [UnitOO]

(3) Explanation of connectors

3 2 1
7 6 5 4

10 9 8

Connector pin layout

Pin Function Pin Function
1 RQ 6 SD
2 RQ* 7 SD*
3 - 8 P5(+5V)
4 BAT 9 -
5 LG(GND) 10 SHD

159 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1.4 Machine Side Encoder

(1) Relative position encoder

Depending on the output signal specifications, select a machine side relative position encoder with which the following
(a), (b) or (c) is applied.
(a) Serial signal type (serial conversion unit made by each manufacture)
The following serial conversion unit converts the encoder output signal and transmits the signal to the drive unit in
serial communication.
For details on the specifications of each conversion unit scale and for purchase, contact each corresponding
manufacture directly.

Minimum detection Tolerable

Manufacturer Encoder type Interface unit type
resolution maximum speed
SR67A 0.1μm
Magnescale Co., Ltd SR75 Not required 0.05μm 200m/min
SR85 0.01μm
LS187, LS187C EIB192M A4 20μm
0.0012μm 120m/min
LS487, LS487C EIB392M A4 20μm
EIB192M C4 1200 0.0000183°
HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION ERM280 1200 20000r/min
EIB392M C4 1200 (19,660,800p/rev)
EIB192M C6 2048 0.0000107°
ERM280 2048 11718r/min
EIB392M C6 2048 (33,554,432p/rev)

< Contact information about machine side encoder >

- Magnescale Co., Ltd.: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/language/english/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.com/

CAUTION
The above value does not guarantee the accuracy of the system.

IB-1501124-D 160
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(b) SIN wave output (using MDS-B-HR)

When using a relative position encoder that the signal is the SIN wave output, the encoder output signal is
converted in the encoder conversion unit (MDS-B-HR), and then the signal is transmitted to the drive unit in the
serial communication. Select a relative position encoder with A/B phase SIN wave signal that satisfies the following
conditions. For details on the specifications of MDS-B-HR, refer to the section "MDS-B-HR".

< Encoder output signal >

- 1Vp-p analog A-phase, B-phase, Z-phase differential output
- Output signal frequency 200kHz or less

Voltage [V] Voltage [V]

A phase B phase 360°
3.0 A phase

2.5
2.5

-45° +45° -45° +45°

Z phase
2.0
Zero crossover
2.5
Time

Angle [° ]

A/B phase output signal waveform during forward run Relationship between A phase and Z phase
(When the differential output waveform is measured)

- Combination speed / rotation speed

In use of linear scale:
Maximum speed (m/min) = scale analog signal frequency (m) × 200,000 × 60
In use of rotary encoder:
Maximum rotation speed (r/min) = 200,000 / numbers of encoder scale (1/rev) × 60
An actual Maximum speed/ rotary speed is limited by the mechanical specifications and electrical
specifications, etc. of the connected scale, so contact the manufacture of the purchased scale.
- Division number 512 divisions per 1 cycle of signal
In use of linear scale:
Minimum resolution (m) = scale analog signal frequency (m) / 512
In use of rotary encoder:
Minimum resolution (pulse/rev) = numbers of encoder scale (1/rev) × 512

CAUTION
The above value does not guarantee the accuracy of the system.

161 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(c) Rectangular wave output

Select a relative position encoder with an A/B phase difference and Z-phase width at the maximum feedrate that
satisfies the following conditions.
Use an A, B, Z-phase signal type with differential output (RS-422 standard product) for the output signal.

Phase difference
Output circuit
A, B, Z-phase

A-phase

A, B, Z-phase
B-phase

1 cycle

Z-phase

1/4 cycle or more

Integer mm
For a scale having multiple Z phases, select the neighboring
Z phases whose distance is an integral mm.

(Note) The above value is minimum value that can be received normally in the servo drive unit side.
In an actual selection, ensure margin of 20% or more in consideration of degradation of electrical wave and
speed overshoot.

< Example of scale specifications >

The example of using representative rectangular wave scale is shown below.
For specifications of each conversion unit and scale and for purchase, Contact each corresponding manufacture directly.

Minimum detection Tolerable maximum

Manufacturer Encoder type Interface unit type
resolution speed
1.0μm 180m/min
SR67A
0.5μm 125m/min
Magnescale Co., Ltd SR74 Not required
0.1μm 25m/min
SR84
0.05μm 12m/min
IBV 101 (10 divisions) 0.5μm 120m/min
LS187
HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION IBV 102 (100divisions) 0.05μm 24m/min
LS487
IBV 660B (400divisions) 0.0125μm 7.5m/min

< Contact information about machine side encoder >

- Magnescale Co., Ltd: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/language/english/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.com/

IB-1501124-D 162
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) Absolute position encoder

The applicable absolute position encoders are as follows.

Minimum detection Tolerable maximum

Manufacturer Encoder type Interface unit type
resolution speed
Mitsubishi Electric 0.00009°
MBA405W Series (Provided) 3000r/min
Corporation (4,000,000p/rev)
SR67A 0.1μm
SR77 Not required 0.05μm 200m/min
SR87 0.01μm
Magnescale 0.0000429°
2,000r/min
(8,388,608p/rev)
RU77 Not required
0.0000107
2,000r/min
(33,554,432p/rev)
LC193M 0.05μm
Not required 180m/min
LC493M 0.01μm
LC195M 0.01μm
Not required 180m/min
LC495M 0.001μm
LC291M Not required 0.01μm 180m/min
HEIDENHAIN
CORPORATION 0.0000429°
RCN223M Not required 1,500r/min
(8,388,608p/rev)
0.0000027°
RCN227M Not required 1,500r/min
(134,217,728p/rev)
RCN727M 0.0000027°
Not required 300r/min
RCN827M (134,217,728p/rev)
AT343 Not required 0.05μm 120m/min
AT543 Not required 0.05μm 150m/min
Mitutoyo Corporation 0.00488
AT545 Not required 150m/min
(20/4096)μm
ST748 Not required 0.1μm 300m/min
0.000043°
MPRZ Series ADB-20J71 10,000r/min
(8,388,608p/rev)
MPS Series ADB-20J60 0.05μm 3600m/min
Mitsubishi Heavy 0.00005°
Industries Machine Tool (7,200,000p/rev)
MPI Series ADB-20J60 or 5,000r/min
0.000025°
(14,400,000p/rev)
SAM Series Not required 0.05μm 120m/min
SVAM Series Not required 0.05μm 120m/min
GAM Series Not required 0.05μm 120m/min
LAM Series Not required 0.1μm 120m/min
FAGOR Automation
0.0000429°
6000r/min
(8,388,608p/rev)
HAM Series Not required
0.0000027°
6000r/min
(134,217,728p/rev)
0.05μm
RL40N Series Not required 6,000m/min
0.001μm
0.0000429°
Renishaw plc. 36000r/min
(8,388,608p/rev)
RA Series Not required
0.0000027°
36000r/min
(134,217,728p/rev)
1μm 600 m/min
LMFA Series
0.25μm 150m/min
Not required
1μm 300m/min
LMBA Series
0.25μm 150m/min
AMO 250,000r/rev
500,000r/rev
WMFA Series
1,000,000r/rev
WMBA Series Not required 14000r/min
2,000,000r/rev
WMRA Series
4,000,000r/rev
8,000,000r/rev
Schneeberger AMS-ABS-3B Series Not required 0.05μm 180m/min

163 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Contact information about machine side encoder >

- Magnescale Co., Ltd.: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/language/english/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.com/
- Mitutoyo Corporation: http://www.mitutoyo.co.jp/eng/
- Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Machine Tool: http://www.mhi-machinetool.com/en/index.html
- FAGOR Automation: http://www.fagorautomation.com/
- Renishaw plc.: http://www.renishaw.com/
- SCHNEEBERGER AG: https://www.schneeberger.com
- AMO (Automatisierung Messtechnik Optik) GmbH : http://www.amo-gmbh.com/en/

CAUTION
1. Confirm the specifications of each encoder manufacturer before using machine side encoders made by other
manufacturers.
2. Refer to "Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBA Series)" for details of the specifications of MBA405W.

IB-1501124-D 164
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.1.5 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBA Series)

(1) Type description

MBA 405W-B (1) (2)

() (2)
Symbol Drum outer diameter Symbol Drum inner diameter

E Φ100 mm 082 Φ82 mm

F Φ150.3 mm 125 Φ125 mm
G Φ200.6 mm 160 Φ160 mm

(2) Specifications

Encoder type MBA405W-BE082 MBA405W-BF125 MBA405W-BG160

Encoder resolution 4,000,000p/rev
Detection method Absolute position method (battery backup method)
Electrical Accuracy (*1) (*2) ±4 seconds ±3 seconds ±2 seconds
characteristics Wave number within one rotation 512 waves 768 waves 1024 waves
Encoder output data Serial data
Power consumption 0.2A or less
Mechanical Inertia 0.5×10-3kg・m2 2.4×10-3kg・m2 8.7×10-3kg・m2
characteristics
for rotation Tolerable continuous rotation speed 3000r/min 2000r/min 1500r/min
Drum inner diameter Φ82mm Φ125mm Φ160mm
Mechanical Drum outer diameter Φ100mm Φ150.3mm Φ200.6mm
configuration Drum mass 0.2kg 0.46kg 1.0kg
Degree of protection (*3) IP67
Ambient temperature range 0°C to +55°C
Storage temperature range -20°C to +85°C
Working Humidity 95%RH
environment Horizontal direction to the axis: 5G or less,
Vibration resistance
Vertical direction to the axis: 5G or less
Impact resistance 490m/s2 (50G)
(*1) The values above are typical values after the calibration with our shipping test device and are not guaranteed.
(*2) The user is requested to install the magnetic drum and installation ring in the encoder within the accuracy
range specified herein. Even when the accuracy of the encoder when shipped and when installed by the user
is both within the specified range, there is a difference in the installation position. Therefore, the accuracy at
the time of our shipment may not be acquired.
(*3) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.

(3) Specifications of preamplifier

Item Specified value

Output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F
Working ambient temperature 0°C to +55°C
Working ambient humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere No toxic gases
Horizontal direction to the axis: 5G or less,
Tolerable vibration
Vertical direction to the axis: 5G or less
Tolerable impact 490m/s2 (50G)
Tolerable power voltage DC5V±10%
Mass 0.33kg
Degree of protection (*2) IP67
(*1) The values above are the specified values for the preamplifier provided with a twin-head magnetic encoder.
(*2) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.

165 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(4) Outline dimension drawing

< MBA405W-BE082 >
[Unit: mm]
Main head IP67

(Distance between magnetic

drum and sensor head)
0.35
8-Ǿ3.4 hole 21.5
Cable length 1200 evenly spaced around Ǿ90 circumference
(Drum installation hole)
Hirose Electric 20
RM15WTPZ-12P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state) 4-Ǿ5.5 6 Installation ring
evenly spaced around Ǿ124 circumference
Installation ring hole
MC2D009
9.5 ±0.2
Installation ring
(Dimension from the bottom
of installation ring to the
45°

45°
bottom of magnetic drum)

MBA4 2
Ǿ

BE08 6EOK
CN1-1

A 6W
82 +

05W-
(D 0.
dia rum 0 03

*
Magnetic drum
me inn

Ǿ140 -0.015
ter er
)
outer diameter Ǿ22

Ǿ104
0
00
1 ter
Ǿ ou 2-M5 pulling tap
CN1-2

m r)
Connector

ru ete around Ǿ124 circumference

(D iam

45°
d
45°

A
BE 6W
MBA4082 6EOK
05W- *

SC2D005

Magnetic drum
20

Z-phase signal position mark

35
Magnetic drum

C
centering track

1.
5
Sub head IP67

< MBA405W-BF125 >

[Unit: mm]
23.5
Cable length 1200
Main head IP67 8-Ǿ4.5 hole 22
evenly spaced around Ǿ134 circumference Installation ring
(Drum installation hole) 8
Hirose Electric 4-Ǿ5.5
RM15WTPZ-12P(72) evenly spaced around Ǿ174 circumference
(IP67 in the fitting state) Installation ring hole
MC2D009

Installation ring 11.5 ±0.2

inner side non-circular

(Distance between magnetic

(Dimension from the bottom

45

of installation ring to the

drum and sensor head)
(Installation ring
45°

bottom of magnetic drum)

150.5

MBA4 5
BF12 6EOK
A 6W

05W
-

Magnetic drum
part)

*
CN1-1

0.35

Ǿ190 -0.015

R78
outer diameter Ǿ22

(D Ǿ
ru 15
CN1-2

m 0.3 2-M5 pulling tap

eter)
Connector

ou
ter around Ǿ174 circumference
5 +0.03

dia
diam

me
ter
0

)
inner

45°
45°

Ǿ12
(Drum

A
BF 6W
MB 125 6EOK
A405 *
W-

SC2D005 Magnetic drum

20

Z-phase signal position mark

C

35 Magnetic drum
1.
5

centering track
Sub head IP67

IB-1501124-D 166
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< MBA405W-BG160 >

[Unit: mm]
25.5
Cable length 1200 8-Ǿ5.5 hole 24
Main head IP67
evenly spaced around Ǿ170 circumference 10
(Drum installation hole) Installation ring

4-Ǿ6.6
evenly spaced around Ǿ226 circumference
Hirose Electric
Installation ring hole
RM15WTPZ-12P(72) MC2D009

(IP67 in the fitting state)

Installation ring 13.5 ±0.2
(Dimension from the

magnetic drum and

(Distance between
bottom of installation ring
to the bottom of mag-

(Installation ring
inner side non-
netic drum)

sensor head)
45°

circular part)

45°
200.8

MBA4160
BG 6EOK
A 6W

05W-
0.35
Magnetic drum
CN1-1

*
outer diameter Ǿ22

5
+0.0 ter)
160 0 iame

Ǿ242 -0.015
Ǿ ner d
m in
(Dru

0
Connector

(D Ǿ
ru 20
m 0.6 2-M5 pulling tap
ou
CN1-2

ter around Ǿ226 circumference

dia
3

me
R10

ter

45°
)

A
BG 6W
MB 160 6EOK
45

A405W *
-
°

SC2D005 Magnetic drum

20

Z-phase signal position mark

35 Magnetic drum

C
1.
centering track

5
Sub head IP67

< Preamplifier (common) >

[Unit: mm]
100
Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZBK-12S(72) 4-Ǿ3.4 hole
(IP67 in the fitting state)
78

66

Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)
CN1-1

CN2

□□□□□□□□ ENCODER MBA405W-BG160 Hirose Electric

61
67

SER. J5AVV6W6EOK DATE 1206

Protective cap
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP.
A0
MADE IN JAPAN
×I
RM15TR-C4(71)
CN1-2

CN3

Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZB-10P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)
Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZBK-12S(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)

105
29

Preamplifier

167 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Explanation of connectors >

Connector name Application

CN1-1 For connection with scale (main head)
CN1-2 For connection with scale (sub head)
CN2 For connection with servo drive unit
CN3 For connection with motor thermistor

< Connector pin layout >

1 9 8 1 8

2 10 12 7 2 9 7

3 11 6 3 10 6
4 5 4 5

CN2 < Drive unit > CN3 < Thermistor>

Pin No. Function Pin No. Function

1 - 1 -
2 BT 2 -
3 SD 3 MT1-i
4 SD* 4 -
5 SHD 5 -
6 MT1 6 -
7 RQ 7 -
8 RQ* 8 -
9 P5 9 MT2-i
10 LG 10 -
11 MT2 11 -
12 CNT 12 -

IB-1501124-D 168
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.2 Spindle Options

According to the spindle control to be adopted, select the spindle side encoder based on the following table.

(1) No-variable speed control

(When spindle and motor are directly coupled or coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio)

Spindle
Control specifications Without spindle side encoder With spindle side encoder
control item
Normal cutting control ●
Spindle control Constant surface speed control (lathe) ●
Thread cutting (lathe) ●
1-point orientation control ●
Orientation control Multi-point orientation control ● This normally is not used for no-
Orientation indexing ● variable speed control.
Synchronous tap Standard synchronous tap ●
control Synchronous tap after zero point return ●
Spindle Without phase alignment function ●
synchronous
control
With phase alignment function ●
C-axis control C-axis control ● (Note 2) ●

(Note 1) ● :Control possible

x :Control not possible
(Note 2) When spindle and motor are coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio, use of a spindle side encoder is recommended to assure
the precision.

(2) Variable speed control

(When using V-belt, or when spindle and motor are connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1)

With spindle side encoder

Spindle Without spindle side TS5690/ERM280/
Control specifications Proximity
control item encoder MPCI/MBE405W OSE-1024
switch
Series
Normal cutting control ● ● ● ●
Spindle Constant surface speed
● (Note 2) ● ● ● (Note 2)
control control (lathe)
Thread cutting (lathe) x ● ● x
1-point orientation control x ● ● ● (Note 4)
Orientation Multi-point orientation
x ● ● x
control control
Orientation indexing x ● ● x
Standard synchronous tap ● (Note 3) ● ● ● (Note 3)
Synchronous
Synchronous tap after zero
tap control x ● ● x
point return
Without phase alignment
Spindle ● (Note 2) ● ● ● (Note 2)
function
synchronous
With phase alignment
control x ● ● x
function
C-axis control C-axis control x ● x x
(Note 1) ● :Control possible
x :Control not possible
(Note 2) Control not possible when connected with the V-belt.
(Note 3) Control not possible when connected with other than the gears.
(Note 4) Orientation is carried out after the spindle is stopped when a proximity switch is used.
As for 2-axis spindle drive unit, setting is available only for one of the axes.

(3) Cautions for connecting the spindle end with an OSE-1024 encoder
[1] Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the encoder is 1:1.
[2] Use a timing belt when connecting by a belt.

169 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.2.1 Spindle Side ABZ Pulse Output Encoder (OSE-1024 Series)

When a spindle and motor are connected with a V-belt, or connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1, use this spindle side
encoder to detect the position and speed of the spindle. Also use this encoder when orientation control and synchronous tap
control, etc are executed under the above conditions.

(1) Specifications

Encoder type OSE-1024-3-15-68 OSE-1024-3-15-68-8

Inertia 0.1x10-4kgm2 or less 0.1x10-4kgm2 or less
Mechanical
Shaft friction torque 0.98Nm or less 0.98Nm or less
characteristic
s for rotation Shaft angle acceleration 104rad/s2 or less 104rad/s2 or less
Tolerable continuous rotation speed 6000 r/min 8000 r/min
Bearing maximum non-lubrication time 20000h/6000r/min 20000h/8000r/min
Shaft run-out
0.02mm or less 0.02mm or less
(position 15mm from end)
10kg/20kg 10kg/20kg
Tolerable load
Mechanical Half of value Half of value
(thrust direction/radial direction)
configuration during operation during operation
Mass 1.5kg 1.5kg
Degree of protection IP54
Squareness of flange to shaft 0.05mm or less
Flange matching eccentricity 0.05mm or less
Ambient temperature range -5°C to +55°C
Storage temperature range -20°C to +85°C
Working Humidity 95%Ph
environment 5 to 50Hz, total vibration width 1.5mm,
Vibration resistance
each shaft for 30min.
Impact resistance 294.20m/s2 (30G)
(Note) Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the encoder is 1:1.

(2) Detection signals

Signal name Number of detection pulses

A, B phase 1024p/rev
Z phase 1p/rev

Connector pin layout

Pin Function Pin Function
A A+ signal K 0V
B Z+ signal L -
C B+ signal M -
D - N A- signal
E Case grounding P Z- signal
F - R B- signal
G - S -
H +5V T -
J -

IB-1501124-D 170
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Outline dimension drawings

102 33 ‫ غ‬68

‫ غ‬56
Ǿ68

Ǿ50
MS3102A20 -29P 4-Ǿ5.4 hole

3 2
- 0.11

- 0.006
- 0.017
0

+0.012
Ǿ14.3

2 5 0
Ǿ15

- 0.009
- 0.025
Ǿ 16

+0.05
Ǿ50

1.15
+0.14 0 3
0
20
Shaft section

Key way magnified figure [Unit: mm]

Spindle side encoder (OSE-1024-3-15-68, OSE-1024-3-15-68-8)

171 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.2.2 Spindle Side PLG Serial Output Encoder (TS5690, MU1606 Series)
This encoder is used when a more accurate synchronous tapping control or C-axis control than OSE encoder is performed to
the spindle which is not directly-connected to the spindle motor.

(1) Type configuration

<Sensor type>

TS5690N (1) (2)

(1) (2)
The number of compatible
Symbol Symbol Length of the cable
detection gear teeth
64 64 10 400mm
12 128 20 800mm
25 256 30 1200mm
40 1600mm
60 2000mm

<Detection gear type>

MU1606N (1) (2)

(1) (2) Each specification number

The number of
Symbol
detection gear teeth
6 64
7 128
8 256

(2) Specifications

Series type TS5690N64xx TS5690N12xx TS5690N25xx

xx (The end of the type
10 20 30 40 60 10 20 30 40 60 10 20 30 40 60
Sensor name)
400 800 1200 1600 2000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Length of lead [mm]
±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30 ±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30 ±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30
Type MU1606N601 MU1606N709 MU1606N805
The number of teeth 64 128 256
Detection Outer diameter [mm] Φ52.8 Φ104.0 Φ206.4
gear Inner diameter [mm] Φ40H5 Φ80H5 Φ140H5
Thickness [mm] 12 12 14
Shrink fitting [mm] 0.020 to 0.040 0.030 to 0.055 0.050 to 0.085
Notched Outer diameter [mm] Φ72.0 Φ122.0 Φ223.6
fitting Outer diameter
+0.010 to +0.060 -0.025 to +0.025 -0.025 to +0.025
section tolerance [mm]
The number A/B phase 64 128 256
of output
Z phase 1 1 1
pulse
Detection resolution [p/rev] 2 million 4 million 8 million
Absolute accuracy at stop 150" 100" 95"
Tolerable speed [r/min] 40,000 20,000 10,000
Signal output Mitsubishi high-speed serial

CAUTION
1.Selected encoders must be able to tolerate the maximum rotation speed of the spindle.
2.Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above.

IB-1501124-D 172
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Outline dimension drawings

CAUTION
Always apply the notched fitting section machining with the specified dimensions to the sensor installation surface.

< TS5690N64xx + MU1606N601 >

[Unit: mm]
Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4
(For M4 screw) Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
100±10 Housing (Cap) #172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Sensor mounting Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty : 1
face (Note 4) A
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty : 9
Ǿ7
A 23.7
29 50 Name plate
38 Sensor model and
16.5
2-Ǿ5.8 14.5 Serial No. written
5
Ground
5.5
Gap 0.3±0.05

31.1
Central line of

18.7
detection gear
10.3

(Note 4)

51.4
3.3
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ52.8

C part
C0
.5

.5
C0

+0.011

(Note 2)
0
Ǿ40H5

D part (Note 3)
Ǿ2 hole for identification

Detection gear

8 4 One notch (For Z

12 phase signal) Projection for
connector lock
The number of teeth 64 22
(For A, B phase signals) 14
3 2 1
RQ MT1 MT2
16

6 5 4
SD* SD RQ*
9 8 7
(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component. FG 5G +5V
Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault. Pin layout of output
+ 0.060 Seen from Arrow A connector
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ72 + 0.010 mm
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat
against the fitting.
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side). 3
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5±0.25mm from Sensor mounting face
the sensor mounting face.
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached.
Sensor Detection gear
Ǿ72 +0.060
+0.010

Parts name Lead wire length A [mm] Parts name

TS5690N6410 400±10
TS5690N6420 800±20
TS5690N6430 1200±20 MU1606N601
TS5690N6440 1600±30
TS5690N6460 2000±30 Encoder mounting face of machine side

173 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< TS5690N12xx + MU1606N709 >

[Unit: mm]
Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4
(For M4 screw) Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
100±10 Housing (Cap) #172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Sensor mounting Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty: 1
face (Note 4) A
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty: 9

Ǿ7
A 23.7
Name plate
29 50
Sensor model and
16.5 38
Serial No. written
2-Ǿ5.8 14.5
5
Ground
5.5
Gap 0.3±0.05

31.1
Central line of R1

18.7
detection gear
10.3

(Note 4)

3.3 C part (Note 2)

77
.5

C0
C0

.5

D part (Note 3)
Ǿ2 hole for
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ104

identification
Ǿ80H5

90 2-M5 screw

Detection
gear 3
Sensor mounting face

8 4
One notch (For Z
Ǿ122±0.025

12 phase signal)

The number of teeth 128

(For A, B phase signals)

(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component.

Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault. Encoder mounting face
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ122±0.025 of machine side
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat
against the fitting.
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side). Projection for
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5±0.25mm connector lock
from the sensor mounting face.
22
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached.
14
3 2 1
Sensor Detection gear RQ MT1 MT2
6 5 4
16

Parts name Lead wire length A Parts name SD* SD RQ*

9 8 7
TS5690N1210 400±10 FG 5G +5V

TS5690N1220 800±20 Pin layout of output

TS5690N1230 1200±20 MU1606N709 Seen from Arrow A connector
TS5690N1240 1600±30
TS5690N1260 2000±30

IB-1501124-D 174
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< TS5690N25xx + MU1606N805 >

[Unit: mm]
Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
Housing (Cap) #172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty: 9
Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty: 1

Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4

(For M4 screw)
100±10
Sensor mounting 50

Ǿ7
face (Note 4) 29 38
16.5 5.5
5 14.5

Gap 0.3±0.05
2-Ǿ5.8
Ground 23.7
Central line of
detection gear R1 Name plate

31.1
18.7
Sensor model and
10.3

(Note 4)
3.3 Serial No. written

C part (Note 2)

128.2
C0.

D part (Note 3)
.5
C0

Ǿ2 hole for
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ206.4

identification
+0.018
Ǿ160

Ǿ140H5 0
Ǿ160

180 2-M8 screw

Detection gear

The number of teeth 256

(For A, B phase signals)
One notch (For Z
8 4 phase signal)
1 12 1 3
14 Sensor mounting face
Ǿ223.6±0.025

(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component.

Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault.
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ223.6±0.025
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat Encoder mounting
against the fitting. face of machine side
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side).
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5±0.25mm
from the sensor mounting face.
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached. Projection for
connector lock
Sensor Detection gear 22
Parts name Lead wire length A [mm] Parts name 14
3 2 1
TS5690N2510 400±10 RQ MT1 MT2
16

6 5 4
SD* SD RQ*
TS5690N2520 800±20 9 8 7
FG 5G +5V
TS5690N2530 1200±20 MU1606N805
TS5690N2540 Pin layout of
1600±30 Seen from Arrow A output connector
TS5690N2560 2000±30

175 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.2.3 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder (MBE Series)

(1) Type description

MBE 405W-B (1) (2)

() (2)
Symbol Drum outer diameter Symbol Drum inner diameter

E Φ100mm 082 Φ82mm

F Φ150.3mm 125 Φ125mm
G Φ200.6mm 160 Φ160mm

(2) Specifications

Encoder type MBE405W-BE082 MBE405W-BF125 MBE405W-BG160

Encoder resolution 4,000,000p/rev
Detection method Incremental
Electrical Accuracy (*1) (*2) ±4 seconds ±3 seconds ±2 seconds
characteristics Wave number within one rotation 512 waves 768 waves 1024 waves
Encoder output data Serial data
Power consumption 0.2A or less
Mechanical Inertia 0.5×10-3kg・m2 2.4×10-3kg・m2 8.7×10-3kg・m2
characteristics
for rotation Tolerable continuous rotation speed 15000r/min 10000r/min 8000r/min
Drum inner diameter Φ82mm Φ125mm Φ160mm
Mechanical Drum outer diameter Φ100mm Φ150.3mm Φ200.6mm
configuration Drum mass 0.2kg 0.46kg 1.0kg
Degree of protection (*3) IP67
Ambient temperature range 0°C to +55°C
Storage temperature range -20°C to +85°C
Working Humidity 95%RH
environment Horizontal direction to the axis: 5G or less,
Vibration resistance
Vertical direction to the axis: 5G or less
Impact resistance 490m/s2 (50G)
(*1) The values above are typical values after the calibration with our shipping test device and are not guaranteed.
(*2) The user is requested to install the magnetic drum and installation ring in the encoder within the accuracy
range specified herein. Even when the accuracy of the encoder when shipped and when installed by the user
is both within the specified range, there is a difference in the installation position. Therefore, the accuracy at
the time of our shipment may not be acquired.
(*3) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.

(3) Specifications of preamplifier

Item Specified value

Output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F
Working ambient temperature 0°C to +55°C
Working ambient humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere No toxic gases
Horizontal direction to the axis: 5G or less,
Tolerable vibration
Vertical direction to the axis: 5G or less
Tolerable impact 490m/s2 (50G)
Tolerable power voltage DC5V±10%
Mass 0.33kg
Degree of protection (*2) IP67
(*1) The values above are the specified values for the preamplifier provided with a twin-head magnetic encoder.
(*2) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.

IB-1501124-D 176
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

（4) Outline dimension drawing

< MBE405W-BE082 >
[Unit: mm]
Main head IP67

(Distance between magnetic

drum and sensor head)
0.35
8-Ǿ3.4 hole 21.5
Cable length 1200 evenly spaced around Ǿ90 circumference
(Drum installation hole)
Hirose Electric 20
RM15WTPZ-12P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state) 4-Ǿ5.5 6 Installation ring
evenly spaced around Ǿ124 circumference
Installation ring hole
MC2D009
9.5 ±0.2
Installation ring
(Dimension from the bottom
of installation ring to the
45°

45°
bottom of magnetic drum)

MBA4 2
Ǿ

BE08 6EOK
CN1-1

A 6W
82 +

05W-
(D 0.
dia rum 0 03

*
Magnetic drum
me inn

Ǿ140 -0.015
ter er
)
outer diameter Ǿ22

Ǿ104
0
00
1 ter
Ǿ ou 2-M5 pulling tap
CN1-2

m r)
Connector

ru ete around Ǿ124 circumference

(D iam

45°
d
45°

A
BE 6W
MBA4082 6EOK
05W- *

SC2D005

Magnetic drum
20

Z-phase signal position mark

35
Magnetic drum

C
centering track

1.
5
Sub head IP67

< MBE405W-BF125 >

[Unit: mm]
23.5
Cable length 1200
Main head IP67 8-Ǿ4.5 hole 22
evenly spaced around Ǿ134 circumference Installation ring
(Drum installation hole) 8
Hirose Electric 4-Ǿ5.5
RM15WTPZ-12P(72) evenly spaced around Ǿ174 circumference
(IP67 in the fitting state) Installation ring hole
MC2D009

Installation ring 11.5 ±0.2

inner side non-circular

(Distance between magnetic

(Dimension from the bottom

45

of installation ring to the

drum and sensor head)
(Installation ring
45°

bottom of magnetic drum)

150.5

MBA4 5
BF12 6EOK
A 6W

05W
-

Magnetic drum
part)

*
CN1-1

0.35

Ǿ190 -0.015

R78
outer diameter Ǿ22

(D Ǿ
ru 15
CN1-2

m 0.3 2-M5 pulling tap

eter)
Connector

ou
ter around Ǿ174 circumference
5 +0.03

dia
diam

me
ter
0

)
inner

45°
45°

Ǿ1 2
(Drum

A
BF 6W
MB 125 6EOK
A405 *
W-

SC2D005 Magnetic drum

20

Z-phase signal position mark

C

35 Magnetic drum
1.
5

centering track
Sub head IP67

177 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< MBE405W-BG160 >

[Unit: mm]
25.5
Cable length 1200 8-Ǿ5.5 hole 24
Main head IP67
evenly spaced around Ǿ170 circumference 10
(Drum installation hole) Installation ring

4-Ǿ6.6
evenly spaced around Ǿ226 circumference
Hirose Electric
Installation ring hole
RM15WTPZ-12P(72) MC2D009

(IP67 in the fitting state)

Installation ring 13.5 ±0.2
(Dimension from the

magnetic drum and

(Distance between
bottom of installation ring
to the bottom of mag-

(Installation ring
inner side non-
netic drum)

sensor head)
45°

circular part)

45°
200.8

MBA4160
BG 6EOK
A 6W

05W-
0.35
Magnetic drum
CN1-1

*
outer diameter Ǿ22

5
+0.0 ter)
160 0 iame

Ǿ242 -0.015
Ǿ ner d
m in
(Dru

0
Connector

(D Ǿ
ru 20
m 0.6 2-M5 pulling tap
ou
CN1-2

ter around Ǿ226 circumference

dia
3

me
R10

ter

45°
)

A
BG 6W
MB 160 6EOK
45

A405W *
-
°

SC2D005 Magnetic drum

20

Z-phase signal position mark

35 Magnetic drum

C
1.
centering track

5
Sub head IP67

< Preamplifier (common) >

[Unit: mm]
100
Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZBK-12S(72) 4-Ǿ3.4 hole
(IP67 in the fitting state)
78

66

Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZB-12P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)
CN1-1

CN2

□□□□□□□□ ENCODER MBA405W-BG160 Hirose Electric

61
67

SER. J5AVV6W6EOK DATE 1206

Protective cap
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP.
A0
MADE IN JAPAN
×I
RM15TR-C4(71)
CN1-2

CN3

Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZB-10P(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)
Hirose Electric
RM15WTRZBK-12S(72)
(IP67 in the fitting state)

105
29

Preamplifier

IB-1501124-D 178
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Explanation of connectors >

Connector name Application

CN1-1 For connection with scale (main head)
CN1-2 For connection with scale (sub head)
CN2 For connection with spindle drive unit
CN3 For connection with motor thermistor

< Connector pin layout >

1 9 8 1 8

2 10 12 7 2 9 7

3 11 6 3 10 6
4 5 4 5

CN2 < Drive unit > CN3 < Thermistor>

Pin No. Function Pin No. Function

1 - 1 -
2 - 2 -
3 SD 3 MT1-i
4 SD* 4 -
5 SHD 5 -
6 MT1 6 -
7 RQ 7 -
8 RQ* 8 -
9 P5 9 MT2-i
10 LG 10 -
11 MT2 11 -
12 CNT 12 -

179 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.2.4 Spindle Side Accuracy Serial Output Encoder (ERM280, MPCI Series)
(Other Manufacturer's Product)
C-axis control encoder is used in order to perform an accurate C-axis control.

Minimum detection Tolerable maximum

Manufacturer Encoder type Interface unit type
resolution speed
EIB192M C4 1200 0.0000183°
ERM280 1200 20000 r/min
HEIDENHAIN EIB392M C4 1200 (19,660,800p/rev)
CORPORATION EIB192M C6 2048 0.0000107°
ERM280 2048 11718 r/min
EIB392M C6 2048 (33,554,432p/rev)
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries 0.00005°
MPCI series ADB-20J20 10000 r/min
Machine Tool (7200000p/rev)

<Contact information about machine side encoder>

- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.com/
- Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Machine Tool: http://www.mhi-machinetool.com/en/index.html

CAUTION
Confirm specifications of each encoder manufacturer before using the machine side encoder.

5.2.5 Machine Side Encoder

Refer to the section "5.1.4 Machine Side Encoder".

IB-1501124-D 180
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3 Encoder Interface Unit

5.3.1 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder MDS-B-HR
This unit superimposes the scale analog output raw waves, and generates high resolution position data. Increasing the
encoder resolution is effective for the servo high-gain. MDS-B-HR-12(P) is used for the synchronous control system that 1-
scale 2-drive operation is possible.

(1) Type configuration

MDS-B-HR- (1) (2)

(1) Signal division function class (2) Degree of protection

Symbol Scale output voltage class Symbol Degree of protection
11 Output number 1 None IP65
12 Output number 2 (with division) P IP67

(2) Specifications

Type MDS-B-HR- 11 12 11P 12P

Compatible scale (example) LS186 / LS486 / LS186C / LS486C (HEIDENHAIN)
Signal 2-division function - * - *
Analog signal input
A-phase, B-phase, Z-phase (Amplitude 1Vp-p)
specifications
Compatible frequency Analog raw waveform max. 200kHz
Scale resolution Analog raw waveform/512 division
Input/output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
Working ambient temperature 0 to 55°C
Working ambient humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere No toxic gases
Tolerable vibration 98.0 m/s2 (10G)
Tolerable impact 294.0 m/s2 (30G)
Tolerable power voltage 5VDC±5%
Maximum heating value 2W
Mass 0.5kg or less
Degree of protection IP65 IP67

181 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Explanation of connectors

Connector
Application Remarks
name
CON1 For connection with servo drive unit (2nd system) Not provided for 1-part system specifications
CON2 For connection with servo drive unit
CON3 For connection with scale
For connection with pole detection unit
CON4 *Used for linear servo system
(MDS-B-MD)

CON1 CON2 CON3 CON4

Pin No. Function Pin No. Function Pin No. Function Pin No. Function
1 RQ+ signal 1 RQ+ signal 1 A+ phase signal 1 A phase signal
2 RQ- signal 2 RQ- signal 2 A- phase signal 2 REF signal
3 SD+ signal 3 SD+ signal 3 B+ phase signal 3 B phase signal
4 SD- signal 4 SD- signal 4 B- phase signal 4 REF signal
5 P5 5 P5 5 Z+ phase signal 5 P24
6 P5 6 P5 6 Z- phase signal 6 MOH signal
7 GND 7 GND 7 - 7 P5
8 GND 8 GND 8 - 8 P5
9 - 9 TH signal
10 - 10 GND
11 P5
12 GND

< Connector pin layout >

Connector Type
CON1
RM15WTR-8P (Hirose Electric)
CON2
CON3 RM15WTR-12S (Hirose Electric)
CON4 RM15WTR-10S (Hirose Electric)

1 7 8 9 1 8 1

2 6 7 12 2 7 9 2
8
10
6 11 3 6 10 3
3 5
4 5 4 5 4

CON1 CON3 CON4

CON2

(4) Outline dimension drawings

6.5 152 6.5 46
5‫ޓ‬

RM15WTR-10S
CON4
CON2

RM15WTR-8Px2
70

CON3
CON1

RM15WTR-12S
5‫ޓ‬

40
4-5 DIA.

165 [Unit:mm]

IB-1501124-D 182
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(5) Example of wiring

MDS-D2/DH2-V1/V2/V3/SP/SP2 MDS-D2/DH2-CV

MDS-B-HR
CON1 CON2

(Note 1)
CN2/3

(Note 3) (Note 5)
CON3 CON4

(Note 4)

(Note 2)
Motor/Machine
end encoder

Control panel Grounding bar

(Note 1) Install the MDS-B-HR unit outside the control panel.

(Note 2) For connections between an encoder and MDS-B-HR unit, keep the cable length as short as possible.
(Note 3) Ground the MDS-B-HR unit.
(Note 4) Place a ferrite core as close as possible to the MDS-B-HR unit.
Wind the cable around the unit one time when installing a ferrite core.
(Note 5) Use shielded cables and join the shield to the connector shell.

183 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3.2 Serial Signal Division Unit MDS-B-SD

This unit has a function to divide the position and speed signals fed back from the high-speed serial encoder and high-speed
serial linear scale. This unit is used to carry out synchronized control of the motor with two MDS-D2/DH2-V1 drive units.

(1) Specifications

Type MDS-B-SD
Compatible servo drive unit MDS-D2/DH2-V1- □
Input/output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
Working ambient temperature 0 to 55°C
Working ambient humidity 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Atmosphere No toxic gases
Tolerable vibration 98.0 m/s2 (10G)
Tolerable impact 294.0 m/s2 (30G)
Tolerable power voltage 5VDC±10%
Maximum heating value 4W
Mass 0.5kg or less
Degree of protection IP20

POINT
Always provide one MDS-B-SD unit for one speed command synchronous control operation.
The CN2 system's CN2A and the CN3 system's CN3A cannot be connected to different servo drive units.

(2) Explanation of connectors

Encoder connector : CN2

Pin No. Name Pin No. Name
1 LG 11 LG
2 12
3 13
4 14
5 15
6 SD 16 SD*
7 RQ 17 RQ*
8 18
9 BAT 19
10 P5 (+5V) 20 P5 (+5V)

< Connector pin layout >

Encoder connector㸸 CN2

Pin No.

No.1 No.11

No.10 No.20

IB-1501124-D 184
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Outline dimension drawings

Heat dissipation
allowance
100
40 135

Encoder
CN2 CN3

Primary axis

CN2A CN3A

168
Secondary axis
CN2B CN3B

Heat dissipation and wiring

70 6
6

Wiring
allowance

allowance
150
156

2-M5-0.8 screw

34 6

Mounting hole [Unit: mm]

185 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3.3 Pulse Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder IBV Series
(Other Manufacturer's Product)
(1) Appearance

IBV100 series IBV600 series

(2) Specifications

Type IBV 101 IBV 102 IBV 660B

Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION
Input signal A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
Maximum input frequency 400kHz
Output signal Rectangular wave pulse signal
Interpolation division number Maximum 10 divisions Maximum 100 divisions Maximum 400 divisions
Compatible encoder LS187, LS487 LS187, LS487 LS187, LS487
Minimum detection resolution 0.5μm 0.05μm 0.0125μm
Working temperature 0°C to 70°C
Degree of protection IP65
Mass 300g

(3) Outline dimension drawings

IBV100 series
98

38.5±1 86±0.2
36±0.2

64
21.5

(Note) M4
4.5
.5 7±1
7.5

(Note) This can be fixed with two screws.

M4 × 16 ISO 4762/DIN 912 [Unit: mm]

IBV600 series
57 175
Φ4.3
Φ8.5
40

52±0.2
80

23

59
14

M4 22 74 163±0.2 6

[Unit : mm]

CAUTION
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these products, refer to the manufacturer's information
materials for the product specifications.

IB-1501124-D 186
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3.4 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder EIB192M
(Other Manufacturer's Product)
(1) Appearance

(2) Specifications

Type EIB192M A4 20μm EIB192M C4 1200 EIB192M C4 2048

Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION
Input signal A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
Maximum input frequency 400kHz
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (Mitsu02-4)
Interpolation division number Maximum 16384 divisions
Compatible encoder LS187, LS487 ERM280 1200 ERM280 2048
0.0000183° 0.0000107°
Minimum detection resolution 0.0012μm
(19,660,800p/rev) (33,554,432p/rev)
Working temperature 0°C to 70°C
Degree of protection IP65
Mass 300g

(3) Outline dimension drawings

98

38.5±1 86±0.2
36±0.2

64
21.5

M4
㧔Note㧕
Ǿ4.5
14.5 7±1
Ǿ7.5

㧔Note㧕Two fixing screws㧔M4×16 DIN 912/ISO 4762㧕 [Unit : mm]

CAUTION
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these products, refer to the manufacturer's information
materials for the product specifications.

187 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3.5 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder EIB392M
(Other Manufacturer's Product)
(1) Appearance

(2) Specifications

Type EIB392M A4 20μm EIB392M C4 1200 EIB392M C4 2048

Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION
Input signal A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
Maximum input frequency 400kHz
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (Mitsu02-4)
Interpolation division number Maximum 16384 divisions
Compatible encoder LS187, LS487 ERM280 1200 ERM280 2048
0.0000183° 0.0000107°
Minimum detection resolution 0.0012μm
(19,660,800p/rev) (33,554,432p/rev)
Working temperature 0°C to 70°C
Degree of protection IP40
Mass 140g

(3) Outline dimension drawings

76.5
16.6
33.3

43
Φ4.5

UNC 4/40

[Unit : mm]

CAUTION
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these products, refer to the manufacturer's information
materials for the product specifications.

IB-1501124-D 188
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.3.6 Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder ADB-20J Series
(Other Manufacturer's Product)
(1) Appearance

(2) Specifications

Type ADB-20J20 ADB-20J60 ADB-20J71

Manufacturer Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Machine Tool Co., Ltd.
Maximum response speed 10,000r/min 3,600m/min 5,000r/min 10,000r/min
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal
Compatible encoder MPCI Series MPS Series MPI Series MPRZ Series
0.00005° 0.000025° 0.000043°
Minimum detection resolution 0.05μm
(7,200,000p/rev) (1,440,000p/rev) (8,388,608p/rev)
Working temperature 0°C to 55°C
Degree of protection IP20
Mass 0.9kg

(3) Outline dimension drawings

190
180
160
40
25
5

M4 screw ×4

43
18

Part side Label side

160

CAUTION
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these products, refer to the manufacturer's information
materials for the product specifications.

189 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4 Drive Unit Option

5.4.1 Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022)
When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m (M700V/M70V/E70
Series: maximum 30m, M700/M70/C70 Series: maximum 20m), the communication can be performed by relaying the optical
signal.
Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m can be performed.

<Product features>
(a) When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m, the
communication can be performed by relaying the optical signal.
(b) The relay between NC control unit and drive unit can be performed for up to two channels.
(c) If the distance between NC control unit and drive unit is even within 30m, the cable can be divided by the relay in
transporting the machine.
(d) Same mounting dimension as the remote I/O unit (DX unit).

CAUTION
This unit can not be used between drive units.

(1) Specifications

Item FCU7-EX022
Input voltage 24V±10% (21.6V to 26.4V)
Inrush current 35A
DC24V input
Power consumption 10W
Consumption current 0.4A
Channel number 2 channels
Optical interface
Connectable number Maximum 2
Ambient Operation 0°C to +55°C
temperature Storage -20°C to +60°C
Operation
+10%RH to +75%RH (with no dew condensation)
(long term)
Ambient humidity Operation +10%RH to +95%RH
(short term) (with no dew condensation. Short term is within about one month.)
Environment
Storage +10%RH to +75%RH (with no dew condensation)
Operation 4.9m/s2
Vibration
Transportation 34.3m/s2
Impact resistance Operation 29.4m/s2
Atmosphere No corrosive gas, oil mist, or dust
Dimension (depth)135mm × (width)40mm × (height)168mm
Dimension
Mounting method Screw cramp with M5 2 screw cramps
Mass 0.42kg

IB-1501124-D 190
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) Explanation of connectors

Connector name Application Remarks

OPT1IN,
OPT1OUT,
Optical connector
OPT2IN,
OPT2OUT
DCIN DC24V Power connector
DC24V/ Power OFF detection
DCOUT Relays the PD25/27 output to NC control unit.
output connector
Relays the power OFF detection signal (ACFAIL) when sharing 24V
power from PD25/PD27 for NC control unit and optical communication
ACFAIL Power OFF detection connector repeater unit.
It will not be used when dedicated general-purpose power supply for
optical communication repeater unit is prepared.
FG FG Faston terminal

DCIN DCOUT ACFAIL

Pin No. Name Pin No. Name Pin No. Name Pin No. Name
1 DC24V A1 ACFAIL B1 DC24V 1 COM
2 0V (RG) A2 COM B2 0V (RG) 2 ACFAIL
3 FG A3 NC B3 FG

< Connector pin layout >

Optical communication Power OFF input

I/F (OPT1IN, OPT1OUT, DC24V input (DCIN) DC24V output (DCOUT) ACFAIL FG terminal (FG)
OPT2IN, OPT2OUT) (Terminal name:CF01)
B1 B3

1 3 2 1
FG

A1 A3

< Cable side connector type > < PCB side connector type > < PCB side connector type > < PCB side connector type > < Cable side faston terminal
(PCF type) Connector: 2-178293-5 Connector: 3-178137-5 Connector: 53103-0230 type name >
Connector: CF-2D101-S Recommended Recommended Recommended Type name: 175022-1
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco manufacturer: Tyco manufacturer: MOLEX (For AWG20-14 250 series)
manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics Electronics <Cable side connector type> Recommended
Electronics <Cable side connector type> <Cable side connector type> Connector: 005057-9402 manufacturer: Tyco
(POF type) Connector: 2-178288-3 Connector: 2-178127-6 Contact: 0016020103 Electronics
Connector: PF-2D101 Contact: 1-175218-5 Contact: 1-175218-5 Recommended Terminal protection tube:
Recommended Recommended Recommended manufacturer: 174817-2 (Yellow)
manufacturer: manufacturer: manufacturer: MOLEX [Unit:mm]
Japan Aviation Electronics Tyco Electronics Tyco Electronics
Φ2.0
6.2

5.0
0.9
9.6
0.80.025
Unit side tab terminal shape
(Note) The faston terminal
"175022-1" of the cable side
is a simple lock type. Make
sure to insert until the simple
lock pin is in the Φ second
hole. Firmly press the simple
lock release tab when
unplugging it.

191 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Outline dimension drawings

[Unit: mm]

2-M5-0.8 screw
5 40 135

6
OPT1IN

OPT1OUT

168
OPT2IN

156
OPT2OUT

FUSE

DCOUT

FG

6
34 6

DCIN

ACFAIL

IB-1501124-D 192
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4.2 DC Connection Bar

When connecting a large capacity drive unit with L+L- terminal of power supply unit, DC connection bar is required. In use of
the following large capacity drive units, use a dedicated DC connection bar. The DC connection bar to be used depends on
the connected power supply, so make a selection according to the following table.

Series Large capacity drive unit Power supply unit Required connection bar
MDS-D2-CV-300
MDS-D2-SP-400
MDS-D2-CV-370 D-BAR-B1006
MDS-D2-SP-640
MDS-D2 MDS-D2-CV-450
MDS-D2-SP-400 D-BAR-A1010
MDS-D2-CV-550
MDS-D2-SP-640 (Two-parts set)
MDS-DH2-SP-200
MDS-DH2-CV-550 DH-BAR-A0606
MDS-DH2-SP-320
MDS-DH2-CV-750 (Two-parts set)
MDS-DH2-SP-480
MDS-DH2 MDS-DH2-V1-200 MDS-DH2-CV-300
MDS-DH2-SP-200 MDS-DH2-CV-370 DH-BAR-B0606
MDS-DH2-SP-320 MDS-DH2-CV-450
MDS-DH2-V1-200 MDS-DH2-CV-185 DH-BAR-C0606

(1) Outline dimension drawings

[Unit:mm]
D-BAR-A1010 D-BAR-B1006
24 12 DIA. 12 DIA.
14

7‫ޓ‬
t3
25

15.5
㧔25㧕

12
12.5

37

24
15.5
25

㧔17㧕 57.5 14.5

6.5
89 138

(Note) D-BAR-A1010 is a set of two DC connection bars.

DH-BAR-A0606 DH-BAR-B0606
14 7 DIA. 14
7 DIA.

7‫ޓ‬

15.5
t3
7‫ޓ‬
14
7‫ޓ‬

24

24
15.5
12 46.5 8.5
67
133.5

(Note) DH-BAR-A0606 is a set of two DC connection bars.

DH-BAR-C0606
7 DIA. 14
7‫ޓ‬

15.5
24

24
15.5

93.5

POINT
Always install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of power supply unit, and connect with DC connection bar.

193 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4.3 Side Protection Cover

Install the side protection cover outside the both ends of the connected units.

(Installation method 1): Installation of medium capacity unit

(1): Install the side protection cover

(type: D-COVER-1).
(2): Close the front cover.
(2)
(Note) For MDS-D2-CV-37/75,
install the cover (type: E-COVER-1).
(2)
(1)

(2)

(1)


(Installation method 2): Installation of large capacity unit

< For MDS-D2 Series >

(1) (1): Install the front cover.

(2): Install the side protection cover
(1) on the right side.
(1)

(1)
(1) (1) (2)
(1)
(2)

(1)

IB-1501124-D 194
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< For MDS-DH2 Series >

(2)

(2)

(1) (1): Install the front cover.

(2): Install the side protection cover.
(1)
(1)

(1)
(1) (1) (2)
(1)
(2)

(1)

POINT
< MDS-D2 Series >
One side cover for the large capacity unit is supplied per large capacity power supply unit as standard.
< MDS-DH2 Series >
One side cover for the large capacity unit is supplied per large capacity power supply unit and per large capacity drive unit
as standard, respectively.

195 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4.4 Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-PFU)

MDS-D/DH-PFU unit is a system to protect the machine and the drive units safely by decelerating and stopping the
motor at power failure. There are two unit types of 200V specification and 400V specification in accordance with the NC
servo and spindle system.

(1) Type configuration

MDS- (1) -PFU

(1)
Symbol Voltage class
D 200V
DH 400V

(2) Specifications

Model Name MDS-D-PFU MDS-DH-PFU

380 to 480AC (50/60Hz)
200 to 230AC (50/60Hz)
Rated voltage [V] (Exclusively for earthed-star supply system))
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
AC Input Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -10%
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Rated current [A] 4 2
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC 513 to 648DC
DC Input and
Regenerating Input: MAX 300A Regenerating Input: MAX 200A
output Rated current [A]
Powering Output: MAX 200A Powering Output: MAX 160A
Single phase 200 to 230VAC (50Hz or 60Hz) Single phase 380 to 480VAC (50Hz or 60Hz)
Voltage [V]
50Hz at backup 50Hz at backup
Current [A] MAX 4 MAX 2
AC output for Maximum number of
6 (excluding power supply units)
control power connectable drive units
supply backup Changeover time 100ms or less after instantaneous interruption of AC input
75ms or longer 75ms or longer
Minimum backup time (When 200VAC is input and the maximum number of (When 380VAC is input and the maximum number of
connectable drive units is connected) connectable drive units is connected)
Degree of protection IP20 (Except for Terminal block and Connector)
Operation: 0 to 55°C (with no freezing)
Ambient temperature
Storage / Transportation: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation / Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Environment Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration Operation / Storage: 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) or less
Cooling method Natural air cooling
Mass [kg] 4
Noise Less than 55dB

IB-1501124-D 196
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Outline dimension drawings

< MDS-D-PFU / MDS-DH-PFU >
[Unit : mm]
80

20

15
60.1
22

24
24

380
350
24
11

250.9
189
124.5
92

16.5
15

90 200

197 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(4) Explanation of each part

< MDS-D-PFU / MDS-DH-PFU >

7 segment LED SW1 SW2 SW3

(2) (3)

(1)
(6)
(8)
(4)
(5)
(13)
(7)

(12)

(10)

(11)

(9)

(14)

Compatible
Name Application Screw size
wire
(1) LED --- Unit status indication 7 segment LED --- ---
(2) SW1 --- Function setting rotary switch --- ---
(3) SW2,SW3 --- Function setting DIP switch --- ---
(4) CN40 --- (Not used) --- ---
Control
(5) CN41 --- For connecting MDS-D2/DH2-CV --- ---
l circuit
(6) CN42 --- Maintenance --- ---
(7) CN43 --- DIO --- ---
Charge
(8) --- Voltage status indication between TE4 terminals --- ---
LED
L1
AWG#14
(9) TE1 L2 Control power input terminal (Three-phase AC input) ---
(2mm2)
L3
M6×16 AWG#4
L+ Power backup unit voltage input/output terminal
(10) TE2 Tightening torque (22 mm2) or
L- Connected to the L+ and L- terminals of the power supply unit
4.0Nm above
Power backup unit voltage output terminal (AC output) M4×12
OUT-L11 AWG#14
(11) TE3 Connected to the L11 and L21 terminals of the power supply unit and drive Tightening torque
Main
OUT-L21 (2mm2)
unit 1.2Nm
circuit M6×16
C+ AWG#10
(12) TE4 Capacitor unit connection terminal Tightening torque
C- (5.5mm2)
4.0Nm
M6×16
R1 AWG#10
(13) TE5 Regenerative resistor connection terminal Tightening torque
R2 (5.5 mm2)
4.0Nm
M4×12
AWG#14
(14) PE Grounding terminal Tightening torque
(2mm2)
1.2Nm

IB-1501124-D 198
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(5) Explanation of connectors

< CN43 connector >

No. Signal name Function Description

Internal 24V output. This enables connection to the 24V input power supply for DO.
1B 24VOUT Internal 24V output
(Note that the DO output current should be 100mA or less.)
2B DO_COM DO common terminal Common terminal for DO output circuit
5B DO2 Tool escape request ON:Normal, OFF: Tool escape request
10B THM1 Thermal error detection Shorted: Normal, Open: Error detection
1A 24GOUT Internal 24V output GND
2A DO_COM2 DO common terminal 2
3A DO_COM2 DO common terminal 2
10A THM2(24GOUT) Thermal error detection GND for internal 24V input

199 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4.5 Regenerative Resistors for Power Backup Unit (R-UNIT-6,7)

Check the availability of connection of the power backup unit and the regenerative resistor for the power backup unit.
The regenerative resistor generates heats, so wire and install the unit while taking care to safety.

(1) Specifications

Model Name R-UNIT-7 R-UNIT-6

Compatible power backup unit name MDS-D-PFU MDS-DH-PFU
Resistance value [Ω] 1.4 5
Instantaneous regeneration capacity [kW] 114 128
Allowable regeneration workload [kJ] 180 180
Operation: 0 to 55°C (with no freezing)
Ambient temperature
Storage / Transportation: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation / Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Environment Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration Operation / Storage: 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) or less
Cooling method Natural air cooling
Mass [kg] 10

CAUTION
1. Only the designated combination can be used for the power backup unit and the regenerative resistor for the power
backup unit.
There is a risk of fire, so always use the designated combination.
2. Select the function selection rotary switch (SW1) of the power backup unit according to the regenerative resistor for the
power backup unit to be used.

(2) Outline dimension drawings

< R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7 >
[ Unit : mm]

3-6 hole
7.5

19.6
105
90
360
375

340
80

M4 screw
6 6 6
38.5

18 120 120
276
34.6 100
167
144 23

IB-1501124-D 200
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Explanation of each part

< R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7 >

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(5)

Name Function Compatible wire Terminal specification

(1) R1 M4 screw
AWG10
PFU connection terminal Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
(2) R2 (5.5 mm2)
Up to 5.5-4
(3) AL1 M4 screw
AWG#18 to AWG#24
Thermal connection output terminal Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
(4) AL2 (0.75mm2 to 0.2mm2)
Up to 1.25-4
M4 screw
AWG10
(5) E Grounding terminal Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
(5.5 mm2)
Up to 5.5-4

201 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.4.6 Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU)

Check the availability of connection of the power backup unit and the capacitor unit. The powering energy at retraction/
tool escape is supplied to the capacitor unit.

(1) Specifications

Model Name MDS-D-CU MDS-DH-CU

Compatible power backup unit name MDS-D-PFU MDS-DH-PFU
Capacity [μF] 28000 7000
DC Input and
Rated voltage [V] DC270 to 311 DC513 to 648
output
Operation: 0 to 55°C (with no freezing)
Ambient temperature
Storage / Transportation: -15°C to 70°C (with no freezing)
Ambient humidity Operation / Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Environment Atmosphere
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Altitude
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration Operation / Storage: 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) or less
Cooling method Natural air cooling
Mass [kg] 11

CAUTION
1. Only the designated combination can be used for the power backup unit and the capacitor unit.
There is a risk of fire, so always use the designated combination.
2. Do not reverse the polarity when connecting.
3. When using the retraction/tool escape function, the supported software version for the power backup unit is A1 or later.
4. Select the function setting dip switch (SW2) of the power backup unit according to the capacitor unit to be used.

(2) Outline dimension drawings

< MDS-D-CU/MDS-DH-CU >
[Unit : mm]
34.5
10

15
186.3

22 22.5
360

380
350
24
124.5

6 6 200 60
15

45 60 45 260
150

IB-1501124-D 202
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(3) Explanation of each part

< MDS-D-CU/MDS-DH-CU >

(1)

(3)

(4)

(2)

Name Function Compatible wire Terminal specification

Voltage status indication
(1) Charge LED --- --- ---
between TE1 terminals
M10 screw
C+ AWG#4
(2) TE1 PFU connection terminal Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
C- (22 mm2)
Up to 8-10
M6 screw
C+ Capacitor unit connection AWG#4
(3) TE2 Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
C- terminal (for extension) (22 mm2)
Up to 8-6
M10 screw
AWG#10
(4) PE Grounding terminal Compatible crimp terminal: Round:
(5.5 mm2)
Up to 8-10

203 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.5 Cables and Connectors

5.5.1 Cable Connection Diagram
The cables and connectors that can be ordered from Mitsubishi Electric Corp. as option parts are shown below. Cables
can only be ordered in the designated lengths. Purchase a connector set, etc., to create special length cables.

MDS-D2 Series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply
2-axis Spindle Power supply Option battery MDS-DH2 Series:
1-axis
servo drive unit drive unit unit for servo drive unit 3-phase 400VAC power supply
servo drive unit
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV)
Battery cable
From NC
Power supply
communication Circuit protector
cable
Optical (Note) Prepared
communication Optical CN4 Battery case
cable communication by user.
CN2 cable
CN2 CN24 (MDS-BTCASE+A6BAT)
CN20
CN2L For external
CN3L emergency DOCOM
DO(ALM)
Brake
CN2M
connector
stop LG
+5V
AC reactor
LG
CN3 CN3M
CN3 CN23
BT
(D/DH-AL)
Battery unit
L+
L-
Contactor
(Note) Prepared
Circuit protector or by user.
protection fuse
(Note) Prepared by user.

Power Power
connector To 2nd connector
axis servo
Contactor control output
To 3rd
axis servo

To brake control Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)

Spindle encoder cable

< Motor side PLG cable >

Spindle encoder cable

< Spindle side encoder cable >

Power cable (Only connector is supplied.) Spindle motor

Brake cable (Only connector is supplied.)

Battery connector
Servo encoder cable Spindle side encoder
< Motor side encoder cable >
To battery
holder
Brake connector
Cell battery
Power connector built in drive unit
(ER6V-C119B)
Servomotor

Mitsubishi serial signal output

Servo encoder cable Servo encoder cable
<MDS-B-SD unit cable > <Linear scale cable for MDS-B-SD>
(Note) Prepared by user.

Signal divider unit (MDS-B-SD)

Servo encoder cable ABZ SIN wave signal output
<MDS-B-HR unit cable >
Servo encoder cable
Encoder conversion unit < Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR >
(MDS-B-HR) (Note) Prepared by user.
Mitsubishi serial signal output

Servo encoder cable

Linear scale
< Linear scale cable> (Note) Prepared by user.
(for full closed control)
(Note) Prepared by user.
Servo encoder cable
Ball screw side encoder
< Ball screw side encoder cable >

IB-1501124-D 204
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< When MDS-D/DH-PFU is connected >

Not required when the
spindle is coasted to a stop
using the retraction function
at power failure.

Regenerative resistor
for power backup unit
(R-UNIT-6,7)

1-axis 2-axis Spindle Power supply Power backup

servo drive unit servo drive unit drive unit unit unit
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV) (MDS-D/DH-PFU) Capacitor
unit
From NC CN41 MDS-D/DH-CU
Power supply CN4
communication
cable CN41
Optical Optical CN4 TE5
communication communication
CN2 cable cable CN24
CN20 CN2
CN2L For external
CN3L emergency TE4
Brake
CN2M stop CN43
connector

CN3 CN3M
CN3 CN23
TE2
L+
L-

TE1
TE1

Contactor control
Power output
Power To 2nd Essential when using
connector connector Contactor Circuit protector
axis servo retraction function at
(Note) Prepared (Note) Prepared power failure
To 3rd by user. by user.
axis servo AC reactor
(D/DH-AL)
To 1st To spindle
axis servo

Circuit protector
(Note) Prepared
by user.

MDS-D2 Series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply
MDS-DH2 Series:
3-phase 400VAC power supply

205 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.5.2 List of Cables and Connectors

< Optical communication cable >

Item Model Contents

Drive unit side connector Drive unit side connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics (Japan Aviation Electronics
Optical communication cable G396 L □ M Industry) Industry)
For wiring between drive units □ : Length Connector: PF-2D103 Connector: PF-2D103
(inside panel) 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5m

Drive unit side connector Drive unit side connector

For (Japan Aviation Electronics (Japan Aviation Electronics
Optical communication cable
CN1A/ G395 L □ M Industry) Industry)
For wiring between drive units
CN1B/ □ : Length Connector: PF-2D103 Connector: PF-2D103
(outside panel)
OPT1A 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
For NC - drive unit

Drive unit side connector Drive unit side connector

Optical communication cable G380 L □ M (Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
For wiring between drive units □ : Length Connector: 1123445-1 Connector: 1123445-1
(outside panel) 5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25,
For optical communication repeater unit 30m

(Note) For details on the optical communication cable, refer to the section "Optical Communication Cable Specification".

< Battery cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

Drive unit side connector Battery unit side connector
(Hirose Electric) (3M)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R Connector: 10120-3000VE
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA (Note 2) Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
DG21- □ M
Battery cable
□ : Length
(For drive unit - battery unit)
0.3, 0.5, 1, 5m
Compatible part (Note 1)
(J.S.T)
Connector : MS-P20-L
Shell kit : MS20-2B-28
For
Drive unit side connector
battery
DG23- □ M (Hirose Electric)
unit Battery box side (Note 3)
Battery cable □ : Length Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
(For drive unit - battery box) 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, Contact: DF1B-2428SCA (Note 2)
10m

Drive unit side connector

DG24- □ M (3M)
Battery box side (Note 3 )
5V supply/DO output cable □ : Length Connector: 10120-6000EL
(For drive unit - battery box) 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, Contact: 10320-3210-000
10m

Drive unit side connector Drive unit side connector

Battery cable (Hirose Electric) (Hirose Electric)
DG22- □ M
(For drive unit - drive unit) Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
For drive □ : Length
*This cable is required to supply the Contact: DF1B-2428SCA (Note 2) Contact: DF1B-2428SCA (Note 2)
unit 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7,
power from the battery unit to multiple
10m
drive units.

Drive unit side connector Power supply unit side connector

(3M) (3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008 Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Battery cable
For CN9 FCUA-CS000
Connector set:
Compatible part (Note 1) Compatible part (Note 1)
(J.S.T) (J.S.T)
Connector : MS-P20-L Connector : MS-P20-L
Shell kit : MS20-2B-28 Shell kit : MS20-2B-28
(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.
(Note 2) Hand crimping tools: DF1B-TA2428SHC
(Note 3) The battery box side is connected using a bare conductor or a bar terminal.

IB-1501124-D 206
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Power supply communication cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

SH21 Drive unit side connector Power supply unit side connector
Length: (3M) (3M)
0.35, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 1.5, Connector: 10120-6000EL Connector: 10120-6000EL
For CN4/9 Power supply communication cable Shell kit : 10320-3210-000 Shell kit : 10320-3210-000
2,2.5,
3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 15, 20, 30m
Drive unit side connector Power supply unit side connector
(3M) (3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008 Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Power supply communication cable
For CN4/9 FCUA-CS000
connector set
Compatible part (Note 1) Compatible part (Note 1)
(J.S.T) (J.S.T)
Connector : MS-P20-L Connector : MS-P20-L
Shell kit : MS20-2B-28 Shell kit : MS20-2B-28
Power supply unit side connector
CNU23SCV2(AWG14) (J.S.T.)
These connectors are 03JFAT-SAXGSA-L
supplied for each power
supply unit.

For CN23 Contactor control output connector Connection lever

Applicable cable size:
0.85mm2 to 3.5mm2 J-FAT-OT-EXL
Cable finish outside (J.S.T.)
diameter:
to Φ4.2mm

Power supply unit side connector

(DDK)
Connector : DK-2100D-08R
For CN24 External emergency stop connector CNU24S (AWG24) Contact : DK-2RECSLP1-100 (Note 2)

< Power backup unit (MDS-D/DH-PFU) cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

For TE1 (For power supply)
05JFAT-SAXGSA-L
(J.S.T.)

For power
backup
Power connector for MDS-D/DH-PFU CNU01SPFU (AWG14)
unit
TE1 Connection lever
J-FAT-OT-EXL
(J.S.T.)

For CN43
(DDK)
For power Connector: DK-2100D-20R
backup Input/output connector for MDS-D/DH- Contact: DK-2RECMLP1-100 (Note 3)
CNU43S(AWG22)
unit PFU
CN43

SH21 Drive unit side connector Power supply unit side connector
For power Length: (3M) (3M)
backup 0.35, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 1.5, Connector: 10120-6000EL Connector: 10120-6000EL
Power supply communication cable Shell kit : 10320-3210-000 Shell kit : 10320-3210-000
unit 2,2.5,
CN41 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 15, 20, 30m

(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.
(Note 2) Hand crimping tools:357J-22733
(Note 3) Hand crimping tools:357J-22734

207 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< STO input connector >

Item Model Contents

Connector set：2069250-1
(Tyco Electronics)
STO cable MR-D05UDL3M-B

For Required when not using dedicated wiring STO function.

CN8 Drive unit side connector
These connectors are (Tyco Electronics)
STO short-circuit connector supplied for each drive 1971153-1
unit.

< Optical communication repeater unit >

Item Model Contents

Optical communication Drive unit side/
Optical communication repeater unit side
cable Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
For wiring between connector
(Tyco Electronics)
drive unit and optical G380-L □ M (Tyco Electronics)
For Connector: 1123445-1
communication □ : Length Connector: 1123445-1
OPT1/2
repeater unit/ 5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30m
For wiring between
optical communication
repeater units
Optical communication repeater unit side
DC24V power side terminal connector
(J.S.T.) (Tyco Electronics)
For optical Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 or V1.25-4 × 2 Connector: 2-178288-3
F070
For communication Contact: 1-175218-5 × 3 (Note 1)
□ : Length
DCIN repeater unit
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20m DCIN
DC24V power cable

Y
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
DC24V power side connector < DCIN >
(Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 3-178127-6 Connector: 2-178288-3
For optical Contact: Contact: 1-175218-5 × 3 (Note 1)
communication 1-175218-5 (for AWG16) × 3 (Note 1) < ACFAIL (CF01) >
repeater unit/ 1-175217-5 (for AWG22) × 2 (Note 2) (MOLEX)
For F110
For connecting 005057-9402
DCIN/ □ : Length
Mitsubishi power unit 0016020103 × 2 (Note 3)
ACFAIL 0.5, 1.5, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15m
PD25, PD27
DC24V power cable DCIN
(power OFF detection) DCOUT
Y

CF01

(Note 1) Hand crimping tools: 91558-1

(Note 2) Hand crimping tools: 91557-1
(Note 3) Hand crimping tools: 57036-5000

IB-1501124-D 208
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Servo / tool spindle encoder cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

Motor encoder/
Drive unit side connector
Ball screw side encoder side
(3M)
connector (DDK)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Plug : CMV1-SP10S-M2
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
CNV2E-8P- □ M Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
□ : Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
For HF/HF-H, HP/HP-H Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
For / For HF-KP (Tool spindle) Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
CN2/3 Motor side encoder Motor encoder/
Drive unit side connector
cable (for A48/A51/A74N) Ball screw side encoder side
(3M)
connector (DDK)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Plug : CMV1-AP10S-M2
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
CNV2E-9P- □ M
□ : Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
Drive unit side connector Motor encoder/
(3M) Ball screw side encoder side
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL connector (Tyco Electronics)
CNV2E-K1P- □ M Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 Connector: 1674320-1
Lead out in direction of
motor shaft
□ : Length Compatible part (Note 1)
2, 3, 5, 7, 10,m (MOLEX)
Compatible with only IP65 Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Direct Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
For HF-KP (Servo) Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
For connecti
Motor side encoder Drive unit side connector Motor encoder/
CN2/3 on
cable (3M) Ball screw side encoder side
type
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL connector (Tyco Electronics)
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 Connector: 1674320-1
CNV2E-K2P- □ M
Lead out in opposite
direction of motor shaft
□ : Length Compatible part (Note 1)
2, 3, 5, 7, 10,m (MOLEX)
Compatible with only IP65 Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

209 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

Item Model Contents

Motor encoder/
CNV22J-K1P-0.3M Drive unit side connector Ball screw side encoder side
Lead out in direction of (DDK) connector (Tyco Electronics)
motor shaft Plug: CM10-CR10P-M Plug : 1747464-1
Length: 0.3m Contact: 1674335-4
Compatible with only IP65
For HF-KP (Servo)
Motor side encoder
relay cable Motor encoder/
(motor side) Drive unit side connector Ball screw side encoder side
CNV22J-K2P-0.3M
(DDK) connector (Tyco Electronics)
Lead out in opposite
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M Plug : 1747464-1
direction of motor shaft
Contact: 1674335-4
Length: 0.3m
Relay Compatible with only IP65
For
type
CN2/3
(Note 1) Motor encoder/
Drive unit side connector
Ball screw side encoder side
(3M)
connector (DDK)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Plug : CMV1-SP10S-M2
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
For HF-KP (Servo)
CNV2E-8P- □ M
Motor side encoder
□ : Length
relay cable
15, 20, 25, 30m Compatible part (Note 2)
(Drive unit side)
(MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
Motor encoder/
Ball screw side encoder side
CNE10-R10S(9) connector (DDK)
Applicable cable outline Plug : CMV1-SP10S-M2
For Φ6.0 to 9.0mm Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
motor
encoder/ Motor side encoder
Ball connector/ Motor encoder/
screw Ball screw side encoder connector Ball screw side encoder side
side connector (DDK)
encoder CNE10-R10L(9)
Plug : CMV1-AP10S-M2
Applicable cable outline
Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1
Φ6.0 to 9.0mm

Drive unit side connector MDS-B-HR unit side connector

(3M) (Hirose Electric)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL Plug : RM15WTPZ-8S(71)
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 Clamp: JR13WCCA-10(72)
CNV2E-HP- □ M
□ : Length
CN3 MDS-B-HR unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 2)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
MDS-B-HR unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Plug : RM15WTPZ-8S(71) (for CON1, 2)
MDS-B-HR connector CNEHRS(10)
For MDS- RM15WTPZ-12P(71) (for CON3)
(For CON1,2: 1) Applicable cable outline
B-HR unit Clamp: JR13WCCA-10(72) (10)
(For CON3: 1) Φ8.5 to 11mm

(Note 1) When using cable of 15m or longer, use relay cable.

(Note 2) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

IB-1501124-D 210
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

Item Model Contents

Drive unit side connector MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M) (3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
CNV2E-D- □ M
□ : Length
CN3 MDS-B-SD unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 1) Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019 (MOLEX)
(J.S.T.) Connector: MS-P20-L
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R Shell kit: MS20-2B-28
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
MDS-B-SD unit side connector MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M) (J.S.T)
Connector: 10120-3000VE Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008 Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
For MDS- MDS-B-SD connector
FCUA-CS000
B-SD unit (Two-piece set)
Compatible part (Note 1) Compatible part (Note 1)
(J.S.T.) (J.S.T.)
Connector: MS-P20-L Connector: MS-P20-L
Shell kit: MS20-2B-28 Shell kit: MS20-2B-28
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008

For
Encoder connector CNU2S(AWG18)
CN2/3 Compatible part (Note 1)
(MOLEX)
Connector set : 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

211 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Brake cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

Servo motor side brake connector (DDK)
Plug : CMV1-SP2S-S
CNB10-R2S(6)
Contact: CMV1-#22BSC-S2
Applicable cable outline
Brake connector for Φ4.0 to 6.0mm
< 200V series >
HF,HP
Servo motor side brake connector (DDK)
< 400V series >
Plug : CMV1-AP2S-S
HF-H, HP-H CNB10-R2L(6)
Contact: CMV1-#22BSC-S2
Applicable cable outline
Φ4.0 to 6.0mm

For motor Servo motor side brake connector

brake MR-BKS1CBL □ M-A1-H (Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Lead out in direction of motor Plug : JN4FT02SJ1-R
shaft Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
□ : Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
Brake cable for
< 200V series >
Servo motor side brake connector
HF-KP
MR-BKS1CBL □ M-A2-H (Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Lead out in opposite direction Plug : JN4FT02SJ1-R
of motor shaft Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
□ : Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m

Servo drive unit side connector

(DDK)
Brake connector for Connector : DK-3200S-03R
For CN20 motor brake control CNU20S(AWG14) Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100 (Note 1)
output

(Note 1) Hand crimping tools: 357J-22113

< Power connector >

Item Model Contents

Motor side power connector (DDK)
CNP18-10S(14) Plug: CE05-6A18-10SD-C-BSS
Power connector for Applicable cable outline Clamp: CE3057-10A-1 (D240)
< 200V series > Φ10.5 to 14mm
HF75, 105, 54,104,154, 224,
123, 223, 142
HP54,104,154,224 Motor side power connector (DDK)
< 400V series > Plug: CE05-8A18-10SD-C-BAS
CNP18-10L(14) Clamp: CE3057-10A-1 (D240)
HF-H54,104,154
Applicable cable outline
HP-H54,104,154,224
Φ10.5 to 14mm
For
motor
Motor side power connector (DDK)
power
CNP22-22S(16) Plug: CE05-6A22-22SD-C-BSS
Applicable cable outline Clamp: CE3057-12A-1 (D240)
Power connector for
< 200V series > Φ12.5 to 16mm
HF204,354,303, 453, 302
HP204,354,454 Motor side power connector (DDK)
< 400V series > Plug: CE05-8A22-22SD-C-BAS
HF-H204,354,453,703 CNP22-22L(16) Clamp: CE3057-12A-1 (D240)
HP-H204,354,454,704 Applicable cable outline
Φ12.5 to 16mm

IB-1501124-D 212
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

Item Model Contents

Motor side power connector (DDK)
CNP32-17S(23) Plug: CE05-6A32-17SD-C-BSS
Applicable cable outline Clamp: CE3057-20A-1 (D240)
Power connector for
< 200V series > Φ22 to 23.8mm
HF703,903
HP704,903,1103 Motor side power connector (DDK)
< 400V series > Plug: CE05-8A32-17SD-C-BAS
HF-H903 CNP32-17L(23) Clamp: CE3057-20A-1 (D240)
HP-H903,1103 Applicable cable outline
Φ22 to 23.8mm

For
motor Motor side power connector
power MR-PWS1CBL □ M-A1-H (Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Lead out in direction of Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
motor shaft Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
□ : Length
Power cable for 2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
< 200V series >
Motor side power connector
HF-KP
MR-PWS1CBL □ M-A2-H (Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Lead out in opposite Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
direction of motor shaft Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
□ : Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m

Power connector for Drive unit side power connector (DDK)

MDS-D2-V1-20 to 80 Housing: DK-5200S-04R
MDS-D2-V2-2020 to 8080 Contact : DK-5RECSLP1-100 (Note 1)
MDS-D2-SP-20 to 40
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 to 4040 CNU1S(AWG14)
MDS-DH2-V1-10 to 80
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 to 8080
MDS-DH2-SP-20,40
MDS-D2-V3
Power connector for Drive unit side power connector (DDK)
MDS-D2-V1-160 Housing: DK-5200S-04R
MDS-D2-V2-16080,160160 Contact : DK-5RECMLP1-100 (Note 2)
MDS-D2-SP-80
CNU1S(AWG10)
MDS-D2-SP2-8040,8080
For TE1 MDS-DH2-V1-80W
MDS-DH2-V2-8080W
MDS-DH2-SP-80
Drive unit side power connector (J.S.T)
Connector : 03JFAT-SAZGDS-P15 (CV-37/75 only)

Power connector for

CNU01SECV (AWG14)
MDS-D2-CV-37/75 Connection lever
J-FAT-OT-P
(J.S.T)

(Note 1) Hand crimping tools: 357J-22795

(Note 2) Hand crimping tools: 357J-22796

213 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

< Spindle encoder cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

Spindle motor side connector
Spindle drive unit side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
(3M)
Connector: 172169-1
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Contact:170363-1(AWG26-22)
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
170364-1(AWG22-18)
CNP2E-1- □ M
Motor side PLG cable □ : Length
For CN2 Spindle side accuracy 2, 3, 4, 5,
encoder TS5690 cable 7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
Spindle motor side connector
Spindle drive unit side connector
(DDK)
(3M)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
CNP3EZ-2P- □ M Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
□ : Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20, Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Spindle side encoder Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
For CN3 Spindle motor side connector
OSE-1024 cable Spindle drive unit side connector
(DDK)
(3M)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
Clamp : CE3057-12A-3
CNP3EZ-3P- □ M
□ : Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
Compatible part (Note 1)
25, 30m
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
Spindle motor side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Motor side PLG Connector: 172169-1
For connector Contact:170363-1(AWG26-22)
spindle Spindle side accuracy CNEPGS 170364-1(AWG22-18)
motor encoder TS5690
connector

Spindle motor side connector

(DDK)
CNE20-29S(10) Connector:MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Applicable cable outline Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S
Φ6.8 to 10mm Clamp: CE3057-12A-3

For
Spindle side encoder
spindle Spindle motor side connector
OSE-1024 cable
motor (DDK)
Connector:MS3106A20-29S(D190)
CNE20-29S(10) Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S
Applicable cable outline Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
Φ6.8 to 10mm

(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

IB-1501124-D 214
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

Item Model Contents

Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008

For Spindle encoder drive

CNU2S(AWG18)
CN2/3 unit side connector
Compatible part (Note 1)
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

< Twin-head magnetic encoder (MBE405W/MBA405W) cable and connector >

Item Model Contents

Drive unit side connector Encoder preamplifier side connector
(3M) (Hirose Electric)
Receptacle:36210-0100PL Plug:RM15WTPZK-12S
Shell kit:36310-3200-008 Clamp:JR13WCCA-8(72)

CNV2E-MB- □ M
Cable for
□ :Length
MBE405W/MBA405W Compatible part (Note 1)
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20m
(MOLEX)
For CN2 Connector set: 54599-1019
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector : XV-10P-03-L-R
Cable kit : XV-PCK10-R
Encoder preamplifier side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector for Plug: RM15WTPZK-12S
CNEMB2S(8) Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8 (72)
MBE405W/MBA405W

Encoder preamplifier side connector

(Hirose Electric)
Thermistor connector Plug: RM15WTPZ-10S (72)
For CN3 for MBE405W/ CNEMB3S(8) Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8 (72)
MBA405W

(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer for
more information.

< Contact information >

Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited: http://www.jae.com/en/index.html
HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.: http://www.hirose.com/
3M: http://www.3m.com/
J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.: http://www.jst-mfg.com/index_e.php
DDK Ltd.: http://www.ddknet.co.jp/English/index.html
Tyco Electronics Japan G.K.: http://www.te.com/en/home.html
Molex Ltd.: http://www.molex.com/

215 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

5.5.3 Optical Communication Cable Specifications

(1) Specifications

Cable model G396 L □ M G395 L □ M G380 L □ M

For wiring outside panel
Specification application For wiring inside panel For wiring outside panel
For long distance wiring
Cable length 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0m 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10m 5.0, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30m
Minimum bend Enforced covering cable: 50mm
25mm
radius cord: 30mm
980N
Tension strength 140N
(Enforced covering cable)
Temperature
range for use -40 to 85°C -20 to 70°C
(Note1)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
Ambient
No solvent or oil

2.2±0.2
4.4±0.4
2.2±0.07

Cable
appearance
Optical [mm]
communication
cable
4.4±0.1
7.6±0.5

Protection tube (6.7) (15) (13.4) 20.3

(20.9)

Connector
appearance
[mm] 37.65
8+0

8.5
(2.3)
(1.7)

22.7

(Note 1) This temperature range for use is the value for optical cable (cord) only. Temperature condition for the
connector is the same as that for drive unit.
(Note 2) Do not see directly the light generated from CN1A/CN1B connector of drive unit or the end of cable.
When the light gets into eye, you may feel something is wrong for eye.
(The light source of optical communication corresponds to class1 defined in JISC6802 or IEC60825-1.)

IB-1501124-D 216
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(2) Cautions for using optical communication cable

Optical communication cable is made from optical fiber. If optical fiber is added a power such as a major shock, lateral
pressure, haul, sudden bending or twist, its inside distorts or breaks, and optical transmission will not be available.
Especially, as optical fiber for G396 L □ M is made of synthetic resin, it melts down if being left near the fire or high
temperature. Therefore, do not make it touched the part, which becomes high temperature, such as radiator or
regenerative brake option of drive unit.
Read described item in this section carefully and handle it with caution.

(a) Minimum bend radius

Make sure to lay the cable with greater radius than the minimum bend radius. Do not press the cable to edges of
equipment or others. For the optical communication cable, the appropriate length should be selected with due
consideration for the dimensions and arrangement of drive unit so that the cable bend will not become smaller than
the minimum bend radius in cable laying. When closing the door of control box, pay careful attention for avoiding
the case that optical communication cable is hold down by the door and the cable bend becomes smaller than the
minimum bend radius.
Lay the cable so that the numbers of bends will be less than 10 times.

(b) Bundle fixing

When using optical communication cable of 3m or longer, fix the cable at the closest part to the connector with
bundle material in order to prevent optical communication cable from putting its own weight on CN1A/CN1B
connector of drive unit. Optical cord should be given loose slack to avoid from becoming smaller than the minimum
bend radius, and it should not be twisted.
When tightening up the cable with nylon band, the sheath material should not be distorted. Fix the cable with
tightening force of 1 to 2kg or less as a guide.

Minimum bend radius

For wiring inside panel: 25mm
For wiring outside panel: 50mm

wall

When laying cable, fix and hold it in position with using cushioning such as sponge or rubber which does not contain
plasticizing material. If it is fixed by a cable tie and the like without using cushioning, the wire breakage may occur.
Never use vinyl tape for cord. Plasticizing material in vinyl tape goes into optical fiber and lowers the optical
characteristic. At worst, it may cause wire breakage. If using adhesive tape for cable laying, the fire resistant
acetate cloth adhesive tape 570F (Teraoka Seisakusho Co., Ltd) is recommended.
If laying with other wires, do not make the cable touched wires or cables made from material which contains
plasticizing material.

217 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
5 Dedicated Options

(c) Tension
If tension is added on optical fiber, the increase of transmission loss occurs because of external force which
concentrates on the fixing part of optical fiber or the connecting part of optical connector. At worst, the breakage of
optical fiber or damage of optical connector may occur. For cable laying, handle without putting forced tension.

(d) Lateral pressure

If lateral pressure is added on optical communication cable, the optical cable itself distorts, internal optical fiber gets
stressed, and then transmission loss will increase. At worst, the breakage of optical cable may occur. As the same
condition also occurs at cable laying, do not tighten up optical communication cable with a thing such as nylon band
(TY-RAP).
Do not trample it down or tuck it down with the door of control box or others.

(e) Twisting
If optical fiber is twisted, it will become the same stress added condition as when local lateral pressure or bend is
added. Consequently, transmission loss increases, and the breakage of optical fiber may occur at worst.

(f) Cable selection

- When wiring is outside the power distribution panel or machine cabinet, there is a highly possibility that
external power is added. Therefore, make sure to use the cable for wiring outside panel (G380 L □ M)
- If a part of the wiring is moved, use the cable for wiring outside panel.
- In a place where sparks may fly and flame may be generated, use the cable for wiring outside panel.

(g) Method to lay cable

When laying the cable, do not haul the optical fiver or connector of the optical communication cable strongly. If
strong force is added between the optical fiver and connector, it may lead to a poor connection.

(h) Protection when not in use

When the CN1A/CN1B connector of the drive unite or the optical communication cable connector is not used such
as pulling out the optical communication cable from drive unit, protect the joint surface with attached cap or tube for
edge protection. If the connector is left with its joint surface bared, it may lead to a poor connection caused by dirty.

(i) Attaching /Detaching optical communication cable connector

With holding the connector body, attach/detach the optical communication cable connector. If attaching/detaching
the optical communication cable with directly holding it, the cable may be pulled out, and it may cause a poor
connection.
When pulling out the optical communication connector, pull out it after releasing the lock of clock lever.
(j) Cleaning
If CN1A and CN1B connector of the drive unit or optical communication cable connector is dirty, it may cause poor
connection. If it becomes dirty, wipe with a bonded textile, etc. Do not use solvent such as alcohol.

(k) Disposal
When incinerating optical communication cable, hydrogen fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas which is corrosive
and harmful may be generated. For disposal of optical communication cable, request for specialized industrial
waste disposal services that has incineration facility for disposing hydrogen fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas.

(l) Return in troubles

When asking repair of drive unit for some troubles, make sure to put a cap on CN1A/CN1B connector.
When the connector is not put a cap, the light device may be damaged at the transit. In this case, exchange and
repair of light device is required.

IB-1501124-D 218
 6
Specifications of Peripheral Devices

219 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.1 Selection of Wire

6.1.1 Example of Wires by Unit
Selected wires must be able to tolerate rated current of the unit's terminal to which the wire is connected.
How to calculate tolerable current of an insulated wire or cable is shown in "Tolerable current of electric cable" (1) of
Japanese Cable Makers' Association Standard (JCS)-168-E (1995), its electric equipment technical standards or JEAC
regulates tolerable current, etc. wire.
When exporting wires, select them according to the related standards of the country or area to export. In the UL standards,
certification conditions are to use wires of 60°C and 75°C product. (UL508C)
Wire's tolerable current is different depending on conditions such as its material, structure, ambient temperature, etc. Check
the tolerable current described in the specification of the wire to use.
Example of wire selections according to each standard is as follows.

Wire size Tolerable current

Conductor（copper） 60°C 75°C
AWG
[mm2] (IV wire) (HIV wire)
2 14 15A 15A
3.5 12 20A 20A
5.5 10 28A 30A
8 8 34A 46A
14 6 50A 65A
22 4 65A 85A
38 2 92A 115A
60 1/0 124A 150A
80 3/0 145A 200A
100 4/0 170A 225A
(Note) The relation between wire size and tolerable current above corresponds to restrictions specified in IEC/
EN60204-1,UL508C,JEAC8001.
Wire's tolerable current is different depending on the specifications even for the wires of the same size.
Confirm the operating environment and conditions, and wire with the applicable wires.

IB-1501124-D 220
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

(1) 600V vinyl insulated wire (IV wire) 60°C product (Example according to IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C)
< MDS-D2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U,V,W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-D2-CV-37 2 14 3.5 12
MDS-D2-CV-75 5.5 10 8 8
MDS-D2-CV-110 14 6 22 4
Power supply MDS-D2-CV-185 30 3 38 2
2 14
unit MDS-D2-CV-300 - - - -
MDS-D2-CV-370 - - - -
MDS-D2-CV-450 - - - -
MDS-D2-CV-550 - - Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-D2-SP-40 2 14
MDS-D2-SP-80 5.5 10
Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-SP-160 22 4
Spindle drive power supply unit
MDS-D2-SP-200 38 2 2 14
unit
MDS-D2-SP-240 60 1/0
MDS-D2-SP-320 - -
MDS-D2-SP-400 - -
Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-SP-640 - -
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4040S 2 (2) 14 (14)
Spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14
MDS-D2-SP2-8040 5.5 (2) 10 (14) power supply unit
(2-axis)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080S 22 (5.5) 4 (10)
MDS-D2-SP2-8080 5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080 22 (5.5) 4 (10)
MDS-D2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-40 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-80 3.5 12
Servo drive Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-V1-160 5.5 10 2 14
unit power supply unit
MDS-D2-V1-160W 14 6
MDS-D2-V1-320 22 4
MDS-D2-V1-320W 60 1/0
MDS-D2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive MDS-D2-V2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14)
Match with TE2 of selected
unit MDS-D2-V2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12) 2 14
power supply unit
(2-axis) MDS-D2-V2-16080 5.5 (3.5) 10 (12)
MDS-D2-V2-160160 5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
MDS-D2-V2-
14 (14) 6 (6)
160160W
Servo drive MDS-D2-V3-202020
Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14 2 14
MDS-D2-V3-404040 power supply unit
(3-axis)
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-D-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

221 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-DH2-CV-37 2 14 2 14
MDS-DH2-CV-75 2 14 3.5 12
MDS-DH2-CV-110 3.5 12 5.5 10
MDS-DH2-CV-185 14 6 14 6
Power supply
MDS-DH2-CV-300 22 4 38 2 2 14
unit
MDS-DH2-CV-370 38 2 50 1
MDS-DH2-CV-450 38 2 60 1/0
MDS-DH2-CV-550 - -
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-CV-750 - -
MDS-DH2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-40 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-80 5.5 10 Match with TE2 of selected
Spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP-100 8 8 power supply unit
2 14
unit MDS-DH2-SP-160 22 4
MDS-DH2-SP-200 38 2
MDS-DH2-SP-320 - -
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-SP-480 - -
MDS-DH2-V1-10 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-40 2 14
Servo drive MDS-DH2-V1-80 3.5 12 Match with TE2 of selected
2 14
unit MDS-DH2-V1-80W 5.5 10 power supply unit
MDS-DH2-V1-160 8 8
MDS-DH2-V1-160W 14 6
MDS-DH2-V1-200 38 2
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive
MDS-DH2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14) Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14
MDS-DH2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) power supply unit
(2-axis)
MDS-DH2-V2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12)
MDS-DH2-V2-8080W 5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-DH-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

IB-1501124-D 222
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

(2) 600V double (heat proof) vinyl insulated wire (HIV wire) 75°C product
(Example according to IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C)
< MDS-D2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-D2-CV-37 2 14 3.5 12
MDS-D2-CV-75 5.5 10 5.5 10
MDS-D2-CV-110 8 8 8 8
Power supply MDS-D2-CV-185 14 6 22 4
2 14
unit MDS-D2-CV-300 38 2
MDS-D2-CV-370 60 1/0
Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-CV-450 60 1/0
MDS-D2-CV-550 80 3/0
MDS-D2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-D2-SP-40 2 12
MDS-D2-SP-80 3.5 12
Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-SP-160 14 6
Spindle drive power supply unit
MDS-D2-SP-200 22 4 2 14
unit
MDS-D2-SP-240 38 2
MDS-D2-SP-320 60 1/0
MDS-D2-SP-400 80 3/0
Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-SP-640 80 3/0
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4040S 2 (2) 14 (14)
Spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14
MDS-D2-SP2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14) power supply unit
(2-axis)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080S 14 (3.5) 6 (12)
MDS-D2-SP2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080 14 (3.5) 6 (12)
MDS-D2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-40 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-80 3.5 12
Servo drive Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-V1-160 5.5 10 2 14
unit power supply unit
MDS-D2-V1-160W 8 8
MDS-D2-V1-320 14 6
MDS-D2-V1-320W 38 2
MDS-D2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive MDS-D2-V2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14)
Match with TE2 of selected
unit MDS-D2-V2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12) 2 14
power supply unit
(2-axis) MDS-D2-V2-16080 5.5 (3.5) 10 (12)
MDS-D2-V2-160160 5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
MDS-D2-V2-
8 (8) 8 (8)
160160W
Servo drive MDS-D2-V3-202020
Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14 2 14
MDS-D2-V3-404040 power supply unit
(3-axis)
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-D-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

223 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-DH2-CV-37 2 14 2 14
MDS-DH2-CV-75 2 14 2 14
MDS-DH2-CV-110 3.5 12 5.5 10
MDS-DH2-CV-185 8 8 8 8
Power supply MDS-DH2-CV-300 14 6 22 4
2 14
unit MDS-DH2-CV-370 22 4 22 4
38 or bar 2 or bar
MDS-DH2-CV-450 22 4
enclosed enclosed
MDS-DH2-CV-550 38 2
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-CV-750 60 1/0
MDS-DH2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-40 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-80 3.5 12 Match with TE2 of selected
Spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP-100 5.5 10 power supply unit
2 14
unit MDS-DH2-SP-160 14 6
MDS-DH2-SP-200 22 4
MDS-DH2-SP-320 38 2
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-SP-480 80 3/0
MDS-DH2-V1-10 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-40 2 14
Servo drive MDS-DH2-V1-80 3.5 12 Match with TE2 of selected
2 14
unit MDS-DH2-V1-80W 5.5 10 power supply unit
MDS-DH2-V1-160 8 8
MDS-DH2-V1-160W 8 8
MDS-DH2-V1-200 22 4
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive MDS-DH2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
Match with TE2 of selected
unit MDS-DH2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) 2 14
power supply unit
(2-axis) MDS-DH2-V2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12)
MDS-DH2-V2-
5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
8080W
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-DH-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

IB-1501124-D 224
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

(3) 600V bridge polyethylene insulated wire (IC) 105 °C product

(Example according to JEAC8001)
< MDS-D2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-D2-CV-37 2 14 2 14
MDS-D2-CV-75 3.5 12 3.5 12
MDS-D2-CV-110 5.5 10 14 6
Power supply MDS-D2-CV-185 14 6 22 4
1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit MDS-D2-CV-300 38 2 50 1
MDS-D2-CV-370 38 2 60 1/0
MDS-D2-CV-450 60 1/0 60 1/0
MDS-D2-CV-550 60 1/0 Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-D2-SP-40 2 14
MDS-D2-SP-80 3.5 12
Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-SP-160 8 8
Spindle drive power supply unit
MDS-D2-SP-200 22 4 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit
MDS-D2-SP-240 22 4
MDS-D2-SP-320 38 2
MDS-D2-SP-400 60 1/0
Bar enclosed
MDS-D2-SP-640 80 3/0
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-SP2-4040S 2 (2) 14 (14)
Spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) Match with TE2 of selected
unit 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
MDS-D2-SP2-8040 3.5 (2) 12 (14) power supply unit
(2-axis)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080S 8 (3.5) 8 (12)
MDS-D2-SP2-8080 3.5 (3.5) 12(12)
MDS-D2-SP2-16080 8 (3.5) 8(12)
MDS-D2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-40 2 14
MDS-D2-V1-80 2 14
Servo drive Match with TE2 of selected
MDS-D2-V1-160 3.5 12 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit power supply unit
MDS-D2-V1-160W 5.5 10
MDS-D2-V1-320 14 6
MDS-D2-V1-320W 22 4
MDS-D2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive MDS-D2-V2-8040 2 (2) 14 (14)
Match with TE2 of selected
unit MDS-D2-V2-8080 2 (2) 14 (14) 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
power supply unit
(2-axis) MDS-D2-V2-16080 3.5 (2) 12 (14)
MDS-D2-V2-160160 3.5 (3.5) 12 (12)
MDS-D2-V2-
5.5 (5.5) 10 (10)
160160W
Servo drive MDS-D2-V3-202020
Match with TE2 of selected
unit 2 14 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
MDS-D2-V3-404040 power supply unit
(3-axis)
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-D-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

225 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
MDS-DH2-CV-37 2 14 2 14
MDS-DH2-CV-75 2 14 2 14
MDS-DH2-CV-110 2 14 3.5 12
MDS-DH2-CV-185 5.5 10 5.5 10
Power supply
MDS-DH2-CV-300 14 6 14 6 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit
MDS-DH2-CV-370 14 6 22 4
MDS-DH2-CV-450 22 4 30 3
MDS-DH2-CV-550 22 4
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-CV-750 38 2
MDS-DH2-SP-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-40 2 14
MDS-DH2-SP-80 3.5 12 Match with TE2 of selected
Spindle drive MDS-DH2-SP-100 5.5 10 power supply unit
1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit MDS-DH2-SP-160 14 6
MDS-DH2-SP-200 22 4
MDS-DH2-SP-320 38 2
Bar enclosed
MDS-DH2-SP-480 60 1/0
MDS-DH2-V1-10 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-20 2 14
MDS-DH2-V1-40 2 14
Servo drive MDS-DH2-V1-80 2 14 Match with TE2 of selected
1.25 to 2 16 to 14
unit MDS-DH2-V1-80W 2 14 power supply unit
MDS-DH2-V1-160 3.5 12
MDS-DH2-V1-160W 8 8
MDS-DH2-V1-200 14 6
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2010 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-2020 2 (2) 14 (14)
Servo drive MDS-DH2-V2-4020 2 (2) 14 (14)
Match with TE2 of selected
unit MDS-DH2-V2-4040 2 (2) 14 (14) 1.25 to 2 16 to 14
power supply unit
(2-axis) MDS-DH2-V2-8040 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-8080 2 (2) 14 (14)
MDS-DH2-V2-
2 (2) 14 (14)
8080W
(Note) The values inside of ( ) are M side.

Terminal name
TE1 TE2 TE3
Unit type (L+, L-) (L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
(U, V, W, )
mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG
Power backup
MDS-DH-PFU 2 14 22 4 2 14
unit

CAUTION
1. Selection conditions follow IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C, JEAC8001.
- Ambient temperature is maximum 40°C.
- Cable installed on walls without ducts or conduits.
To use the wire under conditions other than above, check the standards you are supposed to follow.
2. The maximum wiring length to the motor is 30m.
If the wiring distance between the drive unit and motor is 20m or longer, use a thick wire so that the cable voltage drop is
2% or less.
3. Always wire the grounding wire.

IB-1501124-D 226
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.2 Selection of Circuit Protector and Contactor

Always select the circuit protector and contactor properly, and install them to each power supply unit to prevent disasters.

6.2.1 Selection of Circuit Protector

Calculate a circuit protector selection current from the rated output and the nominal input voltage (voltage supplied to the
power supply unit) as in the expression below. And then select the minimum capacity circuit protector whose rated current
meets the circuit protector selection current.

< MDS-D2 Series >

Circuit protector selection current [A] =
(Circuit protector selection current for 200V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) × 200 [V]
Selection of circuit protector for 200V input
Unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
MDS-D2-CV-
Rated output 3.7kW 7.5kW 11kW 18.5kW 30kW 37kW 45kW 55kW
Circuit protector selection
15A 31A 45A 76A 124A 153A 186A 224A
current for 200V input
NF63- NF63- NF63- NF125- NF250- NF250- NF250- NF250-
Selection example of circuit protector
CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P-
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
20A 40A 50A 100A 125A 175A 200A 225A
Rated current of the selection example
20A 40A 50A 100A 125A 175A 200A 225A
of circuit protector
Option part: A circuit protector is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.

(Example)
Select a circuit protector for using the MDS-D2-CV-110 with a 220V nominal input voltage.
Circuit protector selection current = 45/220 × 200 = 40.9[A]
According to the table above, select "NF63-CW3P-50A".

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Circuit protector selection current [A] =
(Circuit protector selection current for 380V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) × 380 [V]
Selection of circuit protector for 380V input
Unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
MDS-DH2-CV-
Rated output 3.7kW 7.5kW 11kW 18.5kW 30kW 37kW 45kW 55kW 75kW
Circuit protector selection current for
8A 16A 24A 40A 65A 80A 98A 119A 163A
380V input
NF63- NF63- NF63- NF63- NF125- NF125- NF125- NF250- NF250-
Selection example of circuit protector
CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P- CW3P-
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
10A 20A 30A 40A 75A 100A 100A 125A 200A
Rated current of the selection example
10A 20A 30A 40A 75A 100A 100A 125A 200A
of circuit protector
Option part: A circuit protector is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.

(Example)
Select a circuit protector for using the MDS-DH2-CV-450 with a 480V nominal input voltage.
Circuit protector selection current = 98/480×380 = 77.6[A]
According to the table above, select "NF125-CW3P-100A".

CAUTION
1. It is dangerous to share a circuit protector for multiple power supply units, so do not share it. Always install the circuit
protectors for each power supply unit.
2. If the control power (L11, L21) must be protected, select according to the section "Circuit protector ".

227 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.2.2 Selection of Contactor

Select the contactor selection current that is calculated from the rated output and the nominal input voltage (voltage supplied
to the power supply unit) as in the expression below. And then select the contactor whose conventional free-air thermal
current meets the contactor selection current.

< MDS-D2 Series >

Contactor selection current [A]=
(Contactor selection current for 200V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) × 200 [V]

Selection of contactor for 200V input

Unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
MDS-D2-CV-
Rated output 3.7kW 7.5kW 11kW 18.5kW 30kW 37kW 45kW 55kW
Contactor selection
15A 31A 45A 76A 124A 153A 186A 224A
current for 200V input
Selection example of contactor S-T12 S-T35 S-T35 S-T65 S-T80 S-N150 S-N150 S-N180
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.) -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V -AC200V
Conventional freeair thermal
current of the selection example 20A 50A 50A 100A 135A 200A 200A 260A
of contactor
Option part: A contactor is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.

(Example)
Select a contactor for using the MDS-D2-CV-110 with a 220V nominal input voltage.
Contactor selection current = 45/220 × 200 = 40.9[A]
According to the table above, select "S-T35-AC200V".

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Contactor selection current [A] =
(Contactor selection current for 380V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) × 380 [V]

Selection of contactor for 380V input

Unit type
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
MDS-DH2-CV-
Rated output 3.7kW 7.5kW 11kW 18.5kW 30kW 37kW 45kW 55kW 75kW
Contactor selection
8A 16A 24A 40A 65A 80A 98A 119A 163A
current for 380V input
Selection example of contactor S-T12- S-T12- S-T21- S-T35- S-T50- S-T65- S-T65- S-T80- S-N150-
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.) AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V AC400V
Conventional freeair thermal
current of the selection example 20A 20A 32A 50A 80A 100A 100A 135A 200A
of contactor
Option part: A contactor is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.

(Example)
Select a contactor for using the MDS-DH2-CV-450 with a 480V nominal input voltage.
Contactor selection current = 98/480×380 = 77.6[A]
According to the table above, select "S-T50-AC400V".

POINT
1. Use an alternating contactor.
2. If the contactor selection current is 20A or less, select the S-T12 product for the contactor.
3. Select a contactor whose excitation coil does not operate at 15mA or less.

IB-1501124-D 228
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.3 Selection of Earth Leakage Breaker

When installing an earth leakage breaker, select the breaker on the following basis to prevent the breaker from malfunctioning
by the higher frequency earth leakage current generated in the servo or spindle drive unit.

(1) Selection
Obtaining the earth leakage current for all drive units referring to the following table, select an earth leakage breaker
within the "rated non-operation sensitivity current".
Usually use an earth leakage breaker for inverter products that function at a leakage current within the commercial
frequency range (50 to 60Hz).
If a product sensitive to higher frequencies is used, the breaker could malfunction at a level less than the maximum earth
leakage current value.

Earth leakage current for each unit

Series Drive unit Earth leakage current Maximum earth leakage current
MDS-D2-SP-20 to 640 6mA 15mA
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 to 16080 6mA 30ｍA
MDS-D2 MDS-D2-V1-20 to 320W 1mA 2mA
MDS-D2-V2-2020 to 160160 1mA 4mA (for two axes)
MDS-D2-V3-202020 to MDS-D2-V3-404040 3mA 6mA
MDS-DH2-SP-20 to 480 6mA 15mA
MDS-DH2 MDS-DH2-V1-10 to 200 1mA 2mA
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 to 8080 1mA 4mA (for two axes)
(Note1) Maximum earth leakage current: Value that considers wiring length and grounding, etc.(Commercial frequency
50/60Hz)
(Note2) The earth leakage current in the power supply unit side is included in the drive unit side.

(2) Measurement of earth leakage current

When actually measuring the earth leakage current, use a product that is not easily affected by the higher frequency
earth leakage current. The measurement range should be 50 to 60Hz.

POINT
1. The earth leakage current tends to increase as the motor capacity increases.
2. A higher frequency earth leakage current will always be generated because the inverter circuit in the drive unit switches
the transistor at high speed. Always ground to reduce the higher frequency earth leakage current as much as possible.
3. An earth leakage current containing higher frequency may reach approx. several hundreds of mA. According to IEC479-
2, this level is not hazardous to the human body.

229 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.4 Branch-circuit Protection (for Control Power Supply)

6.4.1 Circuit Protector
This breaker is used to switch the control power and to provide overload and short-circuit protection.
When connecting a circuit protector to the power input (TE3 terminals L11 and L21) for the control circuit, use a product that
does not trip (incorrectly activate) by a rush current when the power is turned ON. A circuit protector with inertial delay is
available to prevent unnecessary tripping. Select the product to be used according to the machine specifications.
The rush current and rush conductivity time differ according to the power impedance and power ON timing, so select a
product that does not trip even under the conditions listed in the following table.

Rush current I [A] Rush conductivity time:


MDS-D2 Series: Ip=30A Time to reach 36.8% of rush current Ip,
MDS-DH2 Series: Ip=18A equivalent to circuit protector operation characteristics
(per 1 unit) operation time.
36.8%
t [ms]

Time
constant: MDS-D2 Series:T = 12ms
MDS-DH2 Series:T = 18ms

POINT
When collectively protecting the control circuit power for multiple units, select a circuit protector that satisfies the total sum
of the rush current Ip.
The largest value is used for the rush conductivity time T.

6.4.2 Fuse Protection

The fuse of branch-circuit protection must use UL class CC, J or T. In the selection, please consider rush current and rush
conductive time.

Selection of branch-circuit protection fuse

Fuse (Class CC) Wire Size
Connected total of unit
Rated [V] Current [A] AWG
1 to 4 20
600 16 to 14
5 to 8 35

CAUTION
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace only with same type 600 V, 80 or 35 A (UL CLASS CC) fuse.

WARNING
Before replacing fuse, confirm all power controlling the drive system is shut-OFF. Be sure to look out the power source to
prevent the power from being turned ON while maintenance is being performed.

IB-1501124-D 230
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.5 Noise Filter

(1) Selection
Use an EMC noise filter if the noise conducted to the power line must be reduced. Select an EMC noise filter taking the
power supply unit's input rated voltage and input rated current into consideration.

(2) Noise filter mounting position

Install the noise filter to the power supply unit's power input as the diagram below indicates.

Power
distribution panel

Breaker AC reactor Contactor Power supply unit

R
Power Noise filter S
supply
 T
MDS-D2/DH2-CV

(Note) The noise filter must be prepared by the user.

Recommended devices:
Soshin Electric HF3000C-SZA Series

Contact:
Soshin Electric Co., Ltd. http://www.soshin-ele.com/

(Note) The above devices may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion.

Contact each manufacturer for more information.

231 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.6 Surge Absorber

When controlling a magnetic brake of a servo motor in DC OFF circuit, a surge absorber must be installed to protect the relay
contacts and brakes. Commonly a varistor is used.

(1) Selection of varistor

When a varistor is installed in parallel with the coil, the surge voltage can be adsorbed as heat to protect a circuit.
Commonly a 120V product is applied. When the brake operation time is delayed, use a 220V product. Always confirm
the operation with an actual machine.

(2) Specifications
Select a varistor with the following or equivalent specifications. To prevent short-circuiting, attach a flame resistant
insulation tube, etc., onto the leads as shown in the following outline dimension drawing.

Varistor specifications
Varistor Rating Electrostatic
voltage Surge current Energy Max. limit capacity
Tolerable circuit
rating withstand level withstand level Power voltage (reference
Varistor type voltage
(range) (A) (J) value)
10/
(V) AC(V) DC(V) 1 time 2 times 2ms (W) (V) (pF)
1000μs
ERZV10D121 120
75 100 3500 2500 20 14.5 0.4 200 1400
TND10V-121K (108 to 132)
ERZV10D221 220
140 180 3500 2500 39 27.5 0.4 360 410
TND10V-221K (198 to 242)
(Note 1) Selection condition: When ON/OFF frequency is 10 times/min or less, and exciting current is 2A or less
(Note 2) ERZV10D121 and ERZV10D221 are manufactured by Panasonic Corporation.
TNR10V121K and TNR10V221K are manufactured by Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation.
Contact: Panasonic Corporation http://www.panasonic.com/global/home.html
Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation http://www.chemi-con.co.jp/e/index.html

(3) Outline dimension drawing

ERZV10D121, ERZV10D221
11.5

Insulation tube
20.0

[Unit:mm]

POINT
Normally use a product with 120V varistor voltage. If there is no allowance for the brake operation time, use the 220V
product. A varistor whose voltage exceeds 220V cannot be used, as such varistor will exceed the specifications of the relay
in the unit.

IB-1501124-D 232
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.7 Relay

CN9 connector is equipped with 24V input/output circuit for the control of external devices and the control by an external
signal.
Set the relevant parameters and use them with care for the wiring since some signals are changeover type, which can be
switched over by parameters. Refer to the description of each function in relevant sections for details on the function
specifications and settings.

Connector Input condition Connector Output condition

18VDC to 25.2VDC
Switch ON Output voltage 24VDC ±5%
4.3mA or more
CN9 CN9
4VDC or less Tolerable output
Switch OFF 50mA or less
2mA or less current
18VDC to 25.2VDC
Switch ON
4.3mA or more
CN24
4VDC or less
Switch OFF
2mA or less

For a switch or relay to be wired, use a switch or relay that satisfies the input/output (voltage, current) conditions.

Interface name Selection example

Use a minute signal switch which is stably contacted and operated even with low
For digital input signal (CN24,CN9) voltage or current.
< Example > OMRON: G2A, G6B type, MY type, LY type
Use a compact relay operated with rating of 24VDC, 50mA or less.
For digital output signal (CN9)
< Example > OMRON: G6B type, MY type

233 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

Input circuit Output circuit

CN9 connector CN9 connector

24V 24V

DI1 13 4.1k

Switch Relay, etc.

8 MPO1
D01
DICOM 20

18 MPO2
Servo/spindle D02
drive unit
16 MPO3
D03

CN24 connector
24V
10 24G
1A 4.1k
(2)
Switch
Servo/spindle
drive unit
4A

(1) The part indicated by the " " must be

Power supply unit prepared by the user.

(Note) Do not connect "(1)" or "(2)".

If a ground of the external 24V power is same as the 24V power in the drive unit, a fault or abnormal operation could
occur.

Servo input/output signal (CN9 connector)

Connector Signal changeover
Device name Signal name
pin No. parameter
SLS(Safely Limited Speed) function door state signal SV082/bitF-C=1
MPI1 CN9-13
Servo input Battery box voltage drop signal SV082/bitF-C=2
signal MPI2 CN9-2 (Reservation)
MPI3 CN9-3 (Reservation)
MPO1 CN9-8 (Reservation)
Servo output
MPO2 CN9-18 Servo specified speed signal SV082/bit9,8=01
signal
MPO3 CN9-16 (Reservation)

Spindle input/output signal (CN9 connector)

Connector Signal changeover
Device name Signal name
pin No. parameter
SLS(Safely Limited Speed) function door state signal SP227/bitF-C=1
MPI1 CN9-13
Spindle input Proximity switch signal SP227/bitF-C=4
signal MPI2 CN9-2 (Reservation)
MPI3 CN9-3 (Reservation)
MPO1 CN9-8 Coil changeover signal
Spindle input
MPO2 CN9-18 Spindle specified speed signal SP229/bitC=1
signal
MPO3 CN9-16 (Reservation)

CAUTION
The different signal changeover parameter setting is not available for the same connector pin number of each axis in 2-axis
or 3-axis drive unit.

IB-1501124-D 234
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

6.8 Selection of Link Connection

6.8.1 Connection of L11 and L21 Link
Regardless of the power supply unit and drive unit capacities, the wire size must be IV2SQ or more. When using a
conductor bar, the conductor cross-sectional area must be 1mm2 or more.
The wire size between the circuit protector and L11, L21 must also be IV2SQ or more.

6.8.2 Connection of L+ and L- Link

< Selection method 1 > To unify the wire or conductor bar sizes for L+ and L- links
To unify the wire or conductor bar sizes for L+ and L- links, select the following size or larger for the L+ and L- links
based on the power supply unit capacity.

Model D2-CV-37 D2-CV-75 D2-CV-110 D2-CV-185 D2-CV-300 D2-CV-370 D2-CV-450 D2-CV-550

Rated output
17A 30A 41A 76A 144A 164A 198A 238A
current
IV3.5SQ IV5.5SQ IV22SQ IV38SQ HIV60SQ HIV60SQ
Wire size HIV60SQ
HIV3.5SQ HIV5.5SQ HIV14SQ HIV22SQ or more or more
Dedicated
Conductor bar bar
cross-sectional 5mm2 or 8mm2 or 11mm2 or 19mm2 or 36mm2 or 41mm2 or 50mm2 or
area more more more more more more more

DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV- DH2-CV-

Model
37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
Rated output
7.1A 15A 21A 38A 72A 82A 99A 119A 150A
current
IV2.0SQ IV3.5SQ IV5.5SQ IV14SQ IV38SQ IV50SQ IV60SQ
Wire size
HIV2.0SQ HIV3.5SQ HIV5.5SQ HIV8SQ HIV22SQ HIV38SQ HIV50SQ
Dedicated Dedicated
Conductor bar
2mm2 or 4mm2 or 6mm2 or 10mm2 or 18mm2 or 21mm2 or 25mm2 or bar bar
cross-sectional
area more more more more more more more

< Selection method 2 > To suppress the wire or conductor bar sizes for L+ and L- links to the minimum required
for each unit
To suppress the wire or conductor bar sizes for L+ and L- links to the minimum required for each unit, select as
shown below based on the current value that actually flows to the L+ and L- links.
In this section, the case when two servo drive units and one spindle drive unit are connected to one power supply
unit is explained. The same selection methods apply in all other cases.

D2-V2 D2-V1 D2-SP D2-CV

L+, L- link

Link1 Link2 Link3

I1 I2 I3 I4

(1) If the current which flows through the L+ and L- bus bars of each drive unit is I1 to I4 as shown above, the current
that flows through each link (Link1 to Link3) is the following equation [1]. Thus, the wire and conductor bar for each
L+, L- link should tolerate the above current.
However, if the above current (I(Link □ )) exceeds the rated output current in < Selection method 1 >, use the wire
and conductor bar for L+ and L- link in < Selection method 1 >.

I(Link1) = I1 + I2
I(Link2) = I1 + I2 + I3 [1]
I(Link3) = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4

235 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

(2) The I1 to I4 values are actually obtained with the following equation [2].

( I1 to I4) = Motor output current × 1.1 ・・・[2]

Note that the value of the following table (a) Compatible spindle drive unit capacity for spindle motor or (b)
Compatible servo motor type for servo motor is substituted into "Motor output current" in the equation [2].

(a) Compatible spindle drive unit capacity

Spindle drive DH2-SP-
D2-SP-20 D2-SP-40 D2-SP-80 D2-SP-160 D2-SP-200 D2-SP-240 D2-SP-320 D2-SP-400
unit capacity 640
Motor output
4.5A 10A 18A 37A 63A 79A 130A 174A 200A
current

Spindle drive DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP- DH2-SP-
unit capacity 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Motor output
9A 13A 19A 30A 65A 70A 103A 132A
current

(b) Compatible servo motor type

Servo motor type HF75 HF105 HF54 HF104 HF154 HF224 HF204 HF354
Motor output
2.8A 3.6A 1.8A 3.6A 5.8A 8.5A 6.8A 13.8A
current

Servo motor type HF123 HF223 HF303 HF453 HF703 HF903 HF142 HF302
Motor output
5.2A 9.0A 10.7A 13.4A 16.6A 27.2A 3.9A 10.9A
current

Servo motor type HP54 HP104 HP154 HP224 HP204

Motor output
1.8A 3.6A 5.0A 7.4A 7.2A
current

Servo motor type HP354 HP454 HP704 HP903 HP1103

Motor output
15.2A 14.2A 19.2A 22.2A 25.2A
current

Servo motor type HF-KP23 HF-KP43 HF-KP73

Motor output
1.4A 2.7A 5.2A
current

Servo motor type HF-H75 HF-H105 HF-H54 HF-H104 HF-H154 HF-H204 HF354 HF453
Motor output
1.4A 1.8A 0.9A 1.8A 2.9A 3.4A 6.9A 6.7A
current

Servo motor type HF-H703 HF-H903

Motor output
8.3A 13.6A
current

Servo motor type HF-H54 HF-H104 HF-H154 HF-H224 HF-H204

Motor output
0.9A 1.8A 2.5A 3.7A 3.6A
current

Servo motor type HF-H354 HF-H454 HF-H704 HF-H903 HF-H1103

Motor output
7.6A 7.1A 9.6A 11.1A 12.6A
current

Servo motor type HC-H1502S-S10

Motor output
38.8A
current

IB-1501124-D 236
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

(3) Obtain I (Bar1) to I (Bar3) using the equations [1] based on I1 to I4 obtained with the equation (2)[2]. Match that
value against the following table, and select the IV wire size.
When using a conductor bar, calculate the value at 4A (reference value) per 1mm2 of conductor area.
Tolerable current
Wire size
IV wire (60°C) HIV wire (75°C)
2SQ 15A 15A
3.5SQ 20A 20A
5.5SQ 28A 30A
8SQ 34A 46A
14SQ 50A 65A
22SQ 65A 85A
38SQ 92A 115A
60SQ 124A 150A
(Ambient temperature is 40°C or less)

CAUTION
1. When the number of units is an odd number, install and adjust the height by spacer etc. because the bar of the final axis
floats by the thickness of the bar.
2. Unify the thickness of the bar to prevent a contact failure due to the inclination at thread fastening.
The thickness for two-ply bar must be 6.4mm or less.
3. To ensure the contact area of the bar, 15 to 16mm is recommended for the bar width.
4. The following material and plating are recommended for the DC link bar.
Material: Tough-pitch copper (C1100)
Plating: Tin plating

237 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices

IB-1501124-D 238
 7
Selection

239 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.1 Selection of the Servo Motor

7.1.1 Outline
It is important to select a servo motor matched to the purpose of the machine that will be installed. If the servo motor and
machine to be installed do not match, the motor performance cannot be fully realized, and it will also be difficult to adjust the
parameters. Be sure to understand the servo motor characteristics in this chapter to select the correct motor.

(1) Motor inertia

The servo motor has an optimum load inertia scale. If the load inertia exceeds the optimum range, the control becomes
unstable and the servo parameters become difficult to adjust. When the load inertia is too large, decelerate with the
gears (The motor axis conversion load inertia is proportional to the square of the deceleration ratio.), or change to a
motor with a large inertia.

(2) Rated speed

Even with motors having the same capacity, the rated speed will differ according to the motor.
The motor's rated output is designed to be generated at the rated speed, and the output P (W) is expressed with
expression (7-1). Thus, even when the motors have the same capacity, the rated torque will differ according to the rated
speed.
P = 2πNT (W) ---(7-1)
N: Motor speed (1/sec)
T: Output torque (N.m)

In other words, even with motors having the same capacities, the one with the lower rated speed will generate a larger
torque. If generated torque is the same, the drive unit capacity can be downsized. When actually mounted on the
machine, if the positioning distance is short and the motor cannot reach the maximum speed, the motor with the lower
rated speed will have a shorter positioning time. When selecting the motor, consider the axis stroke and usage methods,
and select the motor with the optimum rated speed.

IB-1501124-D 240
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.1.2 Selection of Servo Motor Capacity

The following three elements are used to determine the servo motor capacity.
1. Load inertia ratio
2. Short time characteristics (acceleration/deceleration torque)
3. Continuous characteristics (continuous effective load torque)
Carry out appropriate measures, such as increasing the motor capacity, if any of the above conditions is not fulfilled.

(1) Load inertia ratio

Each servo motor has an appropriate load inertia ratio (load inertia/motor inertia). The control becomes unstable when
the load inertia ratio is too large, and the servo parameter adjustment becomes difficult. It becomes difficult to improve
the surface precision in the feed axis, and the positioning time cannot be shortened in the positioning axis because the
settling time is longer.
If the load inertia ratio exceeds the recommended value in the servo specifications list, increase the motor capacity, and
select so that the load inertia ratio is within the recommended range.
Note that the recommended value for the load inertia ratio is strictly one guideline. This does not mean that controlling of
the load with inertia exceeding the recommended value is impossible.

POINT
1. When selecting feed axis servo motors for NC unit machine tools, place importance on the surface precision during
machining. To do this, always select a servo motor with a load inertia ratio within the recommended value. Select the
lowest value possible within that range.
2. The load inertia ratio for the motor with brakes must be judged based on the motor inertia for the motor without brakes.

(2) Short time characteristics

In addition to the continuous operation range, the servo motor has the short time operation range that can be used only
in a short time such as acceleration/deceleration. This range is expressed by the maximum torque and the torque
characteristics. The maximum torque or the torque characteristics differ according to each motor, so confirm the
specifications in section "2.1 Servo Motor".
The torque required for the servo motor’s acceleration/deceleration differs according to the CNC’s command pattern or
the servo’s position control method.
Determine the required maximum motor torque from the following expression, and select the servo motor capacity.

(a) Selection with the maximum torque characteristics

In a low-speed rotation range (approximately less than half of the servo motor maximum speed), the linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant "ta" that can be driven depends on the motor maximum torque. That can be
approximated from the machine specifications using the expression (7-2).

-2
1.05™10 ™(JL/η+JM)™N (ms)
ta = ••• (7-2)
(0.8™TMAX-TL)

N : Motor reach speed (r/min)

JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
JM : Motor inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
η : Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
TMAX : Maximum motor torque (N•m)
TL : Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque (N•m)

Using the approximate linear acceleration/deceleration time constant "ta" calculated above, confirm the torque
characteristics of the high-speed rotation range in the CNC’s command pattern or the servo’s position control
method.

241 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(b) Approximation when using the NC command linear acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo standard position
control
This is a normal command pattern or servo standard position control method.
Using the expression (7-3) and (7-4), approximate the maximum torque "Ta1" and maximum torque occurrence
speed "Nm" required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.

-Kp˜ta
Ta1 = ˜(1- e 1000 )+TL (N.m) ••• (7-3)
ta

Nm =N˜{1- 1000 ˜(1- e-Kp˜ta

1000 )} (r/min)
Kp˜ta •••(7-4)

ta : Acceleration/deceleration time constant (ms)

Kp : Position loop gain (SV003) (rad/s)
N : Motor reach speed (r/min)
JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
JM : Motor inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
η : Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
TL : Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque (N•m)

Motor speed
(r/min) NC command
N

Nm
Motor actual speed

0 Speed most required

ta
Motor Time (ms) Motor for the motor torque
acceleration torque
Ac
Motor acceleration Ta 1

TL

0 ta 0 Nm N
Time (ms) Motor speed
(r/min)

Fig.1 Speed, acceleration and torque characteristics when using the NC command linear
acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo standard position control

IB-1501124-D 242
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(c) Approximation when using the NC command linear acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo SHG control (option)
This is a servo’s position control method to achieve a normal command pattern and high precision. SHG control
improves the position loop gain by stably controlling a delay of the position loop in the servo system. This allows the
settling time to be reduced and a high precision to be achieved.
Using the expression (7-5) and (7-6), approximate the maximum torque "Ta1" and maximum torque occurrence
speed "Nm" required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.

-2˜Kp˜ta
Ta1 = ˜(1- 0.586˜e 1000 )+TL (N.m) ••• (7-5)
ta

-2˜Kp˜ta
Nm =N˜{1- 1000 ˜(1-1.5˜e 1000 )} (r/min)
1.3˜Kp˜ta ••• (7-6)

ta : Acceleration/deceleration time constant (ms)

Kp : Position loop gain (SV003) (rad/s)
N : Motor reach speed (r/min)
JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
JM : Motor inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
η : Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
TL : Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque (N•m)

Motor speed
㧔r/min 㧕 NC command
N

Nm
Motor actual speed

0 ta Speed most required

Time (ms) Motor for the motor torque
Motor
acceleration torque

Ac
Ta 1
Motor acceleration

TL

0 ta 0
Nm N Motor speed
Time (ms)
(r/min)

Fig.2 Speed, acceleration and torque characteristics when using the NC command linear
acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo SHG control

243 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(d) Approximation when using the NC command soft acceleration/deceleration pattern + feed forward control
This is an approximation when using high-speed high-accuracy control and OMR-FF control.
If the feed forward amount is set properly, the delay of the servo position loop is guaranteed. Therefore, this
command acceleration pattern can be approximated to the NC command and does not depend on the servo
position control method.
Using the expression (7-7) and (7-8), approximate the maximum torque "Ta1" and maximum torque occurrence
speed "Nm" required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.

-2
1.05™10 ™(JL/η+JM)™N (N.m)
Ta1 = +TL ••• (7-7)
ta

1 tb
Nm =N™(1- ™ (r/min) ••• (7-8)
2 ta

ta : Acceleration/deceleration time constant (ms)

tb : Acceleration/deceleration time constant (ms)
N : Motor reach speed (r/min)
JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
JM : Motor inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
η : Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
TL : Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque (N•m)

Motor speed
NC commandѳMotor actual speed
㧔r/min 㧕
N

Nm

0
ta ta+tb Speed most required
Time (ms) Motor for the motor torque
Motor
torque
acceleration
Ac
Ta 1

TL

0 0
tb ta ta+ tb Nm N
Time (ms) Motor speed
(r/min)

Fig 3. Speed, acceleration and torque characteristic when using the NC command soft
acceleration/deceleration pattern + feed forward control

IB-1501124-D 244
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(e) Confirmation in the torque characteristics

Confirm whether the maximum torque "Ta1" and maximum torque occurrence speed "Nm" required for this
acceleration/deceleration pattern calculated in the item "(b)" to "(d)" are in the short time operation range of the
torque characteristics.

Motor maximum torque

100
Required maximum torque: Ta 1
Required maximum torque occurrence speed: Nm

80
High-speed rotation range
torque characteristic
Torque [N ࡮m]

60

Short time operation range

40

20

Continuous operation range

0
0 2000 4000
Rotation speed [r/min]

Motor torque characteristics

If they are not in the short time operation range, return to the item "(b)" to "(d)" and make the linear acceleration/
deceleration time constant "ta" large.
If the acceleration specification cannot be changed (the linear acceleration/deceleration time constant cannot be
increased), reconsider the selection, such as increasing the motor capacity.

POINT
1. In selecting the maximum torque "Ta1" required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern, the measure of it is 80% of the
motor maximum torque "TMAX "

2. In high-speed rotation range, confirm that the maximum torque "Ta1" and maximum torque occurrence speed "Nm"
required for this acceleration/deceleration is in the short time operation range.
3. The drive system efficiency is normally approx. 0.95 in the ball screw mechanism and approx. 0.8 in the gear mechanism
4. For the torque characteristics in the motor high-speed rotation range, the AC input voltage is 200V (200V series) or 380V
(400V series). If the input voltage is low or if the power wire connecting the servo motor and drive unit is long (20m
length), the short time operation range is limited. In this case, an allowance must be provided for the selection of the
high-speed rotation range.

245 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(3) Continuous characteristics

A typical operation pattern is assumed, and the motor's continuous effective load torque (Trms) is calculated from the
motor shaft conversion and load torque. If numbers <1> to <8> in the following drawing were considered a one cycle
operation pattern, the continuous effective load torque is obtained from the root mean square of the torque during each
operation, as shown in the expression (7-9).

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

Motor
speed 0

T1
T7
T2 T4
Motor 0
torque Time
T3 T6 T8
T5

t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8

t0

Fig. 1 Continuous operation pattern

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
T1 ·t1+T2 ·t2+T3 ·t3+T4 ·t4+T5 ·t5+T6 ·t6+T7 ·t7+T8 ·t8
Trms = ••• (7-9)
t0

Select a motor so that the continuous effective load torque Trms is 80% or less of the motor stall torque Tst.

Trms 0.8•Tst ••• (7-10)

The amount of acceleration torque (Ta) shown in tables 7-3 and 7-4 is the torque to accelerate the load inertia in a
frictionless state. It can be calculated by the expression (7-11). (For Acceleration/deceleration)

-2
1.05™10 ™(JL/η+JM)™N
Ta = (N.m) ••• (7-11)
ta

N : Motor reach speed (r/min)

JL : Motor shaft conversion load inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
JM : Motor inertia (×10-4kg•m2)
ta : Acceleration/deceleration time constant (ms)
η : Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)

For an unbalance axis, select a motor so that the motor shaft conversion load torque (friction torque + unbalance torque)
is 60% or less of the stall.

TL 0.6•Tst ••• (7-12)

IB-1501124-D 246
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(a) Horizontal axis load torque

When operations [1] to [8] are for a horizontal axis, calculate so that the following torques are required in each period.

Table 7-3 Load torques of horizontal axes

Period Load torque calculation method Explanation
Normally the acceleration/deceleration time
[1] (Amount of acceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) constant is calculated so that this torque is 80% of
the maximum torque of the motor.
[2] (Kinetic friction torque)
The absolute value of the acceleration torque
amount is same as the one of the deceleration
[3] (Amount of deceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) torque amount. The signs for the amount of
acceleration torque and amount of deceleration
torque are reversed.
Calculate so that the static friction torque is always
[4] (Static friction torque)
required during a stop.
The signs are reversed with period <1> when the
[5] - (Amount of acceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque) kinetic friction does not change according to
movement direction.
The signs are reversed with period <2> when the
[6] - (Kinetic friction torque) kinetic friction does not change according to
movement direction.
The signs are reversed with period <3> when the
[7] - (Amount of deceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque) kinetic friction does not change according to
movement direction.
Calculate so that the static friction torque is always
[8] - (Static friction torque)
required during a stop.

(b) Unbalance axis load torque

When operations [1] to [8] are for an unbalance axis, calculate so that the following torques are required in each period.
Note that the forward speed shall be an upward movement.

Table 7-4 Load torques of unbalance axes

Period Load torque calculation method Explanation
Normally the acceleration/deceleration time
(Amount of acceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) +
[1] constant is calculated so that this torque is 80% of
(Unbalance torque)
the maximum torque of the motor.
[2] (Kinetic friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
The absolute value of the acceleration torque
amount is same as the one of the deceleration
(Amount of deceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) +
[3] torque amount. The signs for the amount of
(Unbalance torque)
acceleration torque and amount of deceleration
torque are reversed.
The holding torque during a stop becomes fairly
[4] (Static friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
large. (Upward stop)
- (Amount of acceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
[5]
+ (Unbalance torque)
The generated torque may be in the reverse of the
[6] - (Kinetic friction torque) + (Unbalance torque) movement direction, depending on the size of the
unbalance torque.
- (Amount of deceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
[7]
+ (Unbalance torque)
The holding torque becomes smaller than the
[8] - (Static friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
upward stop. (Downward stop)

POINT
During a stop, the static friction torque may constantly be applied. The static friction torque and unbalance torque may be
applied during an unbalance axis upward stop, and the torque during a stop may become extremely large. Therefore,
caution is advised.

247 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.1.3 Motor Shaft Conversion Load Torque

The calculation method for a representative load torque is shown.

Type Mechanism Calculation expression

F .( V ) = F.ΔS
TL = 3 3
™10 πη N ™10 πη
TL:Load torque (N•m)
F:Force in axial direction of the machine that moves linearly (N)
η: Drive system efficiency
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
Z1 Fc
ǯ N:Motor speed (r/min)
F0
Linear ∆S:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)
movement Z1,Z2:Deceleration ratio
Servo
motor Z2 F in the above expression is obtained from the expression below when
W
the table is moved as shown on the left.
F=Fc+μ (W•g+F0)
Fc:Force applied on axial direction of moving section (N)
F0:Tightening force on inner surface of table guide (N)
W:Total mass of moving section (kg)
g:Gravitational acceleration = 9.8 (m/s2)
μ:Friction coefficient

TL0 Z1 . 1 . 1 . 1 .
TL = TL0+TF = TL0+TF
Z2 η n η
TL:Load torque (N•m)
Rotary TL0:Load torque on load shaft (N•m)
movement TF:Motor shaft conversion load friction torque (N•m)
Z1 Z2
η:Drive system efficiency
Z1,Z2:Deceleration ratio
Servo motor
n:Deceleration ratio

When rising TL=TU+TF When lowering TL= -TU•η2+TF

TL:Load torque (N•m)
Servo motor TU:Unbalanced torque (N•m)
TF:Friction torque on moving section (N•m)

(W1-W2).g (W1-W2).g.ΔS
TU = .( V ) =
3 3
™10 πη N ™10 πη
1/n
μ.(W1+W2).g.ΔS
Vertical TF = 3
movement Counter- ™10 πη
weight
W1:Load mass (kg)
Load W2:Counterweight mass (kg)
W2
η: Drive system efficiency
W1
g:Gravitational acceleration = 9.8 (m/s2)
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
N:Motor speed (r/min)
∆S:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)
μ:Friction coefficient

IB-1501124-D 248
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.1.4 Expressions for Load Inertia Calculation

The calculation method for a representative load inertia is shown.

Type Mechanism Calculation expression

Rotary shaft is cylinder center JL = .(D14-D24) = W .(D12 D22)

32 8
ǾD1.
ǾD2. TL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
ρ: Density of cylinder material (kg/cm3)
L:Length of cylinder (cm)
D1:Outer diameter of cylinder (cm)
D2:Inner diameter of cylinder (cm)
W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
<Reference data (Material densities)>
Cylinder
Rotary shaft Iron:7.80×10-3(kg/cm3) Aluminum:2.70×10-3(kg/cm3)
-3(kg/cm3)
Copper:8.96×10

When rotary shaft and cylinder W. 2 2

shaft are deviated
JL = (D +8R )
R 8

JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)

W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
D:Outer diameter of cylinder (cm)
D
R:Distance between rotary axis and cylinder axis (cm)
Rotary shaft

2 2
R a +b 2
JL = W( +R )
3
b
Column a b
a JL: Load inertia (kg•cm2)
W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
a,b,R:Left diagram (cm)
Rotary shaft

1 . V 2 ΔS 2
JL = W( ) = W( )
N 2πN 10 20π
V
Object that moves JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
linearly W:Mass of object that moves linearly (kg)
Servo
motor N:Motor speed (r/min)
W
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
∆S:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)

D 2
D
JL = W( ) +Jp
2
Suspended object JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
W:Object mass (kg)
D:Diameter of pulley (cm)
Jp:Inertia of pulley (kg•cm2)
W

Load B N2 2 N3 2
N3 JB J31
JL = J11+(J21+J22+JA).( ) +(J+JB).( )
N1 N1
J21
Converted load Servo JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
motor J22
Load A
N2
JA,JB:Inertia of load A, B (kg•cm2)
N1 JA
J11 to J31:Inertia (kg•cm2)
N1
J11 N1 to N3:Each shaft's speed (r/min)

249 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.2 Selection of the Spindle Motor

(1) Calculation of average output for spindle
In the machine which carries out the spindle’s acceleration/deceleration frequently (example: tapping center), short-time
rating is frequently used, and a rise in temperature become significant on the spindle motor or drive unit. Thus, calculate
the average output (PAV) from one cycle operation pattern and confirm that the calculated value is less than the
continuous rating output of the selected spindle motor.

[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

Motor
speed 0

P1 Cutting P7
Accelera- Decelera-
tion P2
P4 tion P8
Motor 0
torque Decelera- Stop Accelera- Stop Time
tion tion P6 Output during acceleration/deceleration (kW)
Cutting
P3 P5 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (k W)
* Actual acceleration/deceleration output (kW) is
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 1.2-fold of "Standard output (kW) during
acceleration/deceleration" or
t0 1.2-fold of "Short time rated output (kW)".

Continuous operation pattern (example)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
P1 ·t 1+P2 ·t2 +P3 ·t3 +P4 ·t4 +P5 ·t5 +P6 ·t6 +P7 ·t7 +P8 ·t8
PAV =
t0

P1 to P8 :Output
t1 to t8 :Time
t0 :One cycle operation time

Continuous rated output One cycle operation pattern average output (PAV)

POINT
1. Calculate acceleration/deceleration time by the accurate load inertia because even if the rotation speed is the same,
acceleration/deceleration time varies with a tool or workpiece mounted to the spindle.
Refer to the section "Adjusting the Acceleration/Deceleration Operation" (1) in Instruction Manual.
2. Calculation method of synchronous tapping
The acceleration/deceleration number of times is twice, for forward run and reverse run are carried out in one machining.
The output guideline is 50% of the short-time rating. The time is tapping time constant.
3. Calculation method of spindle synchronization
The output guideline is 70% of the short-time rating. The time is spindle synchronization time constant.

IB-1501124-D 250
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.3 Selection of the Power Supply Unit

For the power supply unit, calculate the spindle motor output and servo motor output each, and select the capacity
satisfying the required rated capacity and the maximum momentary output.

7.3.1 Calculation of Spindle Output

The spindle rated output and spindle maximum momentary rated output are calculated.

(1) Calculation of spindle rated output

The spindle rated output is calculated according to the following procedure.

(a) Spindle motor rated output

The spindle motor rated output is calculated from the following expression.

Spindle motor rated output =

MAX (continuous rated output, short-time rated output × short-time rated output coefficient α,
%ED rated output × %ED rated output coefficient β)

(Note 1) For the spindle motor rated output, use the maximum value of "continuous rated output", "short-time
rated output × short-time rated output coefficient α", and "%ED rated output × %ED rated output
coefficient β".
(Note 2) Select the maximum value for the spindle motor with multiple %ED rated output characteristics.

For the spindle short-time rated output coefficient α, use the value in the "Table 1.1", and for the %ED rated output
coefficient β, use the value in the "Table 1.2".

Table1.1 List of short-time rated output time and short-time rated output coefficient
Short-time rated Short-time rated Short-time rated output Short-time rated
output time output coefficient α time output coefficient α
1 minute 0.2 5 minutes 0.7
2 minutes 0.4 6 to 7 minutes 0.8
3 minutes 0.5 8 to 9 minutes 0.9
4 minutes 0.6 10 minutes or more 1.0

(Note 1) Select the set time for the short-time rated output of your spindle motor from the list.
E.g.) When the set time for the short-time rated output is "1/12h", it means "5 minutes".
(Note 2) For the motor with coil changeover specification, select the set time for the short-time rated output of the
high-speed coil.

Table 1.2 List of %ED rated output time and %ED rated output coefficient
%ED rated output coefficient
%ED rated output time
β
More than or equal to 10%
0.7
but less than 20%
More than or equal to 20%
0.9
but less than 30%
More than or equal to 30% 1.0

251 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(b) Spindle rated output

The spindle rated output is calculated from the following expression.

Spindle rated output

=Spindle motor rated output × motor output coefficient γ of the combined spindle drive unit

For the spindle motor rated output of the above expression, use the value calculated in (a).
For the motor output coefficient of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value corresponding to the used spindle
drive unit in the table 2.

Table 2. Motor output coefficient list of combined spindle drive unit

< MDS-D2 Series >

Spindle motor Combined spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP-

rated output 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
to 1.5kW 1.00 1.15 1.25 - - - - - -
to 2.2kW - 1.00 1.15 1.30 - - - - -
to 3.7kW - 1.00 1.05 1.20 - - - - -
to 5.5kW - - 1.00 1.10 1.20 - - - -
to 7.5kW - - - 1.00 1.15 1.20 - - -
to 11.0kW - - - 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 - -
to 15.0kW - - - - 1.00 1.05 1.10 - -
to 18.5kW - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.10 -
to 22kW - - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.15
to 26kW - - - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.10
to 30kW - - - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.05
to 37kW - - - - - - - 1.00 1.05
to 45kW - - - - - - - - 1.0
to 55kW - - - - - - - - 1.0

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Spindle motor Combined spindle drive unit MDS-DH2-SP-

rated output 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
to 2.2kW 1.00 1.15 1.30 - - - - -
to 3.7kW 1.00 1.05 1.20 - - - - -
to 5.5kW - 1.00 1.10 1.20 - - - -
to 7.5kW - - 1.00 1.15 - - - -
to 11.0kW - - 1.00 1.05 1.15 - - -
to 15.0kW - - - 1.00 1.10 - - -
to 18.5kW - - - 1.00 1.05 1.10 - -
to 22kW - - - - 1.00 1.05 1.15 -
to 26kW - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.20
to 30kW - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.15
to 37kW - - - - - 1.00 1.05 1.10
to 45kW - - - - - - 1.00 1.05
to 55kW - - - - - - 1.00 1.00
to 75kW - - - - - - - 1.00

POINT
1. When the spindle motor applies to the wide range constant output specification or the high-torque specification, the
spindle rated output may become large.
2. The spindle rated output is calculated from the motor output coefficient of the spindle drive unit used in combination with
the spindle motor.

IB-1501124-D 252
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

(2) Calculation of spindle maximum momentary output

The spindle maximum momentary output is calculated from the following expression.

Spindle maximum momentary output

=MAX (short-time rated output × 1.2, output at acceleration/deceleration × 1.2 or %ED rated output×1.2)

(Note) For the spindle rated output, use the larger one of "short-time rated output × 1.2", "output at acceleration/
deceleration × 1.2" or "%ED rated output×1.2".

7.3.2 Calculation of Servo Motor Output

(1) Selection with rated output
(2) Selection with maximum momentary output
For the rated output and maximum momentary output of the servo motor, use the value corresponding to the servo motor
in the table 3.

Table 3. Data for servo motor output selection

< 200V series >
Motor HF 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354
Rated output (kW) 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5
Maximum momentary output
2.6 3.6 2.3 5.0 9.0 12.3 8.0 18.0
(kW)

Motor HP 123 223 303 453 703 903 142 302

Rated output (kW) 1.2 2.2 3.0 4.5 7.0 9.0 1.4 3.0
Maximum momentary output
4.0 7.5 12.0 22.0 28.0 41.0 3.8 7.4
(kW)

Motor HP 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Rated output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Maximum momentary output
2.3 4.3 8.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 21.0 27.0 33.0 50.0
(kW)

Motor HF-KP 23 43 73
Rated output (kW) 0.2 0.4 0.75
Maximum momentary output
0.72 1.72 2.85
(kW)

< 400V series >

Motor HF-H 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903
Rated output (kW) 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Maximum momentary output
2.6 3.6 2.3 5.0 9.0 8.0 18.0 22.0 28.0 41.0
(kW)

Motor HP-H 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Rated output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Maximum momentary output
2.3 4.3 8.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 21.0 27.0 33.0 50.0
(kW)

Motor HC-H 1502S-S10

Rated output (kW) 15.0
Maximum momentary output
59.0
(kW)
(Note) The maximum momentary output in this table is reference data for selecting the power supply unit and is
not data which guarantees the maximum output.

253 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.3.3 Selection of the Power Supply Unit

Select the power supply unit from the total sum of the rated output and the maximum momentary output.

(1) Calculation of required rated output

(a) When there is only one servo motor axis

Power supply unit rated capacity > Σ (Spindle rated output) + (Servo motor rated output)

(b) When there are two or more servo motor axes

Power supply unit rated capacity > Σ (Spindle rated output) + 0.7 Σ (Servo motor rated output)

Substitute the output calculated from "7.3.1(1)" and "7.3.2(1)" to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate the total sum of
the spindle rated output and servo motor rated output. According to this, select the power supply unit satisfying the rated
capacity from the table 4.

(2) Calculation of required maximum momentary output

Maximum momentary rated capacity of power supply unit

Σ (Spindle maximum momentary output) + Σ (Maximum momentary output of servo motor
accelerating/ decelerating simultaneously + Maximum momentary output of direct drive motor
accelerating/ decelerating simultaneously)

Substitute the output calculated from "7.3.1(2)" and "7.3.2(2)" to the above expression, and calculate the total sum of the
"spindle maximum momentary output" and "output of servo motor accelerating/decelerating simultaneously". According
to this, select the power supply unit satisfying the maximum momentary rated capacity from the table 4.

(3) Selection of power supply unit

Select the power supply unit of which the capacity is larger than that selected in the item (1) and (2).

Table 4. Power supply unit rated capacity and maximum momentary rated capacity
< MDS-D2 Series >

Unit MDS-D2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550

Rated capacity (kW) 4.2 8 11.5 19 31 38 46 56
Maximum momentary rated capacity
16 23 39 60 92 101 125 175
(kW)

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Unit MDS-DH2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750

Rated capacity (kW) 4.2 8 11.5 19 31 38 46 56 76
Maximum momentary rated capacity (kW) 16 23 39 60 92 101 125 175 180

IB-1501124-D 254
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

CAUTION
1. When two or more servo motor axes are connected, do the calculation with the largest rated capacity of the servo motor
if a value obtained by multiplying the total sum of the servo motor rated output by "0.7" is smaller than the largest rated
capacity of the servo motors.
Example: HF Series
(1) For "HF903 (9.0kW) + HF104 (1.0kW)", "0.7 × (9.0 + 1.0) =7.0 < 9.0" is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying "9.0kW" to the total sum of the servo motor's rated output.
(2) For "HF903 (9.0kW) + HF903 (9.0kW)", "0.7 × (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 > 9.0" is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying "12.6kW" to the total sum of the servo motor's rated output.
Example: HF-H Series
(1) For "HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H104 (1.0kW)", "0.7 × (9.0 + 1.0) =7.0 < 9.0" is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying "9.0kW" to the total sum of the servo motor's rated output.
(2) For "HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H903 (9.0kW)", "0.7 × (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 > 9.0" is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying "12.6kW" to the total sum of the servo motor's rated output.
2. When reducing the time constant replacing the conventional motor with the HF, HP, HF-KP, HF-H, HP-H or HC-H Series
motor, the power supply capacity may rise because the motor maximum momentary output increases more than the
conventional motor. Therefore, make sure to check the selection with maximum momentary rated capacity.
3. When the large capacity drive unit (MDS-D2-SP-400/640, MDS-DH2-SP-200/320/480, MDS-DH2-V1-200) is connected
to the power supply unit, always install the drive unit proximally in the left side of the power supply unit and connect PN
terminal with the dedicated DC connection bar.
4. When using two large capacity drive units or more, the power supply unit is required for each drive unit.

255 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.3.4 Required Capacity of Power Supply

For the power supply capacity, calculate the required spindle rated output and servo motor rated output each, and select
the power supply capacity satisfying them.

(1) Spindle rated output required for power supply

The spindle rated output required for power supply is calculated from the following expression.

Spindle rated output required for power supply =

MAX (Spindle motor continuous rated output, Spindle motor output at accelerating/decelerating, Spindle
motor short-time output)× motor output coefficient γ of combined spindle drive unit

(Note) For the spindle rated output required for the power supply, multiply the largest one of "spindle motor
continuous rated output", "spindle motor output at acceleration/deceleration" and "spindle motor short-time
output" by the motor output coefficient γ of the combined spindle drive unit.
For the motor output coefficient of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value corresponding to the used
spindle drive unit in the table 2. of 7.3.1 (1).

(2) Servo motor rated output required for power supply

For the servo motor rated output required for power supply, use the value calculated in 7.3.2 (1).

(3) Calculation of rated output required for power supply

(a) When there is only one servo motor axis
Rated capacity required for power supply =
Σ(Spindle rated output required for power supply) + (servo motor rated output required for power
supply)

(b) When there are two or more servo motor axes

Rated capacity required for power supply =
Σ (Spindle rated output required for power supply) + 0.7 Σ (servo motor rated output required for
power supply)

Substitute the output calculated from the item (1) and (2) to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate the rated
capacity required for the power supply.

(4) Calculation of required power supply

Power supply capacity (kVA) = Σ{(Required rated capacity calculated in the item (3)(kW) / Capacity of
selected power supply unit (kW)) × Power supply capacity base value (kVA)}

The power supply capacity base value corresponding to the capacity of the selected power supply unit is as the following
table.
< MDS-D2 Series >
Unit MDS-D2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
Power supply capacity base value (kVA) 5.3 11.0 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0

< MDS-DH2 Series >

Unit MDS-DH2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
Power supply capacity base value (kVA) 5.3 11.0 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0 107.0

IB-1501124-D 256
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.3.5 Example for Power Supply Unit and Power Supply Facility Capacity
< MDS-D2 Series >
(Example 1)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V1-160) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-D2-SP-320
Spindle Spindle motor 22kW 22kW 26.4kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
0.7 × (3.5 × 3) + 22 (18 × 3) + 26.4
Total = 29.35kW = 80.4kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 92kW (D2-CV-300)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-D2-CV-
300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) × 43 = 42.1 (kVA)

(Example 2)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X1-axis HF453 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 4.5kW 22kW
X2-axis HF453 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 4.5kW 22kW
Y-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-D2-SP-200
Spindle Spindle motor 15kW 15kW 18kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
0.7 × (4.5 × 2 + 3.5 x 2) + 15 22 × 2 + 18 × 2 + 18
Total = 26.2kW = 98.0kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 101kW (D2-CV-370)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-D2-CV-
370.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (26.2 / 37) × 53 = 37.5 (kVA)

(Example 3)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X-axis HF354 MDS-D2-V1-160 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF204 MDS-D2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Z-axis HF204 MDS-D2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Spindle motor 15kW MDS-D2-SP-320
Spindle 16.5kW 18kW
(High-torque motor) (Output coefficient 1.1)
0.7 × (3.5 + 2.0 × 2) + 16.5 18 + 8 × 2 + 18
Total = 21.75kW = 52kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 60kW (D2-CV-185)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-D2-CV-
300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (21.75 / 30) × 43 = 31.2 (kVA)

257 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

< MDS-DH2 Series >

(Example 1)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V1-80) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-DH2-SP-160
Spindle Spindle motor 22kW 22kW 26.4kW
(Output 22kW)
0.7×(3.5×3)+22 (18×3)+26.4
Total =29.35kW =80.4kW
<31kW(DH2-CV-300) <92kW(DH2-CV-300)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-DH2-CV-
300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) x 43 = 42.0 (kVA)

(Example 2)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X1-axis HF-H453 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 4.5kW 22kW
X2-axis HF-H453 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 4.5kW 22kW
Y-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-DH2-SP-100
Spindle Spindle motor 15kW 15kW 18kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
0.7×(4.5×2+3.5×2)+15 22×2+18×2+18
Total =26.2kW =98.0kW
<31kW(DH2-CV-300) <101kW(DH2-CV-370)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-DH2-CV-
370.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (26.2 / 30) x 43 = 37.6 (kVA)

(Example 3)

Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X-axis HF-H354 MDS-DH2-V1-160 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF-H204 MDS-DH2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Z-axis HF-H204 MDS-DH2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Spindle motor 15kW MDS-DH2-SP-320
Spindle 16.5kW 18kW
(High-torque motor) (Output coefficient 1.1)
0.7×(3.5+2.0×2)+16.5 18+8×2+18
Total =21.75kW =52kW
<31kW(DH2-CV-300) <60kW(DH2-CV-185)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rated output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-DH2-CV-
300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (21.75 / 30) x 43 = 31.2 (kVA)

IB-1501124-D 258
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

7.3.6 Selection of Regenerative Resistor for Power Backup Unit (R-UNIT-6,7) and
Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU)
When using the retraction function at power failure with MDS-D/DH-PFU, select to satisfy the stop operation for the
regenerative resistor and the continuous rated output of the spindle motor for the capacitor unit.

(1) Selection of regenerative resistor for power backup unit

When using the retraction function at power failure, a resistor unit is required to make the spindle deceleration and stop
after the retraction is completed.

CAUTION
1. When not using a resistor unit, control to coast the spindle motor after the retraction operation is completed.
2. Only the designated combination can be used for the power backup unit and the regenerative resistor.

(2) Selection of capacitor unit for power backup unit

When using the retraction function at power failure, the required number of capacitor units is decided by the continuous
rated output [kW] of the spindle motor. Select according to the following specifications.

List of spindle continuous rated output and number of capacitor unit

Spindle continuous rated output Number of capacitor unit
3.7kW or less 1
5.5kW or less 2
7.5kW or less 3
11kW or less 4
15kW or less 5
22kW or less 6

259 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
7 Selection

IB-1501124-D 260
Appendix 1
Cable and Connector Specifications

261 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.1 Selection of Cable

Appendix 1.1.1 Cable Wire and Assembly
(1) Cable wire
The specifications of the wire used for each cable, and the machining methods are shown in this section. The Mitsubishi
designated cable is the recommended cables shown below. When manufacturing the encoder cable and battery
connection cable, use the recommended wires shown below or equivalent products.

(a) Heat resistant specifications cable

Wire type Wire characteristics

Finish
(other Sheath No. of Heat
outer Configura- Conductive Withstand Insulation
manufacturer's material pairs resistance Flexibility
diameter tion resistor voltage resistance
product) temperature
BD20288 2 100 strands/ 40.7Ω/km
Compound 6-pair
Heat (0.5mm2) 0.08mm or less 1000 70×104
shielded cable 500VAC/ times
8.7mm resistant MΩ/km 105°C
Specification No. 4 40 strands/ 103Ω/km 1min or more at
PVC or more
Bangishi-17145 (0.2mm ) 2 0.08mm or less R200
(Note 1)

(b) General-purpose heat resistant specifications cable

Wire type Wire characteristics

Finish
(other Sheath No. of Heat
outer Configura- Conductive Withstand Insulation
manufacturer's material pairs resistance Flexibility
diameter tion resistor voltage resistance
product) temperature
BD20032 2 100 strands/ 40.7Ω/km
Compound 6-pair (0.5mm2) 0.08mm or less
shielded cable 1000 100×104
500VAC/ times
Specification No. 8.7mm PVC MΩ/km 60°C
4 40 strands/ 103Ω/km 1min or more at
Bangishi-16903 or more
Revision No. 3 (0.2mm2) 0.08mm or less R200
(Note 2))
(Note 1) BANDO Electric Wire (http://www.bew.co.jp/)
(Note 2) The Mitsubishi standard cable is the (a) Heat resistant specifications cable. When the working environment
temperature is low and so higher flexibility is required, use the (b) General-purpose heat resistant
specifications cable. For MDS-C1/CH series, (b) or equivalent is used as the standard cable.

Compound 6-pair cable structure drawing

Sheath
Mesh shield
Intervening wire

Cable core Tape

Conductor
Insulator

Core identification
Insulator color
Pair No.
L1 L2
A1 (0.5mm2) Red White
2 Black White
A2 (0.5mm )
B1 (0.2mm2) Brown Orange
B2 (0.2mm2) Blue Green
B3 (0.2mm2) Purple White
2 Yellow White
B4 (0.2mm )

IB-1501124-D 262
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

(c) HF-KP motor encoder cable

Wire type Wire characteristics

Finish
(other Sheath No. of Heat
outer Configura- Conductive Withstand Insulation
manufacturer's material pairs resistance Flexibility
diameter tion resistor voltage resistance
product) temperature
ETFE・SVP 60/
0.08mm R200
4-pair shielded 4 1500
7.1mm PVC
60 strands/ 73.0Ω/km 500VAC/
MΩ/km 105°C (70×104
cable
(0.5mm2) 0.08mm or less 1min
or more times or
Specification
more)
No.Bangishi-
17669(Note 1))
(Note 1) BANDO Electric Wire (http://www.bew.co.jp/)

4-pair shielded cable structure drawing

Sheath

Mesh shield

Tape

Insulated
cable core
Intervening wire

Conductor
Insulator

Core identification
No. Color
1 Black
2 White
3 Red
4 Green
5 Yellow
6 Brown
7 Blue
8 Gray

263 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

(2) Cable assembly

Assemble the cable with the cable shield wire securely connected to the ground plate of the connector.
Core wire
Connect with a ground
plate of connector.

Shield Sheath
(external conductor)

(3) Battery connection cable

Wire type Wire characteristics

Finish
(other Sheath No. of Heat
outer Configura- Conductive Withstand Insulation
manufacturer's material pairs resistance Flexibility
diameter tion resistor voltage resistance
product) temperature
J14B101224-00 1 1000MΩ/
7strands / 91.2Ω/km AC500V/
Two core shield 3.3mm PVC 2) km 80°C R33mm
(0.2mm 0.2mm or less 1min
cable or less
(Note 1) Junkosha Inc. http://www.junkosha.co.jp/english/index.html
Dealer: TOA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO.,LTD. http://www.toadenki.co.jp/index_e.html

Sheath

Shield

JUNFLON ETFE wire

Two core shield cable structure drawing

Core identification
No. Insulator color
1 Red
2 Black

IB-1501124-D 264
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2 Cable Connection Diagram

CAUTION
1. Take care not to mistake the connection when manufacturing the encoder cable. Failure to observe this could lead to
faults, runaway or fire.
2. When manufacturing the cable, do not connect anything to pins which have no description.

Appendix 1.2.1 Battery Cable

< DG21 cable connection diagram
(Connection cable between drive unit and A6BAT (MR-BAT) (MDS-BTCASE) >
Drive unit side connector Battery unit side connector
(Hirose Electric) (3M)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R Connector: 10120-3000VE
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008

BT 1 9 BT
LG 2 0.2mm 2 1 LG

PE Case
grounding

< DG22 cable connection diagram (Connection cable between drive unit and drive unit) >
Drive unit side connector Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric) (Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA Contact: DF1B-2428SCA

BT 1 1 BT
0.2mm2
LG 2 2 LG

< DG23 cable connection diagram (Connection cable between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36) >
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric) Battery box side
Connector : DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact : DF1B-2428SCA

BT 1 BT
LG 0.2mm2 LG
2

< DG24 cable connection diagram (Connection cable for alarm output between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36) >
Drive unit side connector
(3M) Battery box side
Connector :10120-3000VE
Shell kit :10320-52F0-008
0.2mm 2 Blue
DICOM 20 +24V (I/O power side)
Yellow
D11 13 DO(ALM)
0.2mm 2
Light blue
P5 4 +5V
0.2mm 2 White
LG 1 LG
Case FG
grounding

CAUTION
When DG24 cable is used, proximity switch or external emergency stop cannot be wired, so these functions cannot be
used.

265 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.2 Power Supply Communication Cable and Connector

< SH21 cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector Power supply unit side connector

3M) 3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008 Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008

1 1
11 11
2 2
12 12
3 3
13 13
4 4
14 14
5 5
15 15
6 6
16 16
7 7
17 17
8 8
18 18
9 9
19 19
10 10
20 20

PE PE Plate

< CN23 contactor control output connector connection diagram >

Power supply unit side

(J.S.T.)
03JFAT-SAXGSA-L

MC2 3
2 Contactor shutoff output
MC1 1
CN23

< CN24 external emergency stop connector connection diagram >

Power supply unit side

(DDK)
Connector DK-2100D-08R
Contact DK-2RECMLP1-100
External emergency 1A EMG2
stop input
24G 4A EMG1
CN24

IB-1501124-D 266
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.3 Optical Communication Repeater Unit Cable

< F070 cable connection diagram >

Optical communication repeater unit side

connector
24VDC power side terminal (Tyco Electronics)
(J.S.T.)
Connector 2-178288-3
Contact 1-175218-5 × 3
Crimping Terminal V1.25-3 or V1.25-4 × 2
3 FG
0V 2 0V
24VDC 1 24VDC

DCIN

< F110 cable connection diagram >

Optical communication repeater unit side

connector
(Tyco Electronics)
24VDC power side connector <DCIN>
(Tyco Electronics) Connector 2-178288-3
Conntact 1-175218-5 × 3
Connector 3-178127-6 <ACFAIL (CF01)>
Contact 1-175218-5 (for AWG16 ) × 3 005057-9402
1-175217-5 (for AWG22 ) × 2 0016020103 × 2
DCOUT DCIN
AWG16
+24V 1B 1 +24V
0V 2B 2 0V
FG 3B 3 FG
CF01
AWG22
ACFAIL 1A 2 ACFAIL
0V 2A 1 0V

Appendix 1.2.4 STO Cable

< CN8 STO input connector connection diagram >

Drive unit side

(Tyco Electronics)
Connector set: MR-D05UDL3M-B
Yellow (Dot mark: Red)
STO1 input 4 STO1
Gray (Dot mark: Black)
STO2 input 5 STO2
Yellow (Dot mark: Black)
24G 3 STOCOM
Gray (Dot mark: Red)
TOF1 output 6 TOF1
White (Dot mark: Black)
TOF2 output 7 TOF2
White (Dot mark: Red)
24V 8 TOFCOM
CN8

267 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.5 Servo / Tool Spindle Encoder Cable

< CNV2E-8P, CNV2E-9P cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector Motor encoder/

(3M) Ball screw side encoder side connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL (DDK)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Plug: CMV1-SP10S-M2 (Straight)
(MOLEX) CMV1-AP10S-M2 (Angle)
Connector set: 54599-1019 Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1

P5(+5V) 1 8 P5(+5V)
0.5mm2
LG 2 5 LG
3 CNT
0.2mm2
BT 9 4 BT
SD 7 6 SD
8 0.2mm2 7 SD*
SD*
RQ 3 1 RQ
0.2mm2
RQ* 4 2 RQ*

Case
grounding PE 10 SHD

< For 15m or less >

Drive unit side connector Motor encoder/

(3M) Ball screw side encoder side connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL (DDK)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Plug: CMV1-SP10S-M2 (Straight)
(MOLEX) CMV1-AP10S-M2 (Angle)
Connector set: 54599-1019 Contact: CMV1-#22ASC-S1

0.5mm2

P5(+5V) 1 8 P5(+5V)
0.5mm2
LG 2 5 LG
3 CNT
BT 9 0.2mm2 4 BT
SD 7 6 SD
0.2mm2
SD* 8 7 SD*
RQ 3 1 RQ
0.2mm2
RQ* 4 2 RQ*

Case
grounding PE 10 SHD

< For 15m to 30m >

IB-1501124-D 268
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

< CNV2E-K1P, CNV2E-K2P cable connection diagram (Direct connection type) >

Drive unit side connector

(3M) Motor encoder connector/
Receptacle : 36210 - 0100PL Ball screw side encoder side connector
Shell kit : 36310 - 3200- 008
( MOLEX ) (Tyco Electronics)
Connector set : 54599-1019 Connector : 1674320-1

P5 1 3 P5
LG 2 6 P5G
MR 3 5 MR
MRR 4 4 MRR
MD 7 8 MD
MDR 8 7 MDR
BT 9 2 BT
1 CONT
SD Plate 9 SD

< CNV22J-K1P, CNV22J-K2P cable connection diagram (Relay type) >

Drive unit side connector Motor encoder/

Ball screw side encoder side connector
(DDK)
(Tyco Electronics)
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M
Plug: 1747464-1
Contact: 1674335-4

P5(+5V) 8 3 P5(+5V)
0.08mm2
LG 5 6 LG
1 CNT
4 0.08mm2 BT
BT 2
SD 6 8 SD
0.08mm2
SD* 7 7 SD*
RQ 1 5 RQ
0.08mm2
RQ* 2 4 RQ*

Case
grounding 10 9 SHD

269 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

< CNV2E-HP cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL MDS-B-HR unit side connector
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 (Hirose Electric)
(MOLEX) Plug: RM15WTPZ-8S(71)
Connector set: 54599-1019 Clamp: JR13WCCA-10(72)

0.5mm2
5 P5(+5V)
7 LG
0.5mm2
P5(+5V) 1 6 P5(+5V)
LG 2 8 LG

10
0.2mm2 1 RQ
RQ 3
RQ* 4 2 RQ*
5
6
0.2mm2
SD 7 3 SD
SD* 8 4 SD*

Case Case
PE PE
grounding grounding

< CNV2E-D cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL MDS-B-SD unit side connector
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 (3M)
(MOLEX) Connector: 10120-3000VE
Connector set: 54599-1019 Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008

0.5mm2
20 P5(+5V)
11 LG
0.5mm2
P5(+5V) 1 10 P5(+5V)
LG 2 1 LG
9 9 BAT
10
RQ 3 0.2mm2 7 RQ
RQ* 4 17 RQ*
5
6
SD 7 0.2mm2 6 SD
SD* 8 16 SD*

Case PE PE Case
grounding grounding

IB-1501124-D 270
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

< Cable connection diagram between scale I/F unit and scale (CNLH3 cable, etc.) >

Encoder conversion unit side connector

(Hirose Electric)
Plug: RM15WTPZ-12P(71)
Clamp: JR13WCCA-10(72)

9 SD
0.2mm2
10 SD
7 RQ
0.2mm2
8 RQ
1 A+
0.2mm2
2 A-
3 B+
0.2mm2
4 B-
5 R+
0.2mm2
6 R-

0.5mm2

11 P5(+5V)
0.5mm2
12 LG
Case
PE
grounding

(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.

271 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

< Rectangular wave communication encoder (linear scale, etc.) cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Machine side rectangular wave
(MOLEX) communication encoder
Connector set: 54599-1019

(Note) Contact the encoder

manufacture about
whether to perform
the P5V wiring or not.

Case
grounding
Contact the encoder manufacture
for the details.

(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.

< Serial communication encoder (linear scale, etc.) cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Machine side serial
(MOLEX) communication encoder
Connector set: 54599-1019

0.5mm2

P5(+5V) 1 P5(+5V) (Note) Contact the encoder

0.5mm2
LG 2 LG manufacture about
9 whether to perform
10 the P5V wiring or not.
RQ 3 RQ
0.2mm2
RQ* 4 RQ*
5
6
SD 7 SD
0.2mm2
SD* 8 SD*

Case
PE SHD
grounding
Contact the encoder manufacture for the details.
Note: When using a linear scale manufactured by FAGOR,
ground the encoder side SEL signal to LG.

(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.

POINT
For compatible encoder, refer to the section "Servo option" in Specifications Manual.

IB-1501124-D 272
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.6 Brake Cable and Connector

< CNU20S connector connection diagram (Brake connector for motor brake control output) >

• For MDS-D2-V1-320 or smaller and MDS-DH2-V1-160 or smaller

Drive unit side connector

(DDK)
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
MBR 3 Motor brake
DBR 2
P24 1 External power (+24V)
CN20

• For MDS-D2-V1-320W or larger and MDS-DH2-V1-160W or larger

Drive unit side connector

DDK)
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
MBR 3 Motor brake
DBR 2 Dynamic brake
P24 1 External power (+24V)
CN20

< MR-BKS1CBL □ M-A1-H, MR-BKS1CBL □ M-A2-H cable connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

Motor side brake connector
Connector: DK-3200S-03R (Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100 Plug: JN4FT02SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
Motor brake
MBR 3 2 B2
DBR 2
External power (+24V) B1
P24 1 1
CN20

273 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.7 Spindle Encoder Cable

< CNP2E-1 cable connection diagram >

Spindle drive unit side connector

(3M) Spindle motor side connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL (Tyco Electronics)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Connector: 172169-1
(MOLEX) Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
Connector set: 54599-1019 170364-1(AWG22-18)

(Note)
P5(+5V) 1 7 P5(+5V)
2
2 0.5mm
LG 8 LG

MT1 5 2 MT1
6 0.2mm2
MT2 1 MT2

SD 7 5 SD
8 0.2mm2
SD* 6 SD*
RQ 3 3 RQ
0.2mm2
RQ* 4 4 RQ*

Case PE 9 SHD
grounding

(Note) For the pin "7" or "8", use the contact "170364-1".
For the other pins, use the contact "170363-1".

< For 15m or less >

Spindle drive unit side connector

(3M)
Spindle motor side connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL Tyco Electronics)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Connector: 172169-1
(MOLEX) Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
Connector set: 54599-1019 170364-1(AWG22-18)

0.5mm2

(Note)
P5(+5V) 1 7 P5(+5V)
2
2 0.5mm 8 LG
LG

MT1 5 2 MT1
6 0.2mm2
MT2 1 MT2

SD 7 5 SD
8 0.2mm2
SD* 6 SD*
RQ 3 3 RQ
0.2mm2
RQ* 4 4 RQ*

Case PE 9 SHD
grounding

(Note) For the pin "7" or "8", use the contact "170364-1".
For the other pins, use the contact "170363-1".

< For 15m to 30m >

IB-1501124-D 274
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

< CNP3EZ-2P, CNP3EZ-3P cable connection diagram >

Spindle drive unit side connector

Spindle motor side connector
(3M)
(DDK)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
(MOLEX)
CE-20BA-S (angle)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3

P5(+5V) 1 H P5(+5V)
2 0.5mm2 K LG
LG
ABZSEL* 10
A 3 A A
4 0.2mm2
A* N A*

B 5 C B
6 0.2mm 2
B* R B*
Z 7 B Z
0.2mm2
Z* 8 P Z*

Case PE
grounding

< For 15m or less >

Spindle drive unit side connector

Spindle motor side connector
(3M)
(DDK)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
(MOLEX) CE-20BA-S (angle)
Connector set: 54599-1019 Clamp: CE3057-12A-3

0.5mm2

P5(+5V) 1 H P5(+5V)
2 0.5mm2 K LG
LG
ABZSEL* 10
A 3 A A
4 0.2mm2
A* N A*

B 5 C B
6 0.2mm2
B* R B*
Z 7 B Z
0.2mm2
Z* 8 P Z*

Case PE
grounding

< For 15m to 30m >

275 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.2.8 Twin-head Magnetic Encoder Cable

< Twin-head magnetic encoder (MBA Series) connection diagram >

Drive unit side connector

(3M) Encoder preamplifier side
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL connector
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 (Hirose Electric)
(MOLEX) Plug: RM15WTPZK-12S
Connector set: 54599-1019 Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8(72)

P5(+5V䠅 1 9 P5(+5V䠅
LG 2 10 LG
0.5mm2
12 CNT

(Note) BAT 9 2 BAT

MT1 5 0.2mm2 6 MT1

MT2 6 11 MT2
SD 7 0.2mm2 3 SD
SD* 8 4 SD*
RQ 3 0.2mm2 7 RQ
RQ* 4 8 RQ*
Case
PE 5 SHD
grounding

< For 10m or less >

Drive unit side connector

(3M) Encoder preamplifier side
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL connector
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008 (Hirose Electric)
(MOLEX) Plug: RM15WTPZK-12S
Connector set: 54599-1019 Cord clamp: JR13WCCA-8(72)
0.5mm2

P5(+5V䠅 1 9 P5(+5V䠅
LG 2 10 LG

0.5mm2
12 CNT
(Note) BAT 9 2 BAT

MT1 5 0.2mm2 6 MT1

MT2 6 11 MT2
SD 7 0.2mm2 3 SD
SD* 8 4 SD*
RQ 3 0.2mm2 7 RQ
RQ* 4 8 RQ*
Case
grounding PE 5 SHD

< For 10m to 30m >

(Note) The above wiring diagrams apply to both MBA405W and MBE405W.
The connection of BT can be omitted for MBE405W (incremental).

IB-1501124-D 276
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.3 Main Circuit Cable Connection Diagram

The methods for wiring to the main circuit are shown below.

< DRSV1/DRSV2 cable connection diagram >

These cables are used to connect the drive unit's TE1 terminal and HF, HP, HF-H, HP-H Series motor.
• DRSV1 cable: This is the power line for the single-axis unit (MDS-D2/DH2-V1-) and dual-axis integrated unit
(MDS-D2/DH2-V2-) L axis.
• DRSV2 cable: This is the power line for the dual-axis integrated unit (MDS-D2/DH2-V2-) M axis.
• DRSV3 cable: This is the power line for the triple-axis unit (MDS-D2-V3-) S axis.

Drive unit side Motor side

1: U A
2: V B
3: W C
4: D

< HF-KP motor cable connection diagram >

This cable is used to connect the drive unit's TE1 terminal and HF-KP Series motor.

Motor side power connector

(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
Drive unit side Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)

1: U 2: U
2: V 3: V
3: W 4: W
4: 1:

CAUTION
1. The main circuit cable must be manufactured by the user.
2. Refer to the section "Specification of Peripheral Devices" in Specifications Manual when selecting the wire material.
3. Lay out the terminal block on the drive unit side as shown in "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK".
4. Refer to "DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK" for details on the motor's connectors and terminal block.

277 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.4 Connector Outline Dimension Drawings

Appendix 1.4.1 Connector for Drive Unit
Optical communication cable connector

Optical communication connector

[Unit:mm]

(6.7) (15) (13.4)

(20.9)
For wiring between drive units
(inside panel)
Manufacturer: Japan Aviation
Electronics Industry
<Type> 37.65
Connector: PF-2D103

8+0
(2.3)
(1.7)
Cable appearance 㧔L҇0.1m㧕
<Type>
Connector: PF-2D103 (Japan Aviation
Electronics Industry) 㧔L҈0.2 m㧕
Optical fiber: ESKA Premium
(MITSUBISHI RAYON)

(Note 1) The POF fiber's light amount will drop depending on how the fibers are wound. So, try to avoid wiring the
fibers.
(Note 2) Do not wire the optical fiber cable to moving sections.
(Note 3) Contact: Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Limited http://www.jae.com/jaehome.htm

Optical communication connector

[Unit:mm]
20.3

For wiring between drive units

(outside panel)
Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
<Type>
Connector: 1123445-1
8.5

22.7

Cable appearance
<Type>
Connector: 1123445-1
(Tyco Electronics)
Optical fiber: ESKA Premium
(MITSUBISHI RAYON)
(Note 1) The PCF fiber's light amount will drop depending on how the fibers are wound. So, try to avoid wiring the
fibers.
(Note 2) Do not wire the optical fiber cable to moving sections.

For wiring between NC and drive unit

Refer to the instruction manual for CNC.

IB-1501124-D 278
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

STO input connector

Drive unit connector for CN8 (STO input)

[Unit:mm]

33.05
Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
<Type>
Connector set: 2069250-1
7.3
11

9.7
Connector for encoder cable

Spindle drive unit connector for CN2/CN3

[Unit:mm]
22.7 11

Manufacturer: 3M
<Type>
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
33.9

Compatible part (Note 1)

(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019 22.4
(J.S.T.)
Plug connector: XV-10P-03-L-R
8

Cable kit: XV-PCK10-R

10

(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer
for more information.

279 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Connector for CN4/CN9

Connector for CN4/CN9

[Unit:mm]
12.0

Manufacturer: 3M

10.0
<Type> 22.0 14.0
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008

Compatible part (Note 1)

39.0
(J.S.T.)

23.8
Connector: MS-P20-L
Shell kit: MS20-2B-28

33.3 12.7

[Unit:mm]

11.5
20.9

Manufacturer: 3M
<Type>
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit:10320-3210-000
42.0

33.0

29.7

[Unit:mm]
14

Manufacturer: J.S.T.
<Type>
Connector: MS-P20-L
39

Shell kit: MS20-2A-28

33.4 12.7

(Note 1) The names of compatible parts may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion. Contact each manufacturer
for more information.

IB-1501124-D 280
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Power connector

Power connector for drive unit TE1

[Unit:mm]
44.08

30.5
Manufacturer: DDK
< Type > 㧝 㧞 㧟 㧠

Housing: DK-5200S-04R 56.08

48.48

10.5

9.1
10.16

[Unit:mm]

Manufacturer: J.S.T.
< Type >
Connector:
03JFAT-SAFGDK-P15 (CV-37/75)

[Unit:mm]

Manufacturer: J.S.T.
< Type >
Connector: J-FAT-OT-P

Connector for motor brake control output

Brake connector for motor brake control output

[Unit:mm]
19.24
22.8

Manufacturer: DDK
<Type> 㧝 㧞㧟
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
29.70
7.15

6.55

㧝 㧞 㧟 㧭

5.08

281 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Connector for CN23 (Connector for contactor control output)

Power supply unit connector for CN23 (Connector for contactor control output)

[Unit:mm]

29
Manufacturer: J.S.T.
<Type>
03JFAT-SAXGSA-L
25.1

䋨18.45䋩
15.1
Connector for CN24 (Connector for external emergency stop)

Connector for CN24 (Connector for external emergency stop)

[Unit:mm]
20

Manufacturer: DDK
<Type>
Connector : DK-2100D-08R 12.2

10.5
16.5

Battery power input connector

Battery connector for drive unit

[Unit:mm]
5.0

2.5
1.6

Manufacturer: Hirose Electric

1.9

<Type>
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
11.5

4.4

IB-1501124-D 282
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.4.2 Connector for Servo and Tool Spindle

Motor encoder connector

Motor side encoder connector / Ball screw side encoder for connector

[Unit:mm]

Manufacturer: DDK

Ǿ21
Ǿ21
<Type>
Plug:CMV1-SP10S-M2
50

[Unit:mm]

Φ21
Manufacturer: DDK
<Type>

33
Plug:CMV1-AP10S-M2

32

(Note) For the manufacturing method of CMV1 series connector, refer to the section "Cable and Connector
Assembly" in Instruction Manual.
Contact: Fujikura Ltd. http://www.fujikura.co.jp/eng/

Motor side encoder connector

[Unit:mm]
23
15
10

18

30

Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics

<Type>
Assembly: 1674320-1

14.2
13
6.2

Ǿ13.6

283 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Brake connector

Brake connector

[Unit:mm]

Manufacturer: DDK

Ǿ21

Ǿ21
<Type>
Plug: CMV1-SP2S-S

50

[Unit:mm]

Φ21
Manufacturer: DDK
<Type>
Plug: CMV1-AP2S-S
33

32

(Note) For the manufacturing method of CMV1 series connector, refer to the section "Cable and Connector
Assembly" in Instruction Manual.

[Unit:mm]
26.6
17
12.3
14.3
12.5
19

Manufacturer: Japan Aviation

Electronics Industry
<Type>
JN4FT02SJ1-R
12.7
R6 R4
Ǿ11.6
11.8
2.5

IB-1501124-D 284
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Motor power connector

Motor power connector

[Unit:mm]

D or less
W A
7.85 or more

Manufacturer: DDK

ǾC ± 0.8

- 0.38
ǾB+0
Plug:

+0
Type A B C±0.8 D or less W
-0.38
CE05-6A18-10SD-C-BSS 1 34.13 32.1 57 1-20UNEF-2A
1 /8-18UNEF-2B
CE05-6A22-22SD-C-BSS 13/8-18UNEF-2B 40.48 38.3 61 13/16-18UNEF-2A
CE05-6A32-17SD-C-BSS 2-18UNS-2B 56.33 54.2 79 13/4-18UNS-2A

[Unit:mm]

D or less
A

Manufacturer: DDK
R ±0.7

- 0.38
㧔S㧕± 1

ǾB+0
more
U ± 0.7

Y or

Plug:

+0
Type A B D or less W R±0.7 U±0.7 (S)±1 Y or more
-0.38
CE05-8A18-10SD-C-BAS 11/8-18UNEF-2B 34.13 69.5 1-20UNEF-2A 13.2 30.2 43.4 7.5
CE05-8A22-22SD-C-BAS 3 40.48 75.5 3 16.3 33.3 49.6 7.5
1 /8-18UNEF-2B 1 /16-18UNEF-2A
CE05-8A32-17SD-C-BAS 2-18UNS-2B 56.33 93.5 13/4-18UNS-2A 24.6 44.5 61.9 8.5

[Unit:mm]

㧔D㧕
A
C
1.6
V screw
Manufacturer: DDK
G ± 0.7
B± 0.7
ǾF
(Bushing inner
diameter)

ǾE
(Inner diameter of cable clamp)

H
(Movable range of one side)

Clamp:

Avail.
Total Outer
Shel screw Fitting screw Applicable
Type length dia. D E F G H Bushing
l size length V cable
A B
C
CE3057-10A-1(D240) 18 23.8 30.1 10.3 41.3 15.9 14.1 31.7 3.2 1-20UNEF-2B CE3420-10-1 Φ10.5 to Φ14.1
CE3057-12A-1(D240) 20 23.8 35 10.3 41.3 19 16.0 37.3 4 13/16-18UNEF-2B CE3420-12-1 Φ12.5 to Φ16.0
CE3057-20A-1(D240) 32 27.8 51.6 11.9 43 31.7 23.8 51.6 6.3 13/4-18UNS-2B CE3420-20-1 Φ22.0 to Φ23.8

285 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Motor power connector

[Unit:mm]
27
16
4-R2 11.7

Manufacturer: Japan Aviation 7ࠑ

24.5
20.1
18.9
Electronics
Industry
<Type> 12.7
JN4FT04SJ1-R
12.7
R6

Ǿ13.1
13.7
R0.5

2.5

MDS-B-HR connector

MDS-B-HR connector

[Unit:mm]
M19×1 M16×0.75

Manufacturer: Hirose Electric

<Type>
Plug:
RM15WTPZ-8S(71) (for CON1,2)
15.2
23

RM15WTPZ-12P(71) (for CON3)

RM15WTPZ-10P(71) (for CON4)

36.8

[Unit:mm]
M16×0.75
8.5 20
Manufacturer: Hirose Electric
<Type>
Clamp: JR13WCCA-10(72)
10.5
19

Appendix 1.4.3 Connector for Spindle

Motor encoder connector

Motor side PLG (TS5690) connector

[Unit:mm]
23.7 ± 0.4
9.3 16± 0.4
4.2

Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics

<Type>
14

8.4

Plug: 172169-1

2.8 4.2
2.8

8.4
14

IB-1501124-D 286
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Spindle side encoder connector (for OSE-1024)

Spindle side encoder connector (for OSE-1024)

[Unit:mm]
1
Gasket 18.26± 0.12 1 /4 -18UNEF-2B

- 0.38
Manufacturer: DDK

+0.05
- 0.25

Ǿ37.28 +0
<Type>

Ǿ26.8
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)

11/8 -18UNEF- 2A 12.16± 0.3

34.11± 0.5

[Unit:mm]
35
13/16 -18UNEF - 2A screw
10.9

Manufacturer: DDK 11/8-18UNEF-2B

screw
<Type>
Ǿ35

Ǿ17.8
O-ring
Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S

7.85 or more 31.6

(Spanner grip)
(effective screw length)

[Unit:mm]

50.5 or less
11/4 -18UNEF-2B screw
39.6 or less

Manufacturer: DDK
16.3

<Type> O-ring Ǿ38.6

㧔49.6㧕

7.5 or more

Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S

33.3

13/16 -18UNEF-2Ascrew

[Unit:mm]

㧔41.3㧕
23.8
10.3
1.6
13/16 -18UNEF-2B screw
Manufacturer: DDK
<Type>
37.3 ± 0.7

Cable clamp:CE3057-12A-3
35± 0.7
Ǿ10

Ǿ19
(Cable clamp inside diameter)

4
(Moveable range of one side)

287 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications

Appendix 1.4.4 Power Backup Unit Connector

Connector for power backup unit TE1

［Unit : mm］

29
Manufacturer: J.S.T.
<Type>
Connector: 05JFAT-SAXGSA-L
41.1±1
32.0

15.1
18.45

［Unit : mm］
26.9

5
Manufacturer: J.S.T.
5.1

<Type>
Connector: J-FAT-OT-EXL

12.2
4.6

Connector for power backup unit CN43

［Unit : mm］
2.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Manufacturer: DDK
27.2 15.5
<Type>
Connector: DK-2100D-20R
20

12.89

10.5
25.8

IB-1501124-D 288
Appendix 2
Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

289 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

Appendix 2.1 Restriction for Packing

When transporting lithium batteries with means such as by air transport, measures corresponding to the United Nations
Dangerous Goods Regulations (hereafter called "UN Regulations") must be taken.
The UN Regulations classify the batteries as dangerous goods (Class 9) or not dangerous goods according to the lithium
metal content. To ensure safety during transportation, lithium batteries (battery unit) directly exported from Mitsubishi are
packaged in a dedicated container (UN package) for which safety has been confirmed.
When the customer is transporting these products with means subject to the UN Regulations, such as air transport, the
shipper must follow the details explained in the section "Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Handling by User".
The followings are restrictions for transportation. Each restriction is specified based on the recommendation of the United
Nations.

Area Transportation method Restriction Special clause

World Air ICAO, IATA -
World Marine IMO 188
United States All (air, marine, land) DOT 49 CFR 173.185
Europe land RID, ADR -

Appendix 2.1.1 Target Products

The following Mitsubishi NC products use lithium batteries. If the lithium metal content exceeds 1g for battery cell and 2g for
battery, the battery is classified as dangerous good (Class9).
In order to avoid an accidental actuation during the transportation, all lithium battery products incorporated in a machinery or
device must be fixed securely and must be shipped with wrapped over the outer package as to prevent damage or short-
circuits.

(1) Materials falling under Class 9

Number of
Mitsubishi type Lithium metal Application Battery Outline dimension
Battery type incorporated
(Type for arrangement) content (Data backup) class drawing
batteries
Refer to "Battery Option" in
the specification manual
For NC SRAM Battery
CR23500SE-CJ5 CR23500SE-CJ5 1.52g - for drive unit you are using
(M500) cell for the outline dimension
drawing for servo.

(2) Materials not falling under Class 9

Number of
Mitsubishi type Lithium metal Application Battery Outline dimension
Battery type incorporated
(Type for arrangement) content (Data backup) class drawing
batteries
CR2032
CR2032 0.067g - For NC SRAM/
(for built-in battery)
CR2450
CR2450 0.173g - For NC SRAM
(for built-in battery) Battery Refer to "Battery Option" in
ER6, ER6V series For NC SRAM/ cell the specification manual
ER6, ER6V 0.65g - for drive unit you are using
(for built-in battery) servo encoder
for the outline dimension
A6BAT(MR-BAT) ER17330V 0.48g - For servo encoder drawing for servo.
Q6BAT Q6BAT 0.49g - For NC SRAM
MDS-BAT6V1SET
2CR17335A 1.2g 2 For servo encoder Battery
MR-BAT6V1SET
(Note) If the number of batteries exceeds 24 batteries for the battery cell or 12 batteries for the battery, the dedicated
packing (for materials falling under Class 9) is required.

IB-1501124-D 290
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

Appendix 2.1.2 Handling by User

The shipper must confirm the latest IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations, IMDG Codes and laws and orders of the
corresponding export country.
These should be checked by the company commissioned for the actual transportation.
IATA: International Air Transport Association
http://www.iata.org/
IMDG Code: A uniform international code for the transport of dangerous goods by seas determined by IMO (International
Maritime Organization).
http://www.imo.org/

Appendix 2.1.3 Reference

Refer to the following materials for details on the regulations and responses.
Guidelines regarding transportation of lithium batteries and lithium ion batteries
Battery Association of Japan
http://www.baj.or.jp/e/

291 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

Appendix 2.2 Products Information Data Sheet (ER Battery)

MSDS system does not cover the product used in enclosed state. The ER battery described in this section applies to that
product.
This description is applied to the normal use, and is provided as reference but not as guarantee.
This description is based on the lithium battery's (ER battery) hazardous goods data sheet (Products Information Data Sheet)
which MITSUBISHI has researched, and will be applied only to the ER batteries described in "Transportation Restrictions for
Lithium Batteries: Restriction for Packing".

(1) Outline of hazard

Principal hazard and effect Not found.

As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery itself is not
hazardous. But when the internal lithium metal attaches to human skin, it causes a
Specific hazard
chemical skin burn. As a reaction of lithium with water, it may ignite or forms flammable
hydrogen gas.
Environmental effect Not found.
Damages or short-circuits may occur due to external mechanical or electrical
Possible state of emergency
pressures.

(2) First-aid measure

If a person inhales the vapor of the substance due to the battery damage, move the
Inhalation
person immediately to fresh air. If the person feels sick, consult a doctor immediately.
If the content of the battery attaches to human skin, wash off immediately with water
Skin contact
and soap. If skin irritation persists, consult a doctor.
In case of contact with eyes due to the battery damage, rinse immediately with a plenty
Eye contact
of water for at least 15 minutes and then consult a doctor.
Ingestion If swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.

(3) Fire-fighting measure

Appropriate fire-extinguisher Dry sand, dry chemical, graphite powder or carbon dioxide gas
Special fire-fighting measure Keep the battery away from the fireplace to prevent fire spreading.
Protectors against fire Fire-protection gloves, eye/face protector (face mask), body/skin protective cloth

(4) Measure for leakage

Dispose of them immediately because strong odors are produced when left for a long
Environmental precaution
time.
How to remove Get them absorbed into dry sand and then collect the sand in an empty container.

(5) Handling and storage

Do not peel the external tube or damage it.

Do not dispose of the battery in fire or expose it to heat.
Cautions for safety Do not immerse the battery in water or get it wet.
Handling
handling Do not throw the battery.
Do not disassemble, modify or transform the battery.
Do not short-circuit the battery.
Appropriate storage Avoid direct sunlight, high temperature and high humidity.
Storage condition (Recommended temp. range: +5 to +35°C, humidity: 70%RH or less)
Material to avoid Flammable or conductive material (Metal: may cause a short-circuit)

IB-1501124-D 292
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

(6) Physical/chemical properties

Physical form Solid

Shape Cylinder type
Smell Odorless
Appearance pH Not applicable (insoluble)
Boiling point/Boiling
range, Melting point,
No information
Decomposition
temperature, Flash point

(7) Stability and reactivity

Stability Stable under normal handling condition.

Do not mix multiple batteries with their terminals uninsulated. This may cause a short-
Condition to avoid
circuit, resulting in heating, bursting or ignition.
Hazardous decomposition
Irritative or toxic gas is emitted in the case of fire.
products

(8) Toxicological information

As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery has no harmfulness. Just for reference, the
table below describes the main substance of the battery.
< Lithium metal >

Acute toxicity No information

Local effect Corrosive action in case of skin contact

< Thionyl chloride >

Acute toxicity Lc50: 500ppm (inhaled administration to rat)

Local effect The lungs can be damaged by chronic cough, dyspnea and asthma.

< Aluminum chloride >

Acute toxicity LD50: 3700ppm (oral administration to rat)

Local effect Not found.

< Lithium chloride >

Acute toxicity LD50: 526ppm (oral administration to rat)

Local effect The central nerves and kidney can be influenced.

< Carbon black >

Acute toxicity LD50: 2,000mg/kg > (rat)

Carcinogenicity LARC group 2 (suspected of being carcinogenic)

(9) Ecological information

Mobility, Persistence/
Decomposability, Bio-
Not found.
accumulation potential,
Ecological toxicity

(10) Caution for disposal

Dispose of the battery following local laws or regulations.
Pack the battery properly to prevent a short-circuit and avoid contact with water.

293 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

Appendix 2.3 Forbiddance of Transporting Lithium Battery by Passenger

Aircraft Provided in the Code of Federal Regulation
This regulation became effective from Dec.29, 2004. This law is a domestic law of the United States, however it also applies
to the domestic flight and international flight departing from or arriving in the United States. Therefore, when transporting
lithium batteries to the United State, or within the United State, the shipper must take measures required to transport lithium
batteries. Refer to the Federal Register and the code of Federal Regulation for details.
When transporting primary lithium battery by cargo aircraft, indicate that transportation by passenger aircraft is forbidden on
the exterior box.
"Lithium Metal batteries forbidden for transport aboard Passenger aircraft"

Appendix 2.4 California Code of Regulation "Best Management Practices

for Perchlorate Materials"
When any products that contain primary lithium batteries with perchlorate are shipped to or transported through the State of
California, they are subject to the above regulation.The following information must be indicated on the package, etc. of the
products that contain primary lithium batteries (with a perchlorate content of 6 ppb or higher).
"Perchlorate Meterial-special handling may apply. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate"

IB-1501124-D 294
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

Appendix 2.5 Restriction Related to EU Battery Directive

EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) has been enforced since September 26th in 2008. Hereby, battery and machinery
incorporating battery marketed in European Union countries must be in compliance with the EU Battery Directive.
Lithium battery provided by MITSUBISHI are subjected to this restriction.

Appendix 2.5.1 Important Notes

Follow the instruction bellow as shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device.
(1) When shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device any time later than September 26th, 2008, the symbol mark
shown as Figure 1 in section "Information for End-user" is required to be attached on the machinery or on the package.
Also, the explanation of the symbol must be added.
(2) Machinery with battery and maintenance battery produced before the EU Battery Directive are also subjected to the
restriction. When shipping those products to EU countries later than September 26th, 2008, follow the instruction
explained in (1).

Appendix 2.5.2 Information for End-user

Figure 1
Note: This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC
Article 20 Information for end-users and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and
manufactured with high quality materials and components
which can be recycled and/or reused. This symbol means
that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should
be disposed of separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown
above, this chemical symbol means that the battery or
accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain
concentration. This will be indicated as follows:Hg: mercury
(0,0005% ), Cd: cadmium (0,002% ), Pb: lead (0,004% )
In the European Union there are separate collection systems
for used batteries and accumulators. Please, dispose of
batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community
waste collection/recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!

295 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries

IB-1501124-D 296
Appendix 3
EC Declaration of Conformity

297 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 3 EC Declaration of Conformity

Appendix 3.1 EC Declaration of Conformity

Each series can respond to LVD and EMC directive. Approval from a third party certification organization has been also
acquired for the Low Voltage Directive.
The declaration of conformity of each unit is shown below.

IB-1501124-D 298
 Appendix 4
Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL
Standard

299 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

The instructions of UL/c-UL listed products are described in this manual.

The descriptions of this manual are conditions to meet the UL/c-UL standard for the UL/c-UL listed products. To obtain the
best performance, be sure to read this manual carefully before use.
To ensure proper use, be sure to read specification manual, connection manual and maintenance manual carefully for each
product before use.
UL File No. E131592 (MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2/DJ Series)

Appendix 4.1 Operation Surrounding Air Ambient Temperature

The recognized operation ambient temperature of each unit are as shown in the table below. The recognized operation
ambient temperatures are the same as an original product specification for all of the units.

Operation ambient
Classification Unit name
temperature
Power supply unit, AC Reactor 0 to 55°C
Servo, Spindle drive unit 0 to 55°C
Multi Axis unit (Multi-Hybrid drive unit) 0 to 55°C
AC servo/spindle system
Power Backup unit 0 to 55°C
Option unit, Battery unit 0 to 55°C
Servo motor, Spindle motor 0 to 40°C

Appendix 4.2 Notes for AC Servo/Spindle System

Appendix 4.2.1 Warning
It takes 15 minutes maximum to discharge the bus capacitor. (The capacitor discharge time is one minute for Models
MDS-D-SVJ3-03, MDS-DJ-V1-10; two min. for Models MDS-D-SVJ3-04, MDS-DJ-V1-15, three min. for Model MDS-D-
SVJ3-07, MDS-DJ-V1-30, 9 min. for Models MDS-D-SVJ3-10, -20 and -35, MDS-DJ-V1-40, -80 and -100, 10 min. for
Models MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2/PFU/DJ.)
When starting wiring or inspection, shut the power off and wait for more than 15 minutes to avoid a hazard of electrical
shock.

Appendix 4.2.2 Installation

MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2/DJ Series are UL/c-UL listed "open type" drives and must be installed into an end-use
electrical enclosure. The minimum enclosure size is based on 150 percent of each MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2/DJ
Series combination. MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2/DJ Series are installed a pollution degree 2 environment.
And also, design the enclosure so that the ambient temperature in the enclosure is 55°C (131°F) or less, refer to the
specifications manual.

Appendix 4.2.3 Short-circuit Ratings (SCCR)

Suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100kA rms symmetrical amperes, 500 volts maximum.
(MDS-D2-CV, MDS-DM/DM2-SPV are suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering 230 volts maximum, MDS-DH2-
CV suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering 480 volts maximum.)
(MDS-D/DH-PFU, MDS-D-DBU, MDS-D2-CV-550, MDS-DH2-CV-550,-750, MDS-DJ-SP-100,-120,-160, MDS-DJ-V2-
3030, MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 is suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5kA rms symmetrical
amperes.)

Appendix 4.2.4 Over-temperature Protection for Motor

Motor Over temperature sensing is not provided by the drive.

IB-1501124-D 300
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.2.5 Peripheral Devices

To comply with UL/c-UL Standard, use the peripheral devices which conform to the corresponding standard.

Circuit Protector, Fuses, Magnetic contactor and AC Reactor

Applicable UL489 Circuit UL Fuse Magnetic
AC Reactor
power supply unit Protector Class T contactor (AC3)
MDS-D(*)-CV-37 20A 30A S-N12/S-T12 D-AL-7.5K
MDS-D(*)-CV-75 40A 60A S-N25/S-T35 D-AL-7.5K
MDS-D(*)-CV-110 60A 70A S-N35/S-T35 D-AL-11K
MDS-D(*)-CV-185 100A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-D(*)-CV-300 150A 200A S-N95/S-T80 D-AL-30K
MDS-D(*)-CV-370 200A 225A S-N150 D-AL-37K
MDS-D(*)-CV-450 225A 250A S-N150 D-AL-45K
MDS-D(*)-CV-550 300A 400A S-N300 D-AL-55K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-37 10A 10A S-N12/S-T12 DH-AL-7.5K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-75 20A 25A S-N12/S-T12 DH-AL-7.5K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-110 30A 35A S-N21/S-T21 DH-AL-11K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-185 50A 70A S-N25/S-T35 DH-AL-18.5K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-300 75A 110A S-N50/S-T50 DH-AL-30K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-370 100A 125A S-N65/S-T65 DH-AL-37K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-450 125A 150A S-N80/S-T80 DH-AL-45K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-550 150A 200A S-N95/S-T80 DH-AL-55K
MDS-DH(*)-CV-750 200A 300A S-N150 DH-AL-75K
(Note (*)) : may be followed by 2

Applicable UL 489 Circuit UL Fuse Magnetic

drive unit Protector (240Vac) Class T (300Vac) contactor (AC3)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-03(##)
5A 10A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-V1-10
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-04(##)
5A 20A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-V1-15
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-07(##)
5A 20A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-V1-30
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-10(##)
10A 20A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-V1-40
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-20(##)
15A 40A S-N21/S-T18
MDS-DJ-V1-80
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-35(##)
20A 70A S-N21/S-T20
MDS-DJ-V1-100
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-075(##)
5A 15A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-SP-20
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-22(##)
15A 40A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-SP-40
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-37(##)
30A 60A S-N21/S-T20
MDS-DJ-SP-80
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-55(##)
40A 90A S-N25/S-T35
MDS-DJ-SP-100
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-75(##)
50A 125A S-N25/S-T35
MDS-DJ-SP-120
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-110(##)
75A 175A S-N50/S-T35
MDS-DJ-SP-160
MDS-DJ-V2-3030 10A 20A S-N12/S-T12
MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 10A 15A S-N12/S-T12
(Note (#)) : may be followed by S
(Note (##)) : may be followed by N or NA

301 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Applicable UL489 Circuit UL Fuse Magnetic

AC Reactor
drive unit Protector Class T (300Vac) contactor (AC3)
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2-10080 40A 80A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2-16080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2-20080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3-10080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3-16080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3-20080 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM2-SPHV3-20080 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3-200120 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2F-10080 40A 80A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2F-16080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2F-20080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3F-10080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3F-16080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3F-20080 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3F-200120 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2S-10080 40A 80A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2S-16080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV2S-20080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3S-10080 50A 100A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3S-16080 60A 125A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3S-20080 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
MDS-DM-SPV3S-200120 75A 150A S-N65/S-T65 D-AL-18.5K
(Note (*)) : may be followed by 2

Applicable UL489 Circuit Regenerative

Power Backup Unit Protector Resistance Unit
MDS-DH-PFU 10A R-UNIT-6
MDS-D-PFU 10A R-UNIT-7

Circuit Protector for spindle motor Fan

Select the Circuit Protector by doubling the spindle motor fan rated.
A rush current that is approximately double the rated current will flow, when the fan is started.

<Notice>

- For installation in United States, branch circuit protection must be provided, in accordance with the National Electrical
Code and any applicable local codes.
- For installation in Canada, branch circuit protection must be provided, in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code
and any applicable provincial codes.

IB-1501124-D 302
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.2.6 Field Wiring Reference Table for Input and Output (Power Wiring)
Use the UL-approved Round Crimping Terminals to wire the input and output terminals of MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM,
DM2-SPV/DJ Series. Crimp the terminals with the crimping tool recommended by the terminal manufacturer. Please
protect terminal ring by the insulation cover.
Following described crimping terminals and tools type are examples of Japan Solderless Terminal Mfg. Co., Ltd.
This wire size is each unit maximum rating. The selection method is indicated in each specification manual.
(See Manual: No. IB-1500158, 1500875, 1500891, 1501130, 1501124 or 1501136)

(1) Power Supply Unit (MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2-CV)

MDS-D(*)-CV- 37 to 75 110 to 185 300 to 450 550

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-CV- ------ 37 to 185 300 to 750 --- ---
TE2 (L+, L-) M6 M6 M6 M6 M10
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0 35.4/4.0 35.4/4.0 35.4/4.0 97.3/11.0
Terminal
TE3 (L11, L21) M4 M4 M4 M4 ---
Screw
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 ---
Size
TE1 (L1, L2, L3, ) M4 M5 M8 M10 ---
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2 17.7/2.0 53.1/6.0 97.3/11.0 ---

TE2 (L+, L-)

MDS-D(*)-CV- --- 37 75 110 185 --- 300 to 550

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-CV- 37,75 --- 110 185 300,370 450 550, 750
Wire Size (AWG) or
#14 #12 #10 #8 #4 #2
Bus- Bus-bar
/Temp Rating Note 1 /75°C /75°C /75°C /75°C /75°C /75°C
bar
Crimping Terminals Type R2-6 R5.5-6 R5.5-6 R8-6 R22-6 R38-6 --- ---
YHT- YHT- YHT- YPT- YPT- YPT-
Crimping Tools Type --- ---
2210 2210 2210 60-21 60-21 60-21

TE3 (L11, L21)

Unit Type MDS-D(*)/DH(*)-CV- 37 to 750

Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

TE1 (L1, L2, L3, )

MDS-D(*)-CV- 37 --- 75 110 185

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-CV- 37, 75 110 --- 185 ---
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C #8/75°C #6/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4 R5.5-5 5.5-S4 R8-5 R14-5
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210 YHT-2210 YHT-2210 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21

MDS-D(*)-CV- --- --- 300 370, 450 550

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-CV- 300 370, 450 550 750 ---
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1 #6/75°C #4/75°C #2/75°C #1/0/75°C #3/0/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R14-8 R22-8 38-S8 60-S8 80-10
Crimping Tools Type YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-150-1

(Note 1) 75 °C: Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).

Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(Note (*)) : may be followed by 2

303 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

(2) Spindle Drive Unit (MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2-SP/SP2, MDS-D-SPJ3, MDS-DJ)

MDS-D(*)-SP(#)- 160 to 200 240 to 320 400 to 640 --- --- ---
55(##), 75(##),
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)- --- --- --- 22, 37(##) 22(##)
110(##)
Unit Type
MDS-DJ-SP- --- --- --- --- 20,40,80 100,120,160
MDS-DJ-SP2- --- --- --- --- 2020 ---
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)- 100 to 160 200 to 480 --- --- --- ---
TE2 (L+, L-) M6 M6 M10 --- --- ---
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0 35.4/4.0 97.3/11.0 --- --- ---
TE3 (L11, L21) M4 M4 M4 --- --- M3.5
Terminal Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 --- --- 10.6/1.2
Screw TE1 (L1, L2, L3, ) M5 M8 M10 --- --- M4
Size Torque [lb in/ N m] 17.7/2.0 53.1/6.0 97.3/11.0 --- --- 17.7/2.0
CNP1 (L1,L2,L3,N,P1,P2) --- --- --- --- --- ---
and CNP3 (U,V,W))
--- --- --- 5.3/0.6 --- ---
Torque [lb in/ N m]

TE2 (L+, L-)

Wire size depends on the Power Supply Unit (MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2-CV Series).

TE3 or CNP2 (L11, L21)

MDS-D(*)/DH(*)-SP(#)- 20 to 640 ---

MDS-D-SPJ3(#)- 55(##) to 110(##) 075(##) to 37(##)
Unit Type
MDS-DJ-SP- 100,120,160 20,40,80
MDS-DJ-SP2- --- 2020
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C #14/60 or 75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4 ---
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210 ---

TE1 (U, V, W, )

MDS-D(*)-SP(#)- 20, 40 80 --- 160 200

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)- 20, 40 80 100 --- 160
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #14/75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C #6/75°C #4/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type --- --- R5.5-5 R8-5 R14-5
Crimping Tools Type --- --- YHT-2210 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21

MDS-D(*)-SP(#)- --- 240 320 400, 640

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)- 200 320 --- 480
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #4/75°C #2/75°C #1/0/75°C #3/0/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R22-8 38-S8 60-S8 80-10
Crimping Tools Type YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-150-1

CNP1 (L1, L2, L3), CNP3 (U, V, W) and

MDS-D-SPJ3(#)- 075(##) to 37(##) 55(##) 75(##) 110(##)

Unit Type MDS-DJ-SP- 20,40,80 100 120 160
MDS-DJ-SP2- 2020 --- --- ---
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #14/60 or 75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C #8/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type --- R5.5-5 R5.5-5 R8-5
Crimping Tools Type --- YHT-2210 YHT-2210 YPT-60-21

(Note 1) 75 °C: Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).

Use copper wire only. Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(Note (#)) :may be followed by S
(Note (##)) :may be followed by N or NA
(Note (*)) :may be followed by 2
(Note 2) The servo motor cable can be selected in accordance with the stall current.
The spindle motor cable can be selected in accordance with the continuous rated current.
(Note 3) Select the motor so that the current value of motor become below in the current value of drive.

IB-1501124-D 304
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

(3) Servo Drive Unit (MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2-V1/V2/V3/D-SVJ3/DJ)

MDS-D(*)-V1(#)- 160W, 320 320W --- ---

MDS-DH(*)-V1(#)- 160, 160W 200 --- ---
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)- --- --- 10 to 35(##) 10(##), 20(##)
Unit Type
10, 15, 30, 40, 80,
MDS-DJ-V1- --- --- ---
100
MDS-DJ-V2- --- --- --- 3030
TE2 (L+, L-) M6 M6 --- ---
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0 35.4/4.0 --- ---
TE3 (L11, L21) M4 M4 --- ---
Terminal Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2 10.6/1.2 --- ---
Screw TE1 (L1, L2, L3, ) M5 M8 --- ---
Size Torque [lb in/ N m] 17.7/2.0 53.1/6.0 --- ---
CNP1 (L1,L2,L3,N,P1,P2) and --- --- --- ---
CNP3 (U,V,W))
--- --- 5.3/0.6 ---
Torque [lb in/ N m]

TE2 (L+, L-)

Wire size depends on the Power Supply Unit (MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2-CV Series).

TE3 or CNP2 (L11, L21)

MDS-D/DH/DM-V1(#)/V2(#)/V3(#)- 10 to 320W ---

MDS-D-SVJ3(#)- --- 03(##) to 35(##)
Unit Type
MDS-DJ-V1- --- 10, 15, 30, 40, 80, 100
MDS-DJ-V2- --- 3030
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C #14/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4 ---
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210 ---

TE1 (U, V, W, )

MDS-D(*)-V1(#)- 20 to 40 80 160
Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-V1(#)- 10 to 40 80 80W
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #14/75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C

MDS-D(*)-V1(#)- 160W 320 --- 320W

Unit Type
MDS-DH(*)-V1(#)- 160, 160W --- 200 ---
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #8/75°C #6/75°C #4/75°C #2/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R8-5 R14-5 R22-8 38-S8
Crimping Tools Type YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21

CNP1 (L1, L2, L3), CNP3 (U, V, W) and

MDS-D-SVJ3(#)- 03(##) to 10(##) 20(##) 35(##)

Unit Type MDS-DJ-V1- 10, 15, 30, 40 80 100
MDS-DJ-V2- 3030 ---
Wire Size (AWG)/Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #14/75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C

(Note 1) 75 °C: Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).

Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(Note (#)) :may be followed by S
(Note (##)) :may be followed by N or NA
(Note (*)) :may be followed by 2
(Note 2) The servo motor cable can be selected in accordance with the stall current.
The spindle motor cable can be selected in accordance with the continuous rated current.
(Note 3) Select the motor so that the current value of motor become below in the current value of drive.

305 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

(4) Option Unit : Dynamic Brake Unit (MDS-D-DBU)

Type MDS-D-DBU
Terminal Screw U, V, W, M4
Size Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2

TE1 (U, V, W, )

Unit Type MDS-D-DBU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

(Note 1) 75 °C: Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).

Use copper wire only. Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.

(5) AC Reactor (D/DH-AL)

D-AL- 7.5K, 11K 18.5K to 45K 55K

Type
DH-AL- 7.5K, 11K 18.5K to 75K ---
Terminal L11, L12, L13, L21, L22, L23 M5 M6 M10
Screw
Torque [lb in/ N m] 17.7/2.0 35.4/4.0 97.3/11.0
Size

Input/Output (L11, L12, L13, L21, L22, L23)

The wire connected with AC Reactor becomes same size as TE1 of the selected Power supply unit.

(6) Multi Axis Unit (Multi-Hybrid drive unit) (MDS-DM, DM2-SPV)

MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 ---

Unit Type MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 -200120
MDS-DM2-SPHV3 --- --- -20080 ---
TE1 (L1,L2,L3,U,V,W) M5 M5 M5 M5
Torque [lb in/ N m] 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0
Terminal
CN31L/M/S (U,V,W) --- --- --- ---
Screw
Torque [lb in/ N m] --- --- --- ---
Size
PE ( ) M5 M5 M5 M5
Torque [lb in/ N m] 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0 17.7 / 2.0

TE1 (L1, L2, L3) and

MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 ---

Unit Type MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 -200120
MDS-DM2-SPHV3 --- --- -20080 ---
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #4/75°C #4/75°C #4/75°C #4/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R22-S5 R22-S5 R22-S5 R22-S5
Crimping Tools Type YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21

TE1 (U, V, W) and

MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###) -10080 -16080 --- -20080

-20080
Unit Type MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###) -10080 -16080 ---
-200120
MDS-DM2-SPHV3 --- --- -20080 ---
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #10/75°C #8/75°C #6/75°C #4/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type Note 2 R5.5-5 R8-5 R14-5 R22-5
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21 YPT-60-21

IB-1501124-D 306
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

CN31L/M/S (U,V,W) and

MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 ---

Unit Type MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###) -10080 -16080 -20080 -200120
MDS-DM2-SPHV3 --- --- -20080 ---
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1, 2, 3 #12/75°C #12/75°C #12/75°C #10/75°C

(Note (###)) :may be followed by F or S

(Note (*)) :may be followed by 2
(Note 1) 75 °C: Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).
Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(Note 2) The servo motor cable can be selected in accordance with the stall current.
The spindle motor cable can be selected in accordance with the continuous rated current.
(Note 3) Select the motor so that the current value of motor become below in the current value of drive.

(7) Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-PFU)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

TE1 (L1,L2,L3) ---
Torque [lb in/ N m] ---
TE2 (L+, L-)) M6
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0
TE3 (OUT-L11,OUT-L21)) M4
Terminal
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2
Screw
TE4 (C+,C-)) M6
Size
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0
TE5 (R1,R2)) M6
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0
PE( ) M4
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2

TE1 (L1, L2,L3)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Note 1 #14/75°C
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating
Crimping Terminals Type ---
Crimping Tools Type ---

TE2 (L+, L-)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-6
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

TE3 (OUT-L11, OUT-L21)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

TE4 (C+,C-)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-6
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

307 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

TE5 (R1,R2)

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Note 1 #10/75°C
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-6
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

PE ( )

Unit Type MDS-DH-PFU / MDS-D-PFU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #14/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R2-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

Option Unit : R-Unit (R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7)

Unit Type R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7

TE1 (R1, R2) M4
Terminal
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2
Screw
PE( ) M4
Size
Torque [lb in/ N m] 10.6/1.2

TE1 (R1,R2)

Unit Type R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

PE ( )

Unit Type R-UNIT-6 / R-UNIT-7

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-4
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

Option Unit : Capacitor Unit (MDS-D-CU / MDS-DH-CU)

Unit Type MDS-D-CU / MDS-DH-CU

TE1 (C+, C-) M10
Torque [lb in/ N m] 97.3/11.0
Terminal
TE2 (C+, C-) M6
Screw
Torque [lb in/ N m] 35.4/4.0
Size
PE( ) M10
Torque [lb in/ N m] 97.3/11.0

TE1 (C+, C-)

Unit Type MDS-D-CU / MDS-DH-CU

Note 1 #10/75°C
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-10
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

TE2 (C+, C-)

Unit Type MDS-D-CU / MDS-DH-CU

Note 1 #10/75°C or more
Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-6
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

IB-1501124-D 308
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

PE ( )

Unit Type MDS-D-CU / MDS-DH-CU

Wire Size (AWG) /Temp Rating Note 1 #10/75°C
Crimping Terminals Type R5.5-10
Crimping Tools Type YHT-2210

(8) Notes of Round Crimping Terminals and Terminal Block

The non-insulation ring tongue must have the insulated sleeving described below to prevent electric shock.
The crimp terminal must be provided with SUMITOMO ELECTRIC FINE POLYMER INC. (File No.: E48762,
Catalogue No.: SUMITUBE F(Z) or 939) per the illustration below.

Insulated sleeve

Non-insulated
terminal
Insulation Non-insulated terminal
distance

Appendix 4.2.7 Motor Over Load Protection

Spindle drive unit MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2-SP/SP2, MDS-D-SPJ3/MDS-DJ, Servo drive unit MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM,
DM2-V1/V2/V3/, MDS-D-SVJ3/MDS-DJ and Multi Axis unit (Multi-Hybrid drive unit) MDS-DM, DM2-SPV Series have
each solid-state motor over load protection. (The motor full load current is the same as rated current.)

When adjusting the level of motor over load, set the parameter as follows.
(1) MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2-SP/SP2, MDS-D-SPJ3/MDS-DJ (Spindle drive unit),
MDS-DM, DM2-SPV (Multi Axis unit (Multi-Hybrid drive unit))

Parameter Parameter Parameter Standard Setting

Setting Procedure
No. abbr. Name Setting Value Range
Overload Set the time constant for overload
SP021 OLT* 60s 0 to 15300s
time constant detection. (Unit: 1 second.)
Overload Set the overload current detection level
SP022 OLL 120% 1 to 200%
detection level with a percentage (%) of the rating.

(2) MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2-V1/V2/V3, MDS-D-SVJ3, MDS-DJ (Servo drive unit),
MDS-DM, DM2-SPV (Multi Axis unit (Multi-Hybrid drive unit))

Parameter Parameter Parameter Standard Setting

Setting Procedure
No. abbr. Name Setting Value Range
Overload Set the time constant for overload
SV021 OLT 60s 1 to 999s
time constant detection. (Unit: 1 second.)
Overload Set the overload current detection level
SV022 OLL 150% 110 to 500%
detection level with a percentage (%) of the stall rating.

309 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.2.8 Flange of Servo Motor

Mount the servo motor on a flange which has the following size or produces an equivalent or higher heat dissipation
effect:

Flange size Servo Motor

(mm) HF, HF-H, HP, HP-H, HF-KP, HF-MP, HF-SP
150×150×6 50 to 100W
250×250×6 200 to 400W
250×250×12 0.5 to 1.5kW
300×300×20 2.0 to 7.0kW
800×800×35 9.0 to 11.0kW

Appendix 4.2.9 Spindle Drive/Motor Combinations

Following combinations are the Standard combinations.

Rating Output (kW) of Applicable Spindle Motor

Drive Unit Note 1
SJ, SJ-V/VL Series
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-20 0.75
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-40 0.75, 1.5, 2.2
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-80 2.2, 3.7, 7.5
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-160 7.5, 11
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-200 11, 15, 18.5
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-240 18.5, 22
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-320 22, 26, 30
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-400 30, 37, 45
MDS-D(*)-SP(#)-640 37, 45, 55
MDS-D(*)-SP2(#)-2020 0.75, 1.5 / 0.75, 1.5
MDS-D(*)-SP2(#)-8040 2.2, 3.7, 7.5 / 0.75, 1.5, 2.2
MDS-D(*)-SP2(#)-8080 2.2, 3.7, 7.5 / 2.2, 3.7, 7.5
MDS-D(*)-SP2(#)-16080 7.5, 11 / 2.2, 3.7, 7.5

Rating Output (kW) of Applicable Spindle Motor

Drive Unit Note 1
SJ-4, SJ-4-V/VL Series
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-20 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-40 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-80 2.2, 3.7, 7.5, 11
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-100 7.5, 11, 15, 18.5
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-160 18.5, 22, 26, 30
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-200 26, 30, 37, 45
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-320 30, 37, 45, 55
MDS-DH(*)-SP(#)-480 45, 55, 60
MDS-DH(*)-SP2(#)-2020 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 / 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
MDS-DH(*)-SP2(#)-4040 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5 / 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5
MDS-DH(*)-SP2(#)-8040 2.2, 3.7, 7.5, 11 / 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5

IB-1501124-D 310
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Spindle Motor
Drive Unit
SJ-V SJ-VL SJ-D SJ-DJ HF-KP
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-075(##)
- SJ-VL0.75 - - 46, 56, 96
MDS-DJ-SP-20
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-22(##) SJ-VL1.5,
SJ-V2.2 - - -
MDS-DJ-SP-40 SJ-VL2.2
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-37(##)
SJ-V3.7 SJ-VL2.2 3.7 - -
MDS-DJ-SP-80
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-55(##)
SJ-V5.5 - 5.5 5.5 -
MDS-DJ-SP-100
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-75(##)
SJ-V7.5 - 7.5 7.5 -
MDS-DJ-SP-120
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-110(##) SJ-V7.5,
SJ-VL11 11 11 -
MDS-DJ-SP-160 SJ-V11
MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 - SJ-VL0.75 - - 46, 56, 96

Rating Output (kW) of Applicable Spindle Motor

Drive Unit
SJ-V Series Note 1 SJ-VL Series Note 1 SJ-DJ Series Note 1 SJ-DL Series Note 1
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-10080
5.5, 7.5 - - -
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-10080
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-16080
7.5, 11 11 - -
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-16080
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-20080 - -
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-20080 - -
11, 15 -
MDS-DM2-SPHV3-20080 15 3.7
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-200120 - -
(Note1) Applicable unit depends on the range of power constant of motor.Inquire of Mitsubishi about the detail
of the combinations.
(Note (#)) :may be followed by S
(Note (##)) :may be followed by N or NA
(Note (###)) :may be followed by F or S
(Note (*)) :may be followed by 2

311 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.2.10 Servo Drive/Motor Combinations

Following combinations are the Standard combinations.

Servo Motor
Drive Unit
HF-KP HF-SP HF-MP HF
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-03(##)
053, 13, 23 - 053, 13, 23 -
MDS-DJ-V1-10
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-04(##)
43 - 43 -
MDS-DJ-V1-15
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-07(##)
73 51, 52 73 54,75,105
MDS-DJ-V1-30
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-10(##) 104,123,142,223,
- 81, 102 -
MDS-DJ-V1-40 302
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-20(##)
- 121, 152, 201, 202 - 154, 204,224,303
MDS-DJ-V1-80
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-35(##)
- 352 - 354
MDS-DJ-V1-100
MDS-DJ-V2-3030 13, 23, 43, 73 - - 54, 75, 105
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-10080
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-16080
MDS-DM(*)-SPV2(###)-20080
54, 104, 154, 204,
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-10080 - - -
224, 223, 303, 302
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-16080
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-20080
MDS-DM2-SPHV3-20080
154, 204, 224, 354,
MDS-DM(*)-SPV3(###)-200120 - - -
303, 453

(Note (#)) :may be followed by S

(Note (##)) :may be followed by N or NA
(Note (###)) :may be followed by F or S
(Note (*)) :may be followed by 2

IB-1501124-D 312
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.3 AC Servo/Spindle System Connection

Appendix 4.3.1 MDS-D, D2/DH, DH2/DM, DM2-Vx/SP Series
MDS-D,D2/DH.DH2/ MDS-D,D2/
DM.DM2-V1/V2/V3 MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2-SP DH,DH2-CV
Series Series Series
CN1A CN1B CN1A CN1B
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC, CN9 CN4 CN9 CN4 CN4
see the CNC manual book.
CN2L CN3L CN2L CN3L CN9
Battery Unit
CN2M CN3M CN2M CN3M

CN2S CN3S Note: It recommends installing.

L+/L- CB
L11/L21

SU/SV/SW
MU/MV/MW U/V/W L1/L2/L3
LU/LV/LW
CN23A CN23B
(CN24) (CN23)
External Emergency Stop
MC
Fuse
Refer to specification manual
Contactor or
D/DH/DM :
Circuit Protector (MCCB)
IB-1500875 or IB-1500891 AC Reactor
D2/DH2/DM2 :
IB-1501124 or IB-1501136 CB 3 phase
DH,DH2 Series: 380 to 480VAC
Enclosure Side D,D2/DM,DM2 Series: 200 to 230VAC

Machine Side
Servo Motor Spindle Motor

Encoder FAN
Servo Motor Encoder and
Thermal Protection
Servo Motor

Encoder Encoder

313 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.3.2 MDS-D/DH-CV, D/D2-Vx/SPx, DH/DH2-Vx/SPx, DM/DM2-V3 Series

with MDS-D/DH-PFU
MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2/DM.DM2 MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2-SP Option
MDS-D/DH-CV
-V1/V2/V3 Series MDS-D/DH-PFU R-UNIT-6 or
Series Series Series R-UNIT-7
CN1A CN1B CN1A CN1B
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC, CN9 CN4 CN9 CN4 CN4
see the NC manual book.

CN2L CN3L CN2L CN3L CN9 TE5

Battery Unit CN43
CN2M CN3M CN2M CN3M
TE4

CN2S CN3S TE2 TE2 TE2 TE2

L+/L-
L11/L21
TE3
TE3 TE3 TE3
SU/SV/SW
TE1
MU/MV/MW U/V/W L1/L2/L3
LU/LV/LW L1/L2/L3
CN23A CN23B
(CN24) (CN23)
External Emergency Stop CB
MC
Refer to specification manual Contactor
D/DH/DM :
IB-1500875 or IB-1500891
D2/DH2/DM2 : AC Reactor
3 phase
IB-1501124 or IB-1501136 CB Fuse or
DH,DH2 Series: 380 to 480VAC
Circuit Protector (MCCB)
Enclosure Side D,D2/DM,DM2 Series: 200 to 230VAC

Machine Side
Servo Motor Spindle Motor

Encoder FAN
Encoder and
Servo Motor Servo Motor Thermal Protection

Encoder Encoder

Appendix 4.3.3 MDS-D2/DH2-CV, D/D2-Vx/SPx, DH/DH2-Vx/SPx, DM/DM2-V3 Series

with MDS-D/DH-PFU
MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2/DM.DM2 MDS-D,D2/DH,DH2-SP Option
MDS-D2/DH2-CV
-V1/V2/V3 Series MDS-D/DH-PFU R-UNIT-6 or
Series Series Series R-UNIT-7
CN1A CN1B CN1A CN1B
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC, CN9 CN4 CN9 CN4 CN4 CN41 CN41 CN42
see the NC manualook.
b

CN2LCN3L CN2L CN3L CN9 CN24 TE5

Battery Unit CN43
CN2M CN3M CN2M CN3M
CN23 TE4
External
Emergency Stop
CN2SCN3S TE2 TE2 TE2 TE2
L+/L-
L11/L21
TE3
TE3 TE3 TE3
TE2
SU/SV/SW
TE1
MU/MV/MW U/V/W L1/L2/L3
LU/LV/LW L1/L2/L3 TE1

CB
MC
Refer to specification manual Option
D/DH/DM : Contactor MDS-D-CU or
IB-1500875 or IB-1500891 MDS-DH-CU
D2/DH2/DM2 :
IB-1501124 or IB-1501136 AC Reactor
3 phase
CB Fuse or DH,DH2 Series: 380 to 480VAC
Circuit Protector (MCCB) D,D2/DM,DM2 Series: 200 to 230VAC
Enclosure Side

Machine Side
Servo Motor Spindle Motor

Encoder FAN
Encoder and
Servo Motor Servo Motor Thermal Protection

Encoder Encoder

IB-1501124-D 314
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.3.4 MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3/MDS-DJ Series

MDS-D-SVJ3/MDS-DJ-V1 Series
MDS-D-SPJ3/MDS-DJ-SP Series

CNP1 CN9
External Refer to specification manual
Emergency Stop MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 : IB-1500158
MDS-DJ : IB-1501130
CN8 CN8
(Only SVJ3S, Relay
Resistor
CNP2 CN1A SPJ3S,MDS-DJ)
From NC
CN1B Regarding the connection of NC,
see the CNC manual book.
CNP3
CN2

CN3
MC Fuse
or
Contactor Circuit Protector
3 phases
200 to 230Vac
Note: It recommends installing.
CB

Enclosure Side Input

Machine Side Servo/Spindle Motor

Encoder

MDS-DJ-V2 Series
MDS-DJ-SP2 Series

CNP1 CN9 External Refer to specification manual

Emergency Stop MDS-DJ : IB-1501130

CN8
CN8 Relay
CNP2 CN1A
Regarding the connection of NC,
see the NC manual book.
CN1B

CNP3L
CN2 L
CNP3M
CN2M
MC
Fuse or
Contactor
Circuit Protector
3 phases
200 to 230Vac
Note : It recommends installing.
CB
Enclosure Side Input

Machine Side
Servo / Spindle Motor Servo / Spindle Motor

Encoder Encoder

315 IB-1501124-D
MDS-D2/DH2 Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard

Appendix 4.3.5 MDS-DM, DM2-SPV Series

MDS-DM,DM2-SPV Series

CN22
External 24V stabilized
Emergency Stop Power supply
CN9A CN9B
Refer to specification manual
IB-1500891, IB-1501136
OPT1
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC, CN2SP
see the NC manual book.
CN3SP

CN2L

CN2M

CN2S

CN3L

CN3M

CN3S

L1/L2/L3 U/V/W CN31L CN31M CN31S

Relay

Contactor

MC

Fuse or
Circuit Protector
3 phase
AC Reactor
200 to 230VAC
Input
CB

Enclosure Side Note : It recommends installing.

Machine Side Spindle Motor Servo Motor Servo Motor Servo Motor

FAN Encoder Encoder Encoder

Encoder and
Thermal Protection

IB-1501124-D 316
 Revision History

Date of revision Manual No. Revision details

Nov. 2013 IB(NA)1501124-A First edition created.
Jun. 2014 IB(NA)1501124-B - The words "detector" were replaced by "encoder".
- "Explanation of Type" was revised.
- "Specifications" and "Output Characteristics" in "Spindle Motor" were revised.
- "Specifications" and "Output Characteristics" in "Tool Spindle Motor" were
revised.
- Function Specifications List was revised.
- "Retraction Function at Power Failure" was added.
- "External Emergency Stop Function" was revised.
- "Monitor Output Function" was revised.
- "Motor Temperature Display Function" was revised.
- "Environmental Conditions" in "Servo Motor" was revised.
- "Shaft Characteristics" in "Spindle Motor" and "Tool Spindle Motor" were
revised.
- "Environmental Conditions" in "Drive Unit" was revised.
- "Servo Options" was revised.
- Specifications and Outline dimension drawings in "Dynamic Brake Unit (MDS-
D-DBU)" were revised.
- Absolute position encoder in "Machine Side Encoder" was revised.
- "Spindle Options" was revised.
- "Spindle Side Accuracy Serial Output Encoder (ERM280, MPCI Series)
(Other Manufacturer's Product)" was revised.
- "Machine Side Encoder" was revised.
- Explanation of each part and Explanation of connectors in "Power Backup
Unit (MDS-D/DH-PFU)" were revised.
- "Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU)" was added.
- < When MDS-D/DH-PFU is connected > in "Cable Connection Diagram" was
revised.
- "List of Cables and Connectors" was revised.
- Tolerable current list was added to "Example of Wires by Unit".
- "Selection of the Spindle Motor" was revised.
- "Calculation of Spindle Output" was revised.
- "Example for Power Supply Unit and Power Supply Facility Capacity" was
revised.
- "Selection of Regenerative Resistor for Power Backup Unit (R-UNIT-6,7) and
Capacitor Unit for Power Backup Unit (MDS-D/DH-CU)" was added.
- "Cable and Connector Specifications" was revised.
- Miswrite is corrected.
May 2016 IB(NA)1501124-C - Specification descriptions of MDS-D2-CV-37 and 75 were added.
- SJ-DG Series spindle motors were added.
- Specifications of SJ-VL2.2-02ZT was changed to low-inertia.
- SJ-4-V11-18ZT was replaced by SJ-4-V11-18T.
- The following spindle motors were deleted.
SJ-VS7.5-14FZT, SJ-VKS26-09FZT, SJ-VKS30-16FZT, SJ-VLS15-11FZT,
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT, SJ-4-V11-23ZT, SJ-4-V15-18T, SJ-4-V30-15ZT,
SJ-4-V37-04ZT, SJ-4-V11-21T, SJ-4-V18.5-17T
- "Precautions for Safety" was revised.
- "System Configuration" was revised.
Date of revision Manual No. Revision details
May 2016 IB(NA)1501124-C - "Explanation of Type" was revised.
- "Specifications List" in "Servo Motor" was revised.
- "Specifications" and "Output Characteristics" in "Spindle Motor" were revised.
- "Specifications" in "Tool Spindle Motor" was revised.
- "Servo Drive Unit", "Spindle Drive Unit", "Power Supply Unit", "Unit Outline
Dimension Drawing" and "Explanation of Each Part" in "Drive Unit" were
revised.
- Function Specifications List was revised.
- "Retraction Function at Power Failure" was revised.
- "Shaft Characteristics", "Oil / Water Standards", "Installation of Servo Motor",
"Magnetic Brake", "Dynamic Brake Characteristics" in "Servo Motor" were
revised.
- "Shaft Characteristics" and "Machine Accuracy" in "Spindle Motor" was
revised.
- "Servo Options" was revised.
- "Battery Option (ER6V-C119B, A6BAT, MDS-BTBOX-36)" was revised.
- "Machine Side Encoder" was revised.
- "Spindle Options" was revised.
- "Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder MDS-B-HR" was
revised.
- "Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder ADB-20J Series (Other
Manufacturer's Product)" was revised.
- "Optical Communication Repeater Unit (FCU7-EX022)" was revised.
- "Cable Connection Diagram", "List of Cables and Connectors" and "Optical
Communication Cable Specifications" were revised.
- "Selection of Contactor" was revised.
- "Noise Filter" was revised.
- "Relay" was revised.
- "Selection of Link Connection" was revised.
- "Selection of the Servo Motor" was revised.
- "Selection of the Spindle Motor" was revised.
- "Calculation of Spindle Output" was revised.
- "Cable Wire and Assembly" was revised.
- "Battery Cable", "Optical Communication Repeater Unit Cable" and "Servo /
Tool Spindle Encoder Cable" were revised.
- "Connector for Drive Unit" and "Connector for Servo and Tool Spindle" were
revised.
- "Restrictions for Lithium Batteries" was revised.
- "Compliance to EC Directives" was deleted.
- "EMC Installation Guidelines" was deleted.
- "EC Declaration of Conformity" was revised.
- "Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard" was revised.
- "Compliance with Restrictions in China" was deleted.
- Miswrite is corrected.
Apr. 2017 IB(NA)1501124-D - "Introduction" was revised.
- "Spindle Motor Type" was revised.
- Specifications list of servo motor, spindle motor, and tool spimdle motor were
revised.
- SJ-4-V37-04ZT was added.
- "Servo Drive Unit", "Spindle Drive Unit", "Power Supply Unit", and "AC
Reactor" were revised.
Date of revision Manual No. Revision details
Apr. 2017 IB(NA)1501124-D - "Speed Command Synchronous Control" was revised.
- "Installation of Servo Motor" was revised.
- Manufacturer names and the contact information were updated.
- "Ball Screw Side Encoder (OSA105ET2A, OSA166ET2NA)" and "Machine
Side Encoder" were revised.
- "Serial Output Interface Unit for ABZ Analog Encoder MDS-B-HR" was
revised.
- "Side Protection Cover" was revised.
- "List of Cables and Connectors" was revised.
- Power connector for MDS-D2-CV-37/75 was added.
- "Example of Wires by Unit" was revised.
- "Cable and Connector Specifications" was revised.
- "EC Declaration of Conformity" was revised.
- "Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard" was revised.
- "Global Service Network" was revised.
- Miswrite is corrected.
 Global Service Network

AMERICA EUROPE

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION INC. (AMERICA FA CENTER) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Central Region Service Center (Chicago) European Service Headquarter (Dusseldorf, GERMANY)
500 CORPORATE WOODS PARKWAY, VERNON HILLS, ILLINOIS 60061, U.S.A. Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1 40882 RATINGEN, GERMANY
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650 TEL: +49-2102-486-1850 / FAX: +49-2102-486-5910
Minneapolis, MN Service Satellite
Detroit, MI Service Satellite South Germany Service Center (Stuttgart)
Grand Rapids, MI Service Satellite KURZE STRASSE. 40, 70794 FILDERSTADT-BONLANDEN, GERMANY
Lima, OH Service Satellite TEL: + 49-711-770598-123 / FAX: +49-711-770598-141
Cleveland, OH Service Satellite
Indianapolis, IN Service Satellite France Service Center (Paris)
St. Louis, MO Service Satellite 25, BOULEVARD DES BOUVETS, 92741 NANTERRE CEDEX FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
South/East Region Service Center (Georgia)
1845 SATTELITE BOULEVARD STE. 450, DULUTH, GEORGIA 30097, U.S.A. France Service Satellite (Lyon)
TEL +1-678-258-4529 / FAX +1-678-258-4519 120, ALLEE JACQUES MONOD 69800 SAINT PRIEST FRANCE
Charleston, SC Service Satellite TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
Charlotte, NC Service Satellite
Raleigh, NC Service Satellite Italy Service Center (Milan)
Dallas, TX Service Satellite VIALE COLLEONI, 7 - CENTRO DIREZIONALE COLLEONI PALAZZO SIRIO INGRESSO 1,
Houston, TX Service Satellite 20864 AGRATE BRIANZA (MB), ITALY
Hartford, CT Service Satellite TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Knoxville, TN Service Satellite
Nashville, TN Service Satellite Italy Service Satellite (Padova)
Baltimore, MD Service Satellite VIA G. SAVELLI, 24 - 35129 PADOVA, ITALY
Pittsburg, PA Service Satellite TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Allentown, PA Service Satellite
Syracuse, NY Service Satellite U.K. Service Center
Tampa, FL Service Satellite TRAVELLERS LANE, HATFIELD, HERTFORDSHIRE, AL10 8XB, U.K.
Lafayette, LA Service Satellite TEL: +49-2102-486-1850 / FAX: +49-2102-486-5910

Western Region Service Center (California) Spain Service Center

5900-B KATELLA AVE. - 5900-A KATELLA AVE. CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA 90630, U.S.A. CTRA. DE RUBI, 76-80-APDO. 420, 08173 SAINT CUGAT DEL VALLES, BARCELONA SPAIN
TEL: +1-714-699-2625 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650 TEL: +34-935-65-2236 / FAX: +34-935-89-1579
San Francisco, CA Service Satellite
Seattle, WA Service Satellite Poland Service Center
UL.KRAKOWSKA 50, 32-083 BALICE, POLAND
Canada Region Service Center (Tronto) TEL: +48-12-347-6500 / FAX: +48-12-630-4701
4299 14TH AVENUE MARKHAM, ONTARIO L3R OJ2, CANADA
TEL: +1-905-754-3805 / FAX: +1-905-475-7935 Hungary Service Center
Edmonton, AB Service Satellite MADARASZ VIKTOR 47-49 , BUDAPEST XIII; HUNGARY
Montreal, QC Service Satellite TEL: +48-12-347-6500 / FAX: +48-12-630-4701

Mexico Region Service Center (Queretaro) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TURKEY A.Ş

Parque Tecnológico Innovación Querétaro, Lateral Carretera Estatal 431, Km 2+200, Lote 91 Modulos 1 y 2 Turkey Service Center
Hacienda la Machorra, CP 76246, El Marqués, Querétaro, México SERIFALI MAHALLESI NUTUK SOKAK. NO.5 34775
TEL: +52-442-153 4250 UMRANIYE, ISTANBUL, TURKEY
Monterrey, NL Service Satellite TEL: +90-216-526-3990 / FAX: +90-216-526-3995
Mexico City, DF Service Satellite
Czech Republic Service Center
AutoCont Control Systems s.r.o (Service Partner)
KAFKOVA 1853/3, 702 00 OSTRAVA 2, CZECH REPUBLIC
BRAZIL TEL: +420-59-5691-185 / FAX: +420-59-5691-199

Mitsubishi Electric do Brasil Comércio e Serviços Ltda. Russia Service Center

Votorantim Office NC-TECH (Service Partner)
AV. GISELE CONSTANTINO,1578， PARQUE BELA VISTA, VOTORANTIM-SP, BRAZIL CEP:18.110-650 213, B.NOVODMITROVSKAYA STR., 14/2, 127015 MOSCOW, RUSSIA
TEL: +55-15-3023-9000 TEL: +7-495-748-0191 / FAX: +7-495-748-0192
JOVIMAQ – Joinville, SC Service Satellite
MAQSERVICE – Canoas, RS Service Satellite Sweden Service Center
HAMMARBACKEN 14, P.O.BOX 750 SE-19127, SOLLENTUNA, SWEDEN
TEL: +46-8-6251000 / FAX: +46-8-966877

Bulgaria Service Center

AKHNATON Ltd. (Service Partner)
4 ANDREJ LJAPCHEV BLVD. POB 21, BG-1756 SOFIA, BULGARIA
TEL: +359-2-8176009 / FAX: +359-2-9744061

Ukraine Service Center (Kharkov)

CSC Automation Ltd. (Service Partner)
APTEKARSKIY PEREULOK 9-A, OFFICE 3, 61001 KHARKOV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-57-732-7774 / FAX: +380-57-731-8721

Belarus Service Center

TECHNIKON Ltd. (Service Partner)
NEZAVISIMOSTI PR.177, 220125 MINSK, BELARUS
TEL: +375-17-393-1177 / FAX: +375-17-393-0081

South Africa Service Center

MOTIONTRONIX (Service Partner)
P.O. BOX 9234, EDLEEN, KEMPTON PARK GAUTENG, 1625, SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: +27-11-394-8512 / FAX: +27-11-394-8513
 ASEAN CHINA

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. (ASEAN FA CENTER) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (CHINA) LTD. (CHINA FA CENTER)
Singapore Service Center China Shanghai Service Center
307 ALEXANDRA ROAD #05-01/02 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC BUILDING SINGAPORE 159943 1-3,5-10,18-23/F, NO.1386 HONG QIAO ROAD, CHANG NING QU,
TEL: +65-6473-2308 / FAX: +65-6476-7439 SHANGHAI 200336, CHINA
TEL: +86-21-2322-3030 / FAX: +86-21-2322-3000*8422
Philippines Service Center China Ningbo Service Partner
Flexible (Service Partner) China Wuxi Service Partner
UNIT NO.411, ALABAMG CORPORATE CENTER KM 25. WEST SERVICE ROAD China Jinan Service Partner
SOUTH SUPERHIGHWAY, ALABAMG MUNTINLUPA METRO MANILA, PHILIPPINES 1771 China Hangzhou Service Partner
TEL: +63-2-807-2416 / FAX: +63-2-807-2417
China Beijing Service Center
9/F, OFFICE TOWER 1, HENDERSON CENTER, 18 JIANGUOMENNEI DAJIE,
VIETNAM DONGCHENG DISTRICT, BEIJING 100005, CHINA
TEL: +86-10-6518-8830 / FAX: +86-10-6518-8030
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM CO.,LTD China Beijing Service Partner
Vietnam Ho Chi Minh Service Center
UNIT 01-04, 10TH FLOOR, VINCOM CENTER 72 LE THANH TON STREET, DISTRICT 1, China Tianjin Service Center
HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM UNIT 2003, TIANJIN CITY TOWER, NO 35 YOUYI ROAD, HEXI DISTRICT,
TEL: +84-8-3910 5945 / FAX: +84-8-3910 5946 TIANJIN 300061, CHINA
TEL: +86-22-2813-1015 / FAX: +86-22-2813-1017
Vietnam Hanoi Service Center
6TH FLOOR, DETECH TOWER, 8 TON THAT THUYET STREET, MY DINH 2 WARD, China Chengdu Service Center
NAM TU LIEM DISTRICT, HA NOI CITY, VIETNAM 1501-1503,15F,GUANG-HUA CENTRE BUILDING-C,NO.98 NORTH GUANG HUA 3th RD,
TEL: +84-4-3937-8075 / FAX: +84-4-3937-8076 CHENGDU,610000,CHINA
TEL: +86-28-8446-8030 / FAX: +86-28-8446-8630

INDONESIA China Shenzhen Service Center

ROOM 2512-2516, 25/F., GREAT CHINA INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SQUARE, JINTIAN RD.S.,
PT. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDONESIA FUTIAN DISTRICT, SHENZHEN 518034, CHINA
Indonesia Service Center (Cikarang) TEL: +86-755-2399-8272 / FAX: +86-755-8229-3686
JL. KENARI RAYA BLOK G2-07A, DELTA SILICON 5, LIPPO CIKARANG - BEKASI 17550, INDONESIA China Xiamen Service Partner
TEL: +62-21-2961-7797 / FAX: +62-21-2961-7794 China DongGuang Service Partner

China Dalian Service Center

MALAYSIA DONGBEI 3-5, DALIAN ECONOMIC & TECHNICAL DEVELOPMENTZONE, LIAONING PROVINCE,
116600, CHINA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC SALES MALAYSIA SDN. BHD. TEL: +86-411-8765-5951 / FAX: +86-411-8765-5952
Malaysia Service Center (Kuala Lumpur Service Center)
LOT 11, JALAN 219, P.O BOX 1036, 46860 PETALING JAYA, SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN. MALAYSIA
TEL: +60-3-7960-2628 / FAX: +60-3-7960-2629 KOREA
Johor Bahru Service satellite
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION KOREA CO., LTD. (KOREA FA CENTER)
Korea Service Center
THAILAND 8F GANGSEO HANGANG XI-TOWER A, 401 YANGCHEON-RO, GANGSEO-GU,
SEOUL 07528 KOREA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FACTORY AUTOMATION (THAILAND) CO.,LTD TEL: +82-2-3660-9609 / FAX: +82-2-3664-8668
Thailand Service Center Korea Daegu Service Satellite
12TH FLOOR, SV.CITY BUILDING, OFFICE TOWER 1, NO. 896/19 AND 20 RAMA 3 ROAD,
KWAENG BANGPONGPANG, KHET YANNAWA, BANGKOK 10120,THAILAND
TEL: +66-2-682-6522 / FAX: +66-2-682-6020 TAIWAN

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TAIWAN CO., LTD. (TAIWAN FA CENTER)

INDIA Taiwan Taichung Service Center
NO.8-1, INDUSTRIAL 16TH RD., TAICHUNG INDUSTRIAL PARK, SITUN DIST.,
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDIA PVT., LTD. TAICHUNG CITY 40768, TAIWAN
CNC Technical Center (Bangalore) TEL: +886-4-2359-0688 / FAX: +886-4-2359-0689
PLOT NO. 56, 4TH MAIN ROAD, PEENYA PHASE 3,
PEENYA INDUSTRIAL AREA, BANGALORE 560058, KARNATAKA, INDIA Taiwan Taipei Service Center
TEL : +91-80-4655-2121 FAX : +91-80-4655-2147 10F, NO.88, SEC.6, CHUNG-SHAN N. RD., SHI LIN DIST., TAIPEI CITY 11155, TAIWAN
Chennai Service Satellite TEL: +886-2-2833-5430 / FAX: +886-2-2833-5433
Coimbatore Service Satellite
Hyderabad Service Satellite Taiwan Tainan Service Center
11F-1., NO.30, ZHONGZHENG S. ROAD, YONGKANG DISTRICT, TAINAN CITY 71067, TAIWAN
North India Service Center (Gurgaon) TEL: +886-6-252-5030 / FAX: +886-6-252-5031
2ND FLOOR, TOWER A&B, DLF CYBER GREENS, DLF CYBER CITY,
DLF PHASE-III, GURGAON- 122 002, HARYANA, INDIA
TEL : +91-124-4630 300 FAX : +91-124-4630 399 OCEANIA
Ludhiana Satellite
Panth Nagar Service Satellite MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.
Delhi Service Satellite Oceania Service Center
Jamshedpur Service Satellite 348 VICTORIA ROAD, RYDALMERE, N.S.W. 2116 AUSTRALIA
TEL: +61-2-9684-7269/ FAX: +61-2-9684-7245
West India Service Center (Pune)
EMERALD HOUSE, EL-3, J BLOCK, M.I.D.C., BHOSARI, PUNE - 411026, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
TEL : +91-20-2710 2000 FAX : +91-20-2710 2100
Kolhapur Service Satellite
Aurangabad Service Satellite
Mumbai Service Satellite

West India Service Center (Ahmedabad)

UNIT NO: B/4, 3RD FLOOR, SAFAL PROFITAIRE, PRAHALADNAGAR CORPORATE ROAD,
PRAHALADNAGAR SATELLITE, AHMEDABAD – 380015, GUJRAT, INDIA
TEL : +91-265-2314699
Rajkot Service Satellite
Notice

Every effort has been made to keep up with software and hardware revisions in the
contents described in this manual. However, please understand that in some
unavoidable cases simultaneous revision is not possible.
Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer with any questions or comments
regarding the use of this product.

Duplication Prohibited

This manual may not be reproduced in any form, in part or in whole, without written
permission from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.

© 2013-2017 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED